TW202039428A - Method for producing c-aryl hydroxy glycoxide derivatives - Google Patents

Method for producing c-aryl hydroxy glycoxide derivatives Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202039428A
TW202039428A TW108145955A TW108145955A TW202039428A TW 202039428 A TW202039428 A TW 202039428A TW 108145955 A TW108145955 A TW 108145955A TW 108145955 A TW108145955 A TW 108145955A TW 202039428 A TW202039428 A TW 202039428A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
groups
aforementioned
compound
represented
Prior art date
Application number
TW108145955A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
関雅彦
真島和志
劒隼人
加林達 塔洛德
Original Assignee
日商德山股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商德山股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商德山股份有限公司
Publication of TW202039428A publication Critical patent/TW202039428A/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C327/00Thiocarboxylic acids
    • C07C327/20Esters of monothiocarboxylic acids
    • C07C327/28Esters of monothiocarboxylic acids having sulfur atoms of esterified thiocarboxyl groups bound to carbon atoms of hydrocarbon radicals substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D309/00Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D309/02Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D309/08Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D309/10Oxygen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07BGENERAL METHODS OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY; APPARATUS THEREFOR
    • C07B61/00Other general methods
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02PCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN THE PRODUCTION OR PROCESSING OF GOODS
    • Y02P20/00Technologies relating to chemical industry
    • Y02P20/50Improvements relating to the production of bulk chemicals
    • Y02P20/55Design of synthesis routes, e.g. reducing the use of auxiliary or protecting groups

Abstract

In order to provide a method for the economical and efficient industrial production of C-aryl hydroxy glycoxide derivatives, the present invention provides a method for producing a C-aryl hydroxy glycoxide derivative represented by formula (I), the method comprising: a step for reacting a compound (II), which is represented by formula (II), with an organic zinc compound in the presence of a nickel catalyst or a palladium catalyst in order to obtain a reaction product; and a step for removing R5 from the reaction product to obtain the C-aryl hydroxy glycoxide derivative.

Description

C-芳基羥基二醇化物(C-Arylhydroxyglycoxide)衍生物之製造方法Method for producing C-aryl hydroxyglycol compound (C-Arylhydroxyglycoxide) derivative

本案發明為關於一種C-芳基羥基二醇化物衍生物之製造方法,更詳細地為關於一種製造C-芳基羥基二醇化物衍生物之方法,該C-芳基羥基二醇化物衍生物作為SGLT-2抑制藥之中間產物為有用。 [關連申請案之參照]The present invention relates to a method for producing a C-aryl hydroxyglycolate derivative, and more specifically about a method for producing a C-aryl hydroxyglycolate derivative, the C-aryl hydroxyglycolate derivative It is useful as an intermediate product of SGLT-2 inhibitors. [Reference to related applications]

本案專利申請案為基於2018年12月17日申請之日本專利申請案2018-235903號及2019年2月27日申請之日本專利申請案2019-34357號,並伴隨主張優先權,並引用前述該專利申請案中所有揭示內容作為本案說明書之一部分。The patent application in this case is based on the Japanese Patent Application No. 2018-235903 filed on December 17, 2018 and the Japanese Patent Application No. 2019-34357 filed on February 27, 2019, with the claim of priority and quoting the aforementioned All the contents disclosed in the patent application are regarded as part of the description of the case.

目前,作為糖尿病治療藥,有市售各種治療藥,熟知有碸基尿素藥、Glinide藥、雙胍類藥、四氫噻唑藥、α-葡萄糖苷酶抑制劑、二肽基肽酶4(DPP-4)抑制劑、胰高血糖素樣肽1(GLP-1)受動態促效劑。且,近年來作為新機轉之糖尿病治療藥,也有開發並注目於鈉-糖共同轉運蛋白-2(以下有時稱作SGLT-2)抑制藥。Currently, there are various therapeutic drugs on the market as therapeutic drugs for diabetes. They are well known as urea drugs, Glinide drugs, biguanides, tetrahydrothiazole drugs, α-glucosidase inhibitors, dipeptidyl peptidase 4 (DPP- 4) The inhibitor, glucagon-like peptide 1 (GLP-1) is a dynamic agonist. In addition, in recent years, as a new mechanism for the treatment of diabetes, sodium-sugar cotransporter-2 (hereinafter sometimes referred to as SGLT-2) inhibitors have also been developed and paid attention to.

作為SGLT-2抑制藥之一例,有舉出卡格列淨(Canagliflozin)(1-(β-D-吡喃葡萄糖基)-4-甲基-3-[5-(4-氟苯基)-2-噻吩基甲基]苯)等,作為此等化合物之製造方法,有提案將1-(β-D-吡喃葡萄糖基)-4-甲基-3-[5-(4-氟苯基)-2-噻吩基甲基]苯前驅物之氧保護基去保護,合成卡格列淨(專利文獻1)。此1-(β-D-吡喃葡萄糖基)-4-甲基-3-[5-(4-氟苯基)-2-噻吩基甲基]苯前驅物亦稱作C-芳基羥基二醇化物衍生物,且作為用於製造SGLT-2抑制藥之中間體而受到注目(參照非專利文獻1、非專利文獻2、非專利文獻3、專利文獻1及專利文獻2)。As an example of SGLT-2 inhibitors, canagliflozin (1-(β-D-glucopyranosyl)-4-methyl-3-[5-(4-fluorophenyl) -2-Thienylmethyl]benzene), etc. As a method of producing these compounds, there is a proposal to add 1-(β-D-glucopyranosyl)-4-methyl-3-[5-(4-fluoro The oxygen protecting group of the phenyl)-2-thienylmethyl]benzene precursor was deprotected, and canagliflozin was synthesized (Patent Document 1). This 1-(β-D-glucopyranosyl)-4-methyl-3-[5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-thienylmethyl]benzene precursor is also known as C-arylhydroxyl Glycolate derivatives are attracting attention as intermediates for the production of SGLT-2 inhibitors (see Non-Patent Document 1, Non-Patent Document 2, Non-Patent Document 3, Patent Document 1, and Patent Document 2).

作為上述C-芳基羥基二醇化物衍生物之製造方法有各種提案,有熟知例如在-78℃之超低溫下,使D-葡萄糖酸內酯衍生物與芳基鋰作用,使芳基加成反應之方法(非專利文獻1、非專利文獻3)、在-20~-10℃之低溫下,對D-葡萄糖酸內酯衍生物使用ArMgBr・LiCl(Ar為芳基)等之Turbo Grignard試藥作用,使芳基加成反應之方法(非專利文獻2)、進而,使用由鋰三n-菱鎂礦(nBu3 MgLi)所得之鎂酸根型錯體,在-15℃左右之溫度環境下,對D-葡萄糖酸內酯衍生物將芳基加成反應之方法(專利文獻2)等。There have been various proposals for the production of the above-mentioned C-aryl hydroxyglycolate derivatives. For example, it is well known that the D-gluconolactone derivative can react with aryl lithium at an ultra-low temperature of -78°C to add aryl groups. Reaction method (Non-Patent Document 1, Non-Patent Document 3), Turbo Grignard test using ArMgBr・LiCl (Ar is an aryl group) for D-gluconolactone derivatives at a low temperature of -20~-10°C Drug action, a method of aryl addition reaction (Non-Patent Document 2), and further, using a magnesium-type complex obtained from lithium tri-n-magnesite (nBu 3 MgLi) at a temperature of about -15°C Next, a method of adding an aryl group to a D-gluconolactone derivative (Patent Document 2) and the like.

於此,有報告指出藉由在鎳觸媒存在下使硫酯衍生物與有機鋅試藥反應,引起偶合,得到酮衍生物(非專利文獻4、非專利文獻5)。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻]Here, there are reports that the reaction of a thioester derivative with an organozinc reagent in the presence of a nickel catalyst causes coupling to obtain a ketone derivative (Non-Patent Document 4 and Non-Patent Document 5). [Prior Technical Literature] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1] WO2010/043682號公報 [專利文獻2] WO2015/012110號公報 [非專利文獻][Patent Document 1] WO2010/043682 Publication [Patent Document 2] WO2015/012110 Publication [Non-Patent Literature]

[非專利文獻1] J.Med.Chem.2008,51,1145-1149 [非專利文獻2] Org.Lett.2014,16,4090-4093 [非專利文獻3] J.Org.Chem.1989,54, 610-612 [非專利文獻4] Tetrahedron Letters 2002,43, 1039-1042 [非專利文獻5] Chem.Eur.J.2018,24,8774-8778[Non-Patent Document 1] J.Med.Chem.2008,51,1145-1149 [Non-Patent Document 2] Org. Lett. 2014, 16, 4090-4093 [Non-Patent Document 3] J.Org.Chem.1989,54, 610-612 [Non-Patent Document 4] Tetrahedron Letters 2002,43, 1039-1042 [Non-Patent Document 5] Chem.Eur.J.2018,24,8774-8778

[本案發明欲解決之課題][The problem to be solved by the invention in this case]

以往C-芳基羥基二醇化物衍生物之製造所使用之手法皆在低溫條件下,且必須要使用高價試藥來實施,設備成本或運轉成本會變得非常高價,最後很難以便宜價格量產原藥。In the past, the methods used in the manufacture of C-aryl hydroxyglycol derivatives were all under low temperature conditions, and high-priced reagents had to be used for implementation. The equipment cost or operating cost would become very expensive, and finally it was difficult to measure at a cheap price. Produce original medicine.

因此本案發明之目的為欲求一種在工業上能夠以便宜價格且有效率地製造C-芳基羥基二醇化物衍生物之方法。 [解決課題之手段]Therefore, the purpose of the present invention is to seek a method for industrially producing C-aryl hydroxyglycolate derivatives at a low price and efficiently. [Means to solve the problem]

本案發明者們發現、如目前在鎳觸媒或鈀觸媒之存在下以特定原料進行交叉耦合反應,進一步實施環化反應的話,能夠在工業上以便宜且有效率地製造C-芳基羥基二醇化物衍生物(以下亦稱作下述式(I)表示之化合物(I)),進一步完成本案發明。The inventors of the present case found that, if the cross-coupling reaction is carried out with specific raw materials in the presence of nickel catalyst or palladium catalyst, and the cyclization reaction is further carried out, the C-aryl hydroxyl group can be produced inexpensively and efficiently in industry. The glycolate derivative (hereinafter also referred to as the compound (I) represented by the following formula (I)) has further completed the present invention.

藉由本案發明能夠提供以下發明。 [1]一種製造下述式(I)表示之化合物(I)之方法,其係包含在選自鎳觸媒及鈀觸媒中1種以上之過渡金屬觸媒,或具有前述1種以上之過渡金屬觸媒與擔持前述1種以上之過渡金屬觸媒之擔體之擔持觸媒之存在下,使下述式(II)表示之化合物(II),與選自下述式(III-I)表示之化合物(III-I)及下述式(III-II)表示之化合物(III-II)所成群中至少1種有機鋅化合物反應,得到下述式(IV)表示之化合物(IV)之步驟,及 自前述化合物(IV)去除R5 表示之羥基保護基,得到前述化合物(I)之步驟,

Figure 02_image001
[式中, R1 及R2 各自獨立表示羥基保護基, R3 及R4 各自獨立表示羥基保護基或氫原子,Ar表示含有芳香族烴環基或芳香族雜環基作為與式中之氧雜環鍵結之官能基之有機基,前述芳香族烴環基及前述芳香族雜環基各自亦可具有1個以上之取代基]
Figure 02_image003
[式中, R1 ~R4 與前述同義, R5 表示羥基保護基(惟,去除與R1 表示之羥基保護基相同之羥基保護基及與R2 表示之羥基保護基相同之羥基保護基), Q表示包含脂肪族烴基、芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基或芳香族雜環基作為與式中之硫原子鍵結之官能基之有機基,前述脂肪族烴基、前述芳香族烴環基、前述脂肪族雜環基及前述芳香族雜環基亦可各自具有1個以上之取代基]
Figure 02_image005
[式中,Ar與前述同義,X表示鹵原子]
Figure 02_image007
[式中,Ar與前述同義]
Figure 02_image009
[式中,R1 ~R5 及Ar與前述同義]。 [2] 如[1]之方法,其中,前述化合物(II)與前述至少1種有機鋅化合物之反應在0~60℃下進行。 [3] 如[1]或[2]之方法,其中,前述擔持觸媒具有選自活性碳、氧化鋁、硫酸鋇、碳酸鈣、羥磷石灰及水滑石所成群中至少1種擔體,與擔持於前述擔體上之鈀觸媒。 [4] 如[1]~[3]中任一項之方法,其中,前述至少1種有機鋅化合物包含前述化合物(III-I),前述化合物(III-I)為下述式表示之史蘭克平衡狀態,
Figure 02_image011
[式中,Ar及X與前述同義]。 [5] 如[1]~[4]中任一項之方法,其中,R3 及R4 表示羥基保護基。 [6] 如[1]~[5]中任一項之方法,其中,R5 表示之羥基保護基與R1 ~R4 表示之羥基保護基相異。 [7] 如[1]~[6]中任一項之方法,其中,R1 ~R5 表示之羥基保護基各自獨立選自酯型保護基、芳基烷基型保護基、烷基型保護基、芳基烷基氧基烷基型保護基、烷基氧基烷基型保護基、甲矽烷型保護基及氧基羰基型保護基所成群。 [8] 如[1]~[7]中任一項之方法,其中,Q表示之有機基包含烷基、烯基、炔基或芳基作為與式中之硫原子鍵結之官能基,前述烷基、前述烯基、前述炔基及前述芳基各自亦可具有1個以上之取代基。 [9] 如[1]~[8]中任一項之方法,其中,Q表示之有機基中包含之前述脂肪族烴基、前述芳香族烴環基、前述脂肪族雜環基或前述芳香族雜環基所亦可具有之前述1個以上之取代基各自獨立選自鹵原子、亦可經保護之羥基、亦可經保護之巰基、亦可經保護之胺基、亦可經保護之甲醯基、亦可經保護之羧基及亦可經保護之碸基所成群。 [10] 如[1]~[9]中任一項之方法,其中,Ar表示之有機基為具有碳數6~14之芳香族烴環基或碳數3~12之芳香族雜環基作為與式中之氧雜環鍵結之官能基之有機基,前述碳數6~14之芳香族烴環基及碳數3~12之芳香族雜環基各自亦可具有1個以上之取代基。 [11] 如[1]~[10]中任一項之方法,其中,Ar表示之有機基為下述式(V)表示,
Figure 02_image013
[式中, Ra 各自獨立表示選自鹵原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、芳基烷基、芳基烯基、芳基炔基、烷基氧基、烯基氧基、炔基氧基、芳基氧基、芳基烷基氧基、芳基烯基氧基及芳基炔基氧基所成群之官能基,前述烷基、前述烯基、前述炔基、前述芳基、前述芳基烷基、前述芳基烯基、前述芳基炔基、前述烷基氧基、前述烯基氧基、前述炔基氧基、前述芳基氧基、前述芳基烷基氧基、前述芳基烯基氧基及前述芳基炔基氧基各自亦可具有1個以上之取代基, n為0~4之整數, Ar’表示芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基或芳香族雜環基,前述芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基及前述芳香族雜環基各自亦可具有1個以上之取代基]。 [12] 如[11]之方法,其中,Ra 表示之官能基各自獨立選自烷基及鹵原子,前述烷基亦可具有1個以上之取代基。 [13] 如[11]或[12]之方法,其中,Ar表示之有機基為下述式(Va)表示,
Figure 02_image015
[式中, Ra 與前述同義, Ar’表示選自下述式(Va-I)、(Va-II)及(Va-III)所成群之官能基,
Figure 02_image017
[式中,Rb 各自獨立表示選自脂肪族烴基、芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基及芳香族雜環基所成群之官能基,前述脂肪族烴基、前述芳香族烴環基、前述脂肪族雜環基及前述芳香族雜環各自亦可具有1個以上之取代基,p表示0~5之整數]]。 [14] 如[13]之方法,其中,Rb 表示之官能基各自獨立選自碳數1~20之烷基、碳數2~20之烯基、碳數2~20之炔基、碳數6~14之芳香族烴環基、碳數2~12之脂肪族雜環基及碳數3~12之芳香族雜環基所成之群,前述烷基、前述烯基、前述炔基、前述芳香族烴環基、前述脂肪族雜環基及前述芳香族雜環基各自亦可具有1個以上之取代基。 [15] 如[1]~[14]中任一項之方法,其中,Ar表示之有機基中包含之前述芳香族烴環基或前述芳香族雜環基所亦可具有之前述1個以上之取代基各自獨立選自鹵原子、亦可經保護之羥基、亦可經保護之巰基、亦可經保護之胺基、亦可經保護之甲醯基、亦可經保護之羧基、亦可經保護之碸基、烷基、烯基及炔基所成之群。 [16] 如[1]~[15]中任一項之方法,其中,進一步包含使下述式(VI)表示之化合物(VI)與下述式(VII)表示之化合物(VII)反應,得到下述式(VIII)表示之化合物(VIII)之步驟,及將前述化合物(VIII)中之羥基以R5 保護,得到前述化合物(II)之步驟,
Figure 02_image019
[式中,R1 ~R4 與前述同義]
Figure 02_image021
[式中,Q與前述同義]
Figure 02_image023
[式中,R1 ~R4 與前述同義]。 [17] 如[16]之方法,其中,前述化合物(VI)與前述化合物(VII)之反應在-30~40℃下進行。 [18] 如[16]或[17]之方法,其中,前述化合物(VI)與前述化合物(VII)之反應在下述式(IX)表示之化合物(IX)之存在下進行,
Figure 02_image025
[式中, Rc 及Rd 各自獨立表示選自鹵原子、脂肪族烴基、芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基及芳香族雜環基所成群之官能基,前述脂肪族烴基、前述芳香族烴環基、前述脂肪族雜環基及前述芳香族雜環基各自亦可具有1個以上之取代基, q表示0~3之整數, r表示0~3之整數,惟,q+r=3]。 [19] 如[18]之方法,其中,Rc 及Rd 表示之官能基各自獨立選自烷基、芳基及芳基烷基所成群,前述烷基、前述芳基及前述芳基烷基各自亦可具有1個以上之取代基。 [20]一種用於製造下述式(XI)表示之化合物(XI)之試藥,其係包含下述式(II)表示之化合物(II),
Figure 02_image027
[式中,R1 ~R5 及Q與前述同義]
Figure 02_image029
[式中,Ar與前述同義,R1 ’~R4 ’各自獨立表示氫原子或羥基保護基]。 [21]一種下述式(II)表示之化合物(II)之使用,其係作為製造下述式化合物(XI)表示之化合物(XI)之中間產物,
Figure 02_image031
[式中,Ar及R1 ’~R4 ’與前述同義]
Figure 02_image033
[式中,R1 ~R5 及Q與前述同義]。 [發明效果]The invention of this case can provide the following inventions. [1] A method for producing compound (I) represented by the following formula (I), which comprises one or more transition metal catalysts selected from nickel catalysts and palladium catalysts, or one or more of the foregoing In the presence of a transition metal catalyst and a supporting catalyst supporting one or more of the aforementioned transition metal catalysts, the compound (II) represented by the following formula (II) is selected from the following formula (III) -I) The compound (III-I) represented by the following formula (III-II) is reacted with at least one organozinc compound in the group of the compound (III-II) represented by the following formula (III-II) to obtain the compound represented by the following formula (IV) The step (IV), and the step of removing the hydroxyl protecting group represented by R 5 from the aforementioned compound (IV) to obtain the aforementioned compound (I),
Figure 02_image001
[In the formula, R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydroxy protecting group, R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydroxy protecting group or a hydrogen atom, and Ar represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group or an aromatic heterocyclic group as the The organic group of the functional group to which the oxygen heterocycle is bonded, the aforementioned aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and the aforementioned aromatic heterocyclic group may each have one or more substituents]
Figure 02_image003
[In the formula, R 1 to R 4 have the same meaning as above, and R 5 represents a hydroxyl protecting group (except that the same hydroxyl protecting group as R 1 and the same hydroxyl protecting group as R 2 are removed ), Q represents an organic group containing an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, an aliphatic heterocyclic group or an aromatic heterocyclic group as a functional group bonded to the sulfur atom in the formula, the aforementioned aliphatic hydrocarbon group, the aforementioned aromatic The hydrocarbon ring group, the aforementioned aliphatic heterocyclic group and the aforementioned aromatic heterocyclic group may each have one or more substituents]
Figure 02_image005
[In the formula, Ar has the same meaning as above, and X represents a halogen atom]
Figure 02_image007
[In the formula, Ar is synonymous with the aforementioned]
Figure 02_image009
[In the formula, R 1 to R 5 and Ar have the same meaning as above]. [2] The method of [1], wherein the reaction between the aforementioned compound (II) and the aforementioned at least one organozinc compound is carried out at 0-60°C. [3] The method according to [1] or [2], wherein the supporting catalyst has at least one selected from the group consisting of activated carbon, alumina, barium sulfate, calcium carbonate, hydroxyphosphate lime, and hydrotalcite Body, and the palladium catalyst supported on the aforementioned support. [4] The method according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein the aforementioned at least one organozinc compound comprises the aforementioned compound (III-I), and the aforementioned compound (III-I) is represented by the following formula Rank balance state,
Figure 02_image011
[In the formula, Ar and X are synonymous with the foregoing]. [5] The method according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein R 3 and R 4 represent hydroxyl protecting groups. [6] The method according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein the hydroxy protecting group represented by R 5 is different from the hydroxy protecting group represented by R 1 to R 4 . [7] The method according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein the hydroxy protecting groups represented by R 1 to R 5 are each independently selected from ester type protecting groups, aryl alkyl type protecting groups, and alkyl type Protective groups, arylalkyloxyalkyl-type protective groups, alkyloxyalkyl-type protective groups, silyl-type protective groups, and oxycarbonyl-type protective groups. [8] The method according to any one of [1] to [7], wherein the organic group represented by Q includes an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group or an aryl group as the functional group bonded to the sulfur atom in the formula, The alkyl group, the alkenyl group, the alkynyl group, and the aryl group may each have one or more substituents. [9] The method according to any one of [1] to [8], wherein the aliphatic hydrocarbon group, the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, the aliphatic heterocyclic group or the aromatic group contained in the organic group represented by Q The aforementioned one or more substituents that the heterocyclic group may have are each independently selected from a halogen atom, a protected hydroxyl group, a protected mercapto group, a protected amino group, and a protected methyl group. An acyl group, a protected carboxyl group, and a protected sulfonyl group are grouped. [10] The method according to any one of [1] to [9], wherein the organic group represented by Ar is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group with 6 to 14 carbons or an aromatic heterocyclic group with 3 to 12 carbons As the organic group of the functional group bonded to the oxygen heterocyclic ring in the formula, the aforementioned aromatic hydrocarbon ring group with 6 to 14 carbon atoms and the aromatic heterocyclic group with 3 to 12 carbon atoms may each have more than one substitution. base. [11] The method as in any one of [1] to [10], wherein the organic group represented by Ar is represented by the following formula (V),
Figure 02_image013
[In the formula, R a each independently represents selected from halogen atoms, alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, alkynyl groups, aryl groups, arylalkyl groups, arylalkenyl groups, arylalkynyl groups, alkyloxy groups, and alkenyloxy groups , Alkynyloxy, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkenyloxy and arylalkynyloxy group of functional groups, the aforementioned alkyl group, the aforementioned alkenyl group, the aforementioned alkynyl group, The aforementioned aryl group, the aforementioned arylalkyl group, the aforementioned arylalkenyl group, the aforementioned arylalkynyl group, the aforementioned alkyloxy group, the aforementioned alkenyloxy group, the aforementioned alkynyloxy group, the aforementioned aryloxy group, the aforementioned arylalkyl group Each of the oxy group, the aforementioned arylalkenyloxy group, and the aforementioned arylalkynyloxy group may have one or more substituents, n is an integer from 0 to 4, and Ar' represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, an aliphatic hetero The cyclic group or the aromatic heterocyclic group, the aforementioned aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, the aliphatic heterocyclic group, and the aforementioned aromatic heterocyclic group may each have one or more substituents]. [12] The method of [11], wherein the functional groups represented by Ra are each independently selected from an alkyl group and a halogen atom, and the aforementioned alkyl group may have one or more substituents. [13] The method of [11] or [12], wherein the organic group represented by Ar is represented by the following formula (Va),
Figure 02_image015
[In the formula, R a has the same meaning as the foregoing, and Ar' represents a functional group selected from the group consisting of the following formulas (Va-I), (Va-II) and (Va-III),
Figure 02_image017
[In the formula, R b each independently represents a functional group selected from the group consisting of aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups, aliphatic heterocyclic groups and aromatic heterocyclic groups, the aforementioned aliphatic hydrocarbon groups and the aforementioned aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups , The aliphatic heterocyclic group and the aromatic heterocyclic ring may each have one or more substituents, and p represents an integer of 0 to 5]]. [14] As in the method of [13], wherein the functional groups represented by R b are independently selected from alkyl groups with 1 to 20 carbons, alkenyl groups with 2 to 20 carbons, alkynyl groups with 2 to 20 carbons, and A group of 6 to 14 aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups, aliphatic heterocyclic groups with 2 to 12 carbons, and aromatic heterocyclic groups with 3 to 12 carbons, the aforementioned alkyl group, the aforementioned alkenyl group, and the aforementioned alkynyl group , The aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, the aliphatic heterocyclic group, and the aromatic heterocyclic group may each have one or more substituents. [15] The method according to any one of [1] to [14], wherein the aforementioned aromatic hydrocarbon ring group or the aforementioned aromatic heterocyclic group contained in the organic group represented by Ar may have one or more of the aforementioned The substituents are each independently selected from a halogen atom, a protected hydroxyl group, a protected mercapto group, a protected amino group, a protected methyl group, a protected carboxyl group, and Groups of protected sulfonyl, alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl groups. [16] The method of any one of [1] to [15], which further comprises reacting the compound (VI) represented by the following formula (VI) with the compound (VII) represented by the following formula (VII), The step of obtaining the compound (VIII) represented by the following formula (VIII), and the step of protecting the hydroxyl group in the aforementioned compound (VIII) with R 5 to obtain the aforementioned compound (II),
Figure 02_image019
[In the formula, R 1 ~R 4 have the same meaning as above]
Figure 02_image021
[In the formula, Q is synonymous with the aforementioned]
Figure 02_image023
[In the formula, R 1 to R 4 have the same meaning as above]. [17] The method of [16], wherein the reaction of the aforementioned compound (VI) and the aforementioned compound (VII) is carried out at -30-40°C. [18] The method of [16] or [17], wherein the reaction of the aforementioned compound (VI) and the aforementioned compound (VII) is carried out in the presence of the compound (IX) represented by the following formula (IX),
Figure 02_image025
[In the formula, R c and Rd each independently represent a functional group selected from the group of halogen atoms, aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups, aliphatic heterocyclic groups and aromatic heterocyclic groups, the aforementioned aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, The aforementioned aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, the aforementioned aliphatic heterocyclic group, and the aforementioned aromatic heterocyclic group may each have one or more substituents, q represents an integer of 0 to 3, r represents an integer of 0 to 3, but q +r=3]. [19] The method of [18], wherein the functional groups represented by R c and R d are each independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl and arylalkyl, the aforementioned alkyl group, the aforementioned aryl group and the aforementioned aryl group Each alkyl group may have one or more substituents. [20] A reagent for the production of compound (XI) represented by the following formula (XI), which contains the compound (II) represented by the following formula (II),
Figure 02_image027
[In the formula, R 1 ~R 5 and Q have the same meaning as above]
Figure 02_image029
[In the formula, Ar has the same meaning as described above, and R 1 ′ to R 4 ′ each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a hydroxyl protecting group]. [21] The use of the compound (II) represented by the following formula (II) as an intermediate product for producing the compound (XI) represented by the following formula (XI),
Figure 02_image031
[In the formula, Ar and R 1 '~R 4 'have the same meaning as above]
Figure 02_image033
[In the formula, R 1 to R 5 and Q have the same meaning as above]. [Invention Effect]

藉由本案發明,能夠在工業上以便宜且有效率地製造化合物(I)。藉由本案發明,能夠大幅地亦製設備成本或運轉成本,且在工業生產上為有利。According to the present invention, compound (I) can be produced industrially inexpensively and efficiently. With the present invention, the equipment cost or operating cost can be reduced significantly, and it is advantageous in industrial production.

[實施發明之形態][The form of implementing the invention]

以下,針對本案發明進行說明。且,本說明書中記載之實施形態中,能夠組合2種以上實施形態時,本案發明中亦包含該組合。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described. In addition, in the embodiments described in this specification, when two or more embodiments can be combined, the present invention also includes the combination.

<定義> 以下,針對本說明書所使用之用語及表現進行說明。以下定義去除特別規定之情況,皆適用於整本說明書。例如「烷基」之定義為關於「烷基」或包含「烷基」之官能基(例如烷基芳基、芳基烷基等)皆適用。<Definition> The following describes the terms and performance used in this manual. The following definitions are applicable to the entire specification except for special provisions. For example, the definition of "alkyl" is applicable to "alkyl" or functional groups containing "alkyl" (such as alkylaryl, arylalkyl, etc.).

「有機基」意指包含1個以上碳原子之官能基。有機基能夠包含1種或2種以上雜原子。「雜原子」意指氫原子及碳原子以外之原子。作為雜原子,有舉例如氮原子、氧原子、硫原子、鹵原子、矽原子等。「鹵原子」意指氟原子、氯原子、溴原子或碘原子。有機基之鍵結為以有機基中所含之碳原子之鍵結而形成較佳。"Organic group" means a functional group containing more than one carbon atom. The organic group can contain one kind or two or more kinds of heteroatoms. "Heteroatom" means atoms other than hydrogen atoms and carbon atoms. Examples of heteroatoms include nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, halogen atoms, and silicon atoms. "Halogen atom" means fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom or iodine atom. The bonding of the organic group is preferably formed by the bonding of carbon atoms contained in the organic group.

一實施形態中,有機基為亦可具有1個以上之取代基之脂肪族烴基,或包含亦可具有1個以上之取代基之脂肪族烴基。此實施形態中,有機基之鍵結以脂肪族烴基之鍵結而形成較佳。In one embodiment, the organic group is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may have one or more substituents, or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may have one or more substituents. In this embodiment, the bonding of the organic group is preferably formed by the bonding of an aliphatic hydrocarbon group.

另一實施形態中,有機基為亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族烴環基,或包含亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族烴環基。此實施形態中,有機基之鍵結為以芳香族烴環基之鍵結而形成較佳。In another embodiment, the organic group is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have one or more substituents, or an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may also have one or more substituents. In this embodiment, the bonding of the organic group is preferably formed by the bonding of an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group.

另一實施形態中,有機基為亦可具有1個以上之取代基之脂肪族雜環基,或包含亦可具有1個以上之取代基之脂肪族雜環基。此實施形態中,有機基之鍵結為以脂肪族雜環基之鍵結而形成較佳。In another embodiment, the organic group is an aliphatic heterocyclic group which may have one or more substituents, or an aliphatic heterocyclic group which may have one or more substituents. In this embodiment, the bonding of the organic group is preferably formed by the bonding of an aliphatic heterocyclic group.

另一實施形態中,有機基為亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族雜環基,或包含亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族雜環基。此實施形態中,有機基之鍵結為以芳香族雜環基之鍵結而形成較佳。In another embodiment, the organic group is an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have one or more substituents, or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have one or more substituents. In this embodiment, the bonding of the organic group is preferably formed by the bonding of an aromatic heterocyclic group.

另一實施形態中,有機基包含組合2種以上選自亦可具有1個以上之取代基之脂肪族烴基、亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族烴環基、亦可具有1個以上之取代基之脂肪族雜環基及亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族雜環基而形成之官能基。此實施形態中,有機基之鍵結為以脂肪族烴基、芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基或芳香族雜環基之鍵結而形成較佳。In another embodiment, the organic group includes a combination of two or more kinds selected from aliphatic hydrocarbon groups that may also have one or more substituents, aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups that may also have one or more substituents, or one The functional group formed by the aliphatic heterocyclic group of the above substituents and the aromatic heterocyclic group which may have one or more substituents. In this embodiment, the bonding of the organic group is preferably formed by a bonding of an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, aliphatic heterocyclic group or aromatic heterocyclic group.

「脂肪族烴基」意指藉由自脂肪族烴去除氫原子所生成之官能基(不具有芳香族性之烴基)。「脂肪族烴基」因應文章能夠意指1價或2價之官能基。以下,有時將1價脂肪族烴基表示為「-脂肪族烴基」、2價脂肪族烴基表示為「-脂肪族烴基-」。脂肪族烴基亦可為鏈狀、環狀及此等組合之任一者。鏈狀亦可為直鏈狀或分支鏈狀。脂肪族烴基較佳為直鏈狀或分支鏈狀。脂肪族烴基亦可為飽和或不飽和。不飽鍵結合亦可為碳-碳雙鍵或碳-碳三鍵。"Aliphatic hydrocarbon group" means a functional group (hydrocarbon group not having aromaticity) generated by removing a hydrogen atom from an aliphatic hydrocarbon. "Aliphatic hydrocarbon group" can mean a monovalent or divalent functional group according to the article. Hereinafter, a monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be expressed as "-aliphatic hydrocarbon group", and a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be expressed as "-aliphatic hydrocarbon group-". The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be any of chain, cyclic, and combinations thereof. The chain shape may be linear or branched. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably linear or branched. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may also be saturated or unsaturated. The unsaturated bond may also be a carbon-carbon double bond or a carbon-carbon triple bond.

作為1價脂肪族烴基,有舉例如烷基、烯基、炔基等。作為2價脂肪族烴基,有舉例如伸烷基、伸烯基、伸炔基等。As a monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, etc. are mentioned, for example. As a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an alkynylene group, etc. are mentioned, for example.

「烷基」意指藉由自烷烴去除1個氫原子所生成之1價官能基。烷基亦可為鏈狀、環狀及此等之組合之任一者。且,環狀之烷基與「環烷基」同義。鏈狀亦可為直鏈狀或分支鏈狀。烷基較佳為直鏈狀或分支鏈狀。直鏈狀之烷基之碳數通常為1~20個,較佳為1~10個,再較佳為1~8個,再更較佳為1~6個,再更較佳為1~4個,再更較佳為1~3個。分支鏈狀之烷基之碳數通常為3~20個,較佳為3~10個,再較佳為3~8個,再更較佳為3~6個,再更較佳為3~4個。環狀之烷基之碳數通常為3~20個,較佳為3~10個,再較佳為3~8個,再更較佳為3~6個。具有直鏈狀或分支鏈狀部分與環狀部分之烷基之碳數通常為4~20個,較佳為4~10個,再較佳為4~8個,再更較佳為4~6個。"Alkyl" means a monovalent functional group generated by removing one hydrogen atom from an alkane. The alkyl group may be any of chain, cyclic, and combinations thereof. Also, cyclic alkyl has the same meaning as "cycloalkyl". The chain shape may be linear or branched. The alkyl group is preferably linear or branched. The carbon number of the linear alkyl group is usually 1-20, preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-8, still more preferably 1-6, still more preferably 1~ 4 pieces, more preferably 1 to 3 pieces. The carbon number of the branched alkyl group is usually 3-20, preferably 3-10, more preferably 3-8, still more preferably 3-6, and still more preferably 3~ 4. The carbon number of the cyclic alkyl group is usually 3-20, preferably 3-10, more preferably 3-8, and still more preferably 3-6. The carbon number of the alkyl group having a linear or branched chain part and a cyclic part is usually 4-20, preferably 4-10, more preferably 4-8, and still more preferably 4~ 6 pcs.

作為烷基,有舉例如甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、n-丁基、異丁基、sec-丁基、tert-丁基、戊基、己基、異己基、庚基、4,4-二甲基戊基、辛基、2,2,4-三甲基戊基、壬基、癸基等之直鏈狀或分支鏈狀之烷基;環丙基、環丁基、環戊基、環己基、環庚基、環辛基等之環狀之烷基;環戊基甲基、環戊基乙基、環戊基丙基、環己基甲基、環己基乙基等之具有直鏈狀或分支鏈狀部分與環狀部分之烷基等。Examples of alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, heptyl, 4,4-Dimethylpentyl, octyl, 2,2,4-trimethylpentyl, nonyl, decyl and other linear or branched alkyl groups; cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl , Cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl and other cyclic alkyl groups; cyclopentyl methyl, cyclopentyl ethyl, cyclopentyl propyl, cyclohexyl methyl, cyclohexyl ethyl Such as alkyl groups with linear or branched parts and cyclic parts.

「烯基」意指藉由自烯烴去除1個氫原子所生成之1價官能基。烯基具有至少1個碳-碳雙鍵。烯基亦可為鏈狀、環狀及此等之組合之任一者。且,環狀之烯基與「環烯基」同義。鏈狀亦可為直鏈狀或分支鏈狀。烯基較佳為直鏈狀或分支鏈狀。直鏈狀之烯基之碳數通常為2~20個,較佳為2~10個,再較佳為2~8個,再更較佳為2~6個,再更較佳為2~4個。分支鏈狀之烯基之碳數通常為3~20個,較佳為3~10個,再較佳為3~8個,再更較佳為3~6個,再更較佳為3~4個。環狀之烯基之碳數通常為3~20個,較佳為3~10個,再較佳為3~8個,再更較佳為3~6個。具有直鏈狀或分支鏈狀部分與環狀部分之烯基之碳數通常為4~20個,較佳為4~10個,再較佳為4~8個,再更較佳為4~6個。烯基中之雙鍵數通常為1~9個,較佳為1~7個,再較佳為1~4個,再更較佳為1~3個。"Alkenyl" means a monovalent functional group generated by removing one hydrogen atom from an olefin. The alkenyl group has at least one carbon-carbon double bond. The alkenyl group may also be any of chain, cyclic, and combinations thereof. In addition, cyclic alkenyl has the same meaning as "cycloalkenyl". The chain shape may also be linear or branched. The alkenyl group is preferably linear or branched. The carbon number of the linear alkenyl group is usually 2-20, preferably 2-10, more preferably 2-8, still more preferably 2-6, still more preferably 2~ 4. The carbon number of the branched alkenyl group is usually 3-20, preferably 3-10, more preferably 3-8, still more preferably 3-6, still more preferably 3~ 4. The carbon number of the cyclic alkenyl group is usually 3-20, preferably 3-10, more preferably 3-8, and still more preferably 3-6. The carbon number of the alkenyl group having a linear or branched chain part and a cyclic part is usually 4-20, preferably 4-10, more preferably 4-8, and still more preferably 4~ 6 pcs. The number of double bonds in the alkenyl group is usually 1 to 9, preferably 1 to 7, more preferably 1 to 4, and still more preferably 1 to 3.

作為烯基,有舉例如乙烯基、2-丙烯基、3-丁烯基、2-丁烯基、4-戊烯基、3-戊烯基、2-己烯基、3-己烯基、2-庚烯基、3-庚烯基、4-庚烯基、3-辛烯基、3-壬烯基、4-癸烯基等之直鏈狀或分支鏈狀之烯基;環丙烯基、環丁烯基、環戊烯基、環己烯基、環庚烯基、環辛烯基等之環狀烯基;環戊烯基甲基、環戊烯基乙基、環戊烯基丙基、環己烯基甲基、環己烯基乙基等之具有直鏈狀或分支鏈狀部分與環狀部分之烯基等。Examples of alkenyl groups include vinyl, 2-propenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 4-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 2-hexenyl, and 3-hexenyl. , 2-heptenyl, 3-heptenyl, 4-heptenyl, 3-octenyl, 3-nonenyl, 4-decenyl and other linear or branched alkenyl groups; ring Cyclic alkenyl groups such as propenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, and cyclooctenyl; cyclopentenyl methyl, cyclopentenyl ethyl, cyclopentenyl Alkenyl groups such as allylpropyl, cyclohexenylmethyl, cyclohexenylethyl, etc., have linear or branched parts and cyclic parts.

「炔基」意指藉由自炔烴去除1個氫原子所生成之1價官能基。炔基具有至少1個碳-碳三鍵。炔基亦可為鏈狀、環狀及此等之組合之任一者。且,環狀之炔基與「環炔基」同義。鏈狀亦可為直鏈狀或分支鏈狀。炔基較佳為直鏈狀或分支鏈狀。直鏈狀之炔基之碳數通常為2~20個,較佳為2~10個,再較佳為2~8個,再更較佳為2~6個,再更較佳為2~4個。分支鏈狀之炔基之碳數通常為4~20個,較佳為4~10個,再較佳為4~8個,再更較佳為4~6個。環狀之炔基之碳數通常為4~20個,較佳為4~10個,再較佳為4~8個,再更較佳為4~6個。具有直鏈狀或分支鏈狀部分與環狀部分之炔基之碳數通常為5~20個,較佳為5~10個,再較佳為5~8個,再更較佳為5~6個。炔基中三鍵之數通常為1~9個,較佳為1~7個,再較佳為1~4個,再更較佳為1~3個。"Alkynyl" means a monovalent functional group generated by removing one hydrogen atom from an alkyne. The alkynyl group has at least one carbon-carbon triple bond. The alkynyl group may be any of chain, cyclic, and combinations thereof. In addition, cyclic alkynyl has the same meaning as "cycloalkynyl". The chain shape may also be linear or branched. The alkynyl group is preferably linear or branched. The carbon number of the linear alkynyl group is usually 2-20, preferably 2-10, more preferably 2-8, still more preferably 2-6, and still more preferably 2~ 4. The carbon number of the branched alkynyl group is usually 4-20, preferably 4-10, more preferably 4-8, and still more preferably 4-6. The carbon number of the cyclic alkynyl group is usually 4-20, preferably 4-10, more preferably 4-8, and still more preferably 4-6. The carbon number of the alkynyl group having a linear or branched chain part and a cyclic part is usually 5-20, preferably 5-10, more preferably 5-8, still more preferably 5~ 6 pcs. The number of triple bonds in the alkynyl group is usually 1 to 9, preferably 1 to 7, more preferably 1 to 4, and still more preferably 1 to 3.

作為炔基,有舉例如2-丙炔基、3-丁炔基、2-丁炔基、4-戊炔基、3-戊炔基、2-己炔基、3-己炔基、2-庚炔基、3-庚炔基、4-庚炔基、3-辛炔基、3-壬炔基、4-十二炔基等之直鏈狀或分支鏈狀之炔基;環丁炔基、環戊炔基、環庚炔基、環辛炔基等之環狀之炔基;環戊炔基甲基、環戊炔基乙基、環戊炔基丙基、環戊炔基甲基、環戊炔基乙基等之具有直鏈狀或分支鏈狀部分與環狀部分之炔基等。Examples of alkynyl groups include 2-propynyl, 3-butynyl, 2-butynyl, 4-pentynyl, 3-pentynyl, 2-hexynyl, 3-hexynyl, 2 -Heptynyl, 3-heptynyl, 4-heptynyl, 3-octynyl, 3-nonynyl, 4-dodecynyl and other linear or branched alkynyl groups; cyclobutanyl Cyclic alkynyl groups such as alkynyl, cyclopentynyl, cycloheptynyl, and cyclooctynyl; cyclopentynyl methyl, cyclopentynyl ethyl, cyclopentynyl propyl, cyclopentynyl Alkynyl groups such as methyl, cyclopentynylethyl, etc., which have a linear or branched chain part and a cyclic part.

「伸烷基」意指藉由自烷基去除1個氫原子所生成之2價官能基。關於烷基之說明與上述相同。"Alkylene group" means a divalent functional group generated by removing one hydrogen atom from an alkyl group. The explanation about the alkyl group is the same as above.

「伸烯基」意指藉由自烯基去除1個氫原子所生成之2價官能基。關於烯基之說明與上述相同。The "alkenylene group" means a divalent functional group generated by removing one hydrogen atom from an alkenyl group. The description of the alkenyl group is the same as above.

「伸炔基」意指藉由自炔基去除1個氫原子所生成之2價官能基。關於炔基之說明與上述相同。The "alkynylene group" means a divalent functional group generated by removing one hydrogen atom from an alkynyl group. The description of the alkynyl group is the same as above.

「芳香族烴環基」意指藉由自芳香族烴環去除氫原子所生成之官能基。「芳香族烴環基」因應文章能夠意指1價或2價之官能基。以下,有時將1價芳香族烴環基表示為「-芳香族烴環基」,有時將2價芳香族烴環基表示為「-芳香族烴環基-」。1價芳香族烴環基與「芳基」同義,2價芳香族烴環基與「伸芳基」同義。"Aromatic hydrocarbon ring group" means a functional group generated by removing a hydrogen atom from an aromatic hydrocarbon ring. "Aromatic hydrocarbon ring group" can mean a monovalent or divalent functional group according to the article. Hereinafter, the monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group may be expressed as "-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group", and the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group may be expressed as "-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group-". A monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group has the same meaning as an "aryl group", and a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group has the same meaning as an "aryl group".

作為芳香族烴環基,有舉例如單環式或多環式(例如2環式或3環式)之芳香族烴環基。芳香族烴環基通常為1~4環式,較佳為1~3環式,再較佳為1或2環式。芳香族烴環基中之環構成碳原子之數通常為6~18個,較佳為6~14個,再較佳為6~10個。The aromatic hydrocarbon ring group includes, for example, a monocyclic or polycyclic (for example, bicyclic or tricyclic) aromatic hydrocarbon ring group. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is usually 1 to 4 ring types, preferably 1 to 3 ring types, and more preferably 1 or 2 ring types. The number of ring constituent carbon atoms in the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is usually 6-18, preferably 6-14, and more preferably 6-10.

作為單環式之芳香族烴環基,有舉例如苯基。Examples of the monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring group include phenyl.

芳香族烴環基中亦有包含縮合多環式之芳香族烴環基及部分經飽和之縮合多環式之芳香族烴環基。部分經飽和之縮合多環式之芳香族烴環基為構成環之鍵結的一部分經氫化之縮合多環式之芳香族烴環基。作為縮合多環式之芳香族烴環基,有舉例如萘基、蒽基、菲基、稠四苯基、芘基等2~4環式之芳香族烴環基以外,也有茀基、茚基、苊基等。作為部分經飽和之縮合多環式之芳香族烴環基,有舉例如二氫萘基、二氫茚基、二氫苊基等。Aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups also include condensed polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups and partially saturated condensed polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups. The partially saturated condensed polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is a part of the hydrogenated condensed polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring group constituting the bond of the ring. Examples of condensed polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups include, for example, naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthryl, fused tetraphenyl, pyrenyl and other 2- to 4-cyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups, as well as stilbene and indene. Base, acenaphthylene group, etc. Examples of the partially saturated condensed polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring group include dihydronaphthyl, dihydroindenyl, and dihydroacenaphthyl groups.

2價芳香族烴環基為藉由自1價芳香族烴環基去除1個氫原子所生成之2價官能基。關於1價芳香族烴環基之說明與上述相同。作為2價芳香族烴環基,有舉例如1,3-伸苯基、1,4-伸苯基等。The divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is a divalent functional group generated by removing one hydrogen atom from a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group. The description of the monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is the same as above. Examples of the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group include 1,3-phenylene and 1,4-phenylene.

「脂肪族雜環基」意指藉由自作為環構成原子,除了碳原子以外,包含獨立選自氧原子、硫原子及氮原子所成群之1個以上雜原子之單環式或多環式(例如2環式或3環式)之脂肪族雜環(非芳香族雜環)去除氫原子所生成之官能基。「脂肪族雜環基」因應文章能夠意指1價或2價之官能基。以下有時將1價脂肪族雜環基表示為「-脂肪族雜環基」,將2價脂肪族雜環基表示為「-脂肪族雜環-」。且,包含「脂肪族雜環」之官能基(例如脂肪族雜環硫基、脂肪族雜環氧基等)中「脂肪族雜環」意指脂肪族雜環基。"Aliphatic heterocyclic group" refers to a monocyclic or polycyclic ring containing one or more heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, and nitrogen atoms, in addition to carbon atoms, as ring constituent atoms. The aliphatic heterocyclic ring (non-aromatic heterocyclic ring) of the formula (for example, 2-ring or 3-ring) is a functional group generated by removing a hydrogen atom. "Aliphatic heterocyclic group" can mean a monovalent or divalent functional group according to the article. Hereinafter, the monovalent aliphatic heterocyclic group may be expressed as "-aliphatic heterocyclic group", and the divalent aliphatic heterocyclic group may be expressed as "-aliphatic heterocyclic group-". In addition, in the functional group containing "aliphatic heterocyclic ring" (for example, aliphatic heterocyclic thio group, aliphatic heterocyclic oxy group, etc.), "aliphatic heterocyclic ring" means an aliphatic heterocyclic group.

脂肪族雜環基中包含之雜原子數通常為1~4個,較佳為1~3個,再較佳為1或2個。脂肪族雜環基之員數通常為3~16員,較佳為4~10員,再較佳為5~8員,再更較佳為5~7員,再更較佳為5或6員。脂肪族雜環基為例如單環式、2環式或3環式,較佳為單環式或2環式。脂肪族雜環基中環構成碳原子之數能夠因應脂肪族雜環基之雜原子數及員數來適當地選擇。脂肪族雜環基中環構成碳原子數之通常為2~12個,較佳為2~8個,再較佳為2~5個。The number of heteroatoms contained in the aliphatic heterocyclic group is usually 1 to 4, preferably 1 to 3, and more preferably 1 or 2. The number of members of the aliphatic heterocyclic group is usually 3-16 members, preferably 4-10 members, more preferably 5-8 members, still more preferably 5-7 members, still more preferably 5 or 6 member. The aliphatic heterocyclic group is, for example, monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic, preferably monocyclic or bicyclic. The number of ring constituent carbon atoms in the aliphatic heterocyclic group can be appropriately selected according to the number of heteroatoms and the number of members of the aliphatic heterocyclic group. The number of carbon atoms constituting the ring in the aliphatic heterocyclic group is usually 2-12, preferably 2-8, and more preferably 2-5.

單環式之脂肪族雜環基為例如單環式之飽和脂肪族雜環基。單環式之飽和脂肪族雜環基為僅以飽和鍵結構成環之單環式之脂肪族雜環基。一實施形態中,單環式之飽和脂肪族雜環基包含1~2個氧原子。另一實施形態中,單環式之飽和脂肪族雜環基包含1~2個硫原子。另一實施形態中,單環式之飽和脂肪族雜環基包含1~2個氧原子及1~2個硫原子。另一實施形態中,單環式之飽和脂肪族雜環基包含1~4個氮原子。另一實施形態中,單環式之飽和脂肪族雜環基包含1~3個氮原子與1~2個硫原子及/或1~2個氧原子。單環式之飽和脂肪族雜環基中,構成環之2個碳原子亦可以伸烷基而交聯。單環式之飽和脂肪族雜環基中,構成環之碳原子中,相鄰之2個碳原子亦可形成雙鍵。單環式之飽和脂肪族雜環基中,鍵結於相同碳原子之2個氫原子亦可經側氧基所取代。單環式之飽和脂肪族雜環基所能夠具有之側氧基之數較佳為1或2個。單環式之飽和脂肪族雜環基中包含之雜原子為硫原子時,單環式之飽和脂肪族雜環基亦可為二氧化物。The monocyclic aliphatic heterocyclic group is, for example, a monocyclic saturated aliphatic heterocyclic group. The monocyclic saturated aliphatic heterocyclic group is a monocyclic aliphatic heterocyclic group formed by only a saturated bond structure. In one embodiment, the monocyclic saturated aliphatic heterocyclic group contains 1 to 2 oxygen atoms. In another embodiment, the monocyclic saturated aliphatic heterocyclic group contains 1 to 2 sulfur atoms. In another embodiment, the monocyclic saturated aliphatic heterocyclic group contains 1 to 2 oxygen atoms and 1 to 2 sulfur atoms. In another embodiment, the monocyclic saturated aliphatic heterocyclic group contains 1 to 4 nitrogen atoms. In another embodiment, the monocyclic saturated aliphatic heterocyclic group contains 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms, 1 to 2 sulfur atoms and/or 1 to 2 oxygen atoms. In a monocyclic saturated aliphatic heterocyclic group, the two carbon atoms constituting the ring can also be alkylated and crosslinked. In a monocyclic saturated aliphatic heterocyclic group, among the carbon atoms constituting the ring, two adjacent carbon atoms may also form a double bond. In the monocyclic saturated aliphatic heterocyclic group, two hydrogen atoms bonded to the same carbon atom may also be substituted by pendant oxy groups. The number of pendant oxy groups that the monocyclic saturated aliphatic heterocyclic group can have is preferably 1 or 2. When the heteroatom contained in the monocyclic saturated aliphatic heterocyclic group is a sulfur atom, the monocyclic saturated aliphatic heterocyclic group may also be a dioxide.

作為單環式之脂肪族雜環基,有舉例如氮丙啶基、環氧乙烷基、硫環丙烷基、四氫吖唉基、環氧丙烷基、硫環丁烷基、四氫噻吩基、四氫喃基、吡咯啉基、吡咯啶基、咪唑啉基、咪唑啶基、

Figure 108145955-A0304-12-01
唑啉基、
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-01
唑啶基、吡唑基、吡唑啶基、噻唑啉基、四氫噻唑基、四氫異噻唑基、四氫噁唑基、四氫異噁唑基、哌啶基、哌
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-02
基、四氫啶基、二氫啶基、二氫硫哌喃基、四氫嘧啶基、四氫嗒
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-02
基、二氫哌喃基、四氫哌喃基、四氫硫哌喃基、嗎咻基、硫基嗎咻基(環上之硫原子亦可經氧化)、氮
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-03
基、二氮
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-03
基、氮呯基、氧雜環庚烷基、氧雜環辛烷基、二氧雜環辛烷基等之3~8員之單環式之脂肪族雜環基。Examples of monocyclic aliphatic heterocyclic groups include, for example, aziridinyl, oxiranyl, thiocyclopropyl, tetrahydroazepine, propylene oxide, thiocyclobutanyl, and tetrahydrothiophene. Group, tetrahydropyranyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolinyl,
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-01
Oxazoline,
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-01
Azolidine, pyrazolyl, pyrazolidinyl, thiazolinyl, tetrahydrothiazolyl, tetrahydroisothiazolyl, tetrahydrooxazolyl, tetrahydroisoxazolyl, piperidinyl, piper
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-02
Group, tetrahydropyrimidinyl, dihydroimidinyl, dihydrothiopiperanyl, tetrahydropyrimidinyl, tetrahydropyridine
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-02
Group, dihydropiperanyl, tetrahydropiperanyl, tetrahydrothiopiperanyl, morphoyl, thiomorphoyl (the sulfur atom on the ring can also be oxidized), nitrogen
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-03
Radical, diazonium
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-03
3- to 8-membered monocyclic aliphatic heterocyclic groups such as nitro, azepanyl, oxepanyl, oxetanyl, dioxetanyl, etc.

單環式之脂肪族雜環基中亦包含部分經飽和之單環式之芳香族雜環基。部分經飽和之單環式之芳香族雜環基為構成環之鍵結之一部分經氫化之單環式之芳香族雜環基。作為部分經飽和之單環式之芳香族雜環基,有舉例如4,5-二氫-1H-咪唑基、1,2,3,6-四氫吡啶基、4H-1,3-惡嗪酮基、5,6-二氫-4H-1,3-惡嗪酮基等。部分經飽和之單環式之芳香族雜環基中,鍵結於相同碳原子之2個氫原子亦可經側氧基所取代。部分經飽和之單環式之芳香族雜環基所能夠具有之側氧基之數較佳為1或2個。The monocyclic aliphatic heterocyclic group also includes a partially saturated monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group. The partially saturated monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group is a monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group in which a part of the bond constituting the ring is hydrogenated. Examples of partially saturated monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic groups include 4,5-dihydro-1H-imidazolyl, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridyl, 4H-1,3-oxa Azinone group, 5,6-dihydro-4H-1,3-oxazinone group, etc. In a partially saturated monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group, two hydrogen atoms bonded to the same carbon atom may also be substituted by pendant oxy groups. The number of pendant oxy groups that the partially saturated monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group can have is preferably 1 or 2.

多環式之脂肪族雜環基例如為縮合多環式之脂肪族雜環基。縮合多環式之脂肪族雜環基例如為縮合多環式之飽和脂肪族雜環。縮合多環式之飽和脂肪族雜環為僅藉由飽和鍵結合使環被構成之縮合多環式之脂肪族雜環基。一實施形態中,縮合多環式之飽和脂肪族雜環基包含1~3個氧原子。另一實施形態中,縮合多環式之飽和脂肪族雜環基包含1~3個硫原子。另一實施形態中,縮合多環式之飽和脂肪族雜環基包含1~3個氧原子及1~3個硫原子。另一實施形態中,縮合多環式之飽和脂肪族雜環基包含1~5個氮原子。另一實施形態中,縮合多環式之飽和脂肪族雜環基包含1~4個氮原子與1~3個硫原子及/或1~3個氧原子。縮合多環式之飽和脂肪族雜環基中,構成環之2個碳原子亦可以伸烷基而交聯。縮合多環式之飽和脂肪族雜環基中,構成環之碳原子中,相鄰之2個碳原子亦可形成雙鍵。縮合多環式之飽和脂肪族雜環基中,鍵結於相同碳原子之2個氫原子亦可經側氧基取代。縮合多環式之脂肪族雜環基所能夠具有之側氧基之數較佳為1、2或3個。縮合多環式之飽和脂肪族雜環基中包含之雜原子為硫原子時,縮合多環式之飽和脂肪族雜環基亦可為二氧化物。The polycyclic aliphatic heterocyclic group is, for example, a condensed polycyclic aliphatic heterocyclic group. The condensed polycyclic aliphatic heterocyclic group is, for example, a condensed polycyclic saturated aliphatic heterocyclic ring. The condensed polycyclic saturated aliphatic heterocyclic ring is a condensed polycyclic aliphatic heterocyclic group in which the ring is constituted only by a saturated bond. In one embodiment, the condensed polycyclic saturated aliphatic heterocyclic group contains 1 to 3 oxygen atoms. In another embodiment, the condensed polycyclic saturated aliphatic heterocyclic group contains 1 to 3 sulfur atoms. In another embodiment, the condensed polycyclic saturated aliphatic heterocyclic group contains 1 to 3 oxygen atoms and 1 to 3 sulfur atoms. In another embodiment, the condensed polycyclic saturated aliphatic heterocyclic group contains 1 to 5 nitrogen atoms. In another embodiment, the condensed polycyclic saturated aliphatic heterocyclic group contains 1 to 4 nitrogen atoms, 1 to 3 sulfur atoms and/or 1 to 3 oxygen atoms. In the condensed polycyclic saturated aliphatic heterocyclic group, the 2 carbon atoms constituting the ring can also be alkylated and crosslinked. In the condensed polycyclic saturated aliphatic heterocyclic group, among the carbon atoms constituting the ring, two adjacent carbon atoms may also form a double bond. In the condensed polycyclic saturated aliphatic heterocyclic group, two hydrogen atoms bonded to the same carbon atom may also be substituted by pendant oxy groups. The number of pendant oxy groups that the condensed polycyclic aliphatic heterocyclic group can have is preferably 1, 2, or 3. When the heteroatom contained in the condensed polycyclic saturated aliphatic heterocyclic group is a sulfur atom, the condensed polycyclic saturated aliphatic heterocyclic group may also be a dioxide.

作為縮合多環式之脂肪族雜環基,有舉例如八氫-1H-異吲哚啉基、十氫喹啉基、十氫異喹啉基、六氫-2H-[1,4]二噁英基[2,3-c]吡咯基、3-氮雜雙環[3.1.0]六-3-基等。As a condensed polycyclic aliphatic heterocyclic group, for example, octahydro-1H-isoindolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, decahydroisoquinolinyl, hexahydro-2H-[1,4] two Oxinyl [2,3-c]pyrrolyl, 3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexa-3-yl, etc.

脂肪族雜環基中也包含螺旋環式雜環基。螺旋環式雜環基為2個環共有1個螺旋碳原子所形成之雜環基。作為2個環之組合,有舉例如單環式之脂肪族雜環基與單環式之脂肪族烴環基(例如環烷基、環烯基等)之組合,單環式之脂肪族雜環基與單環式之脂肪族雜環基之組合等。螺旋環式雜環基中,構成環之碳原子中,相鄰2個碳原子亦可形成雙鍵。螺旋環式雜環基中,鍵結於相同碳原子之2個氫原子亦可經側氧基取代。螺旋環式雜環基所能夠具有之側氧基之數較佳為1、2或3個。螺旋環式雜環基中包含之雜原子為硫原子時,螺旋環式雜環基亦可為二氧化物。The aliphatic heterocyclic group also includes a spiral cyclic heterocyclic group. The helical cyclic heterocyclic group is a heterocyclic group formed by two rings with a helical carbon atom. As a combination of two rings, there are, for example, a combination of a monocyclic aliphatic heterocyclic group and a monocyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring group (such as cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, etc.), and a monocyclic aliphatic heterocyclic group Combination of cyclic group and monocyclic aliphatic heterocyclic group, etc. In a spiral ring heterocyclic group, two adjacent carbon atoms of the carbon atoms constituting the ring may also form a double bond. In the spiral ring heterocyclic group, two hydrogen atoms bonded to the same carbon atom may also be substituted by pendant oxy groups. The number of pendant oxy groups that the spirocyclic heterocyclic group can have is preferably 1, 2, or 3. When the hetero atom contained in the spiral ring heterocyclic group is a sulfur atom, the spiral ring heterocyclic group may also be a dioxide.

作為螺旋環式雜環基,有舉例如2-氧雜-6-氮雜螺旋[3.3]庚烷基、1-氧雜-6-氮雜螺旋[3.3]庚烷基、6-氧雜-1-氮雜螺旋[3.3]庚烷基、1-氧代-2,8-二氮雜螺旋[4.5]癸烷基、1,4-二氧雜-8-氮雜螺旋[4.5]癸烷基、2-氮雜螺旋[3.3]庚基、7-氧雜-2-氮雜螺旋[3.5]壬基、5,8-氧雜-2-氮雜螺旋[3.4]辛基、1,4-二氧雜-8-氮雜螺旋[4.5]癸烷基、1-氧雜螺旋[4.5]癸烷基等。Examples of helical ring heterocyclic groups include 2-oxa-6-azaspiro[3.3]heptyl, 1-oxa-6-azaspiro[3.3]heptyl, 6-oxa- 1-azaspiral[3.3]heptanyl, 1-oxo-2,8-diazaspiral[4.5]decyl, 1,4-dioxa-8-azaspiral[4.5]decane Base, 2-azaspiral[3.3]heptyl, 7-oxa-2-azaspiral[3.5]nonyl, 5,8-oxa-2-azaspiral[3.4]octyl, 1,4 -Dioxa-8-azaspiral [4.5] decyl, 1-oxaspiral [4.5] decyl, etc.

「芳香族雜環基」意指作為環構成原子,除了碳原子之外,藉由自包含獨立選自氧原子、硫原子及氮原子所成群中1個以上雜原子之單環式或多環式之芳香族雜環去除氫原子所生成之官能基。「芳香族雜環基」因應文章能夠意指1價或2價之官能基。以下,有時將1價芳香族雜環基表示為「-芳香族雜環基」,有時將2價芳香族雜環基表示為「-芳香族雜環基-」。1價芳香族雜環基與「雜芳基」同義,且2價芳香族雜環基與「雜伸芳基」同義。"Aromatic heterocyclic group" refers to a ring constituent atom, in addition to carbon atoms, by including one or more heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms, and nitrogen atoms. The cyclic aromatic heterocyclic ring removes the functional group generated by the hydrogen atom. "Aromatic heterocyclic group" can mean a monovalent or divalent functional group according to the article. Hereinafter, the monovalent aromatic heterocyclic group may be expressed as "-aromatic heterocyclic group", and the divalent aromatic heterocyclic group may be expressed as "-aromatic heterocyclic group-". A monovalent aromatic heterocyclic group has the same meaning as "heteroaryl", and a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group has the same meaning as "heteroaryl".

作為芳香族雜環基,有舉例如單環式或多環式之芳香族雜環基。芳香族雜環基通常為1~4環式,較佳為1~3環式,再較佳為1或2環式。芳香族雜環基中包含之雜原子之數通常為1~4個,較佳為1~3個,再更較佳為1或2個。芳香族雜環基之員數較佳為5~14員,再較佳為5~10員。芳香族雜環基中環構成碳原子之數能夠因應雜原子數及員數來適當地決定。芳香族雜環基中環構成碳原子之數通常為3~12個,較佳為3~8個,再更較佳為3~5個。芳香族雜環基中,鍵結於相同碳原子之2個氫原子亦可經側氧基取代。一實施形態中,芳香族雜環基為5~7員之單環式之芳香族雜環基。另一實施形態中,芳香族雜環基為8~14員之2環式或3環式之芳香族雜環基。Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group include monocyclic or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic groups. The aromatic heterocyclic group is usually 1 to 4 ring types, preferably 1 to 3 ring types, and more preferably 1 or 2 ring types. The number of heteroatoms contained in the aromatic heterocyclic group is usually 1 to 4, preferably 1 to 3, and more preferably 1 or 2. The number of members of the aromatic heterocyclic group is preferably 5 to 14 members, and more preferably 5 to 10 members. The number of ring constituent carbon atoms in the aromatic heterocyclic group can be appropriately determined according to the number of heteroatoms and the number of members. The number of carbon atoms constituting the ring in the aromatic heterocyclic group is usually 3-12, preferably 3-8, and more preferably 3-5. In the aromatic heterocyclic group, two hydrogen atoms bonded to the same carbon atom may be substituted by pendant oxy groups. In one embodiment, the aromatic heterocyclic group is a 5- to 7-membered monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group. In another embodiment, the aromatic heterocyclic group is a 2-ring or 3-ring aromatic heterocyclic group with 8 to 14 members.

芳香族雜環基為例如單環式之芳香族雜環基。一實施形態中,單環式之芳香族雜環基包含1~2個氧原子。另一實施形態中,單環式之芳香族雜環基包含1~2個硫原子。另一實施形態中,單環式之芳香族雜環基包含1~2個氧原子及1~2個硫原子。另一實施形態中,單環式之芳香族雜環基包含1~4個氮原子。另一實施形態中,單環式之芳香族雜環基包含1~3個氮原子與1~2個硫原子及/或1~2個氧原子。The aromatic heterocyclic group is, for example, a monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group. In one embodiment, the monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group contains 1 to 2 oxygen atoms. In another embodiment, the monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group contains 1 to 2 sulfur atoms. In another embodiment, the monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group contains 1 to 2 oxygen atoms and 1 to 2 sulfur atoms. In another embodiment, the monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group contains 1 to 4 nitrogen atoms. In another embodiment, the monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group contains 1 to 3 nitrogen atoms, 1 to 2 sulfur atoms and/or 1 to 2 oxygen atoms.

作為單環式之芳香族雜環基,有舉例如吡啶基、 嗒

Figure 108145955-A0304-12-02
基、嘧啶基、吡
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-02
基、噻吩基、吡咯基、噻唑基、異噻唑基、吡唑基、咪唑基、呋喃基、噁唑基、異噁唑基、氧雜二唑基(例如1,2,4-氧雜二唑基、1,3,4-氧雜二唑基等)、硫雜二唑基(例如1,2,4-硫雜二唑基、1,3,4-硫雜二唑基等)、三唑基(例如1,2,3-三唑基、1,2,4-三唑基等)、四唑基、三
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-02
基等之5~7員之單環式之芳香族雜環基。單環式之芳香族雜環基中,鍵結於相同碳原子之2個氫原子亦可經側氧基取代。單環式之芳香族雜環基所能夠具有之側氧基之數較佳為1或2個。As the monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group, there are, for example, pyridyl,
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-02
Base, pyrimidinyl, pyridine
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-02
Group, thienyl, pyrrolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, furyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl (e.g. 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl Azole, 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, etc.), thiadiazolyl (e.g. 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, etc.), Triazolyl (e.g. 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, etc.), tetrazolyl, three
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-02
A monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group with 5 to 7 members such as a group. In a monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group, two hydrogen atoms bonded to the same carbon atom may also be substituted by pendant oxy groups. The number of pendant oxy groups that the monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic group can have is preferably 1 or 2.

芳香族雜環基為例如多環式之芳香族雜環基。多環式之芳香族雜環基為例如縮合多環式之芳香族雜環基。一實施形態中,縮合多環式之芳香族雜環基包含1~3個氧原子。另一實施形態中,縮合多環式之芳香族雜環基包含1~3個硫原子。另一實施形態中,縮合多環式之芳香族雜環基包含1~3個氧原子及1~3個硫原子。另一實施形態中,縮合多環式之芳香族雜環基包含1~5個氮原子。另一實施形態中,縮合多環式之芳香族雜環基包含1~4個氮原子與1~3個硫原子及/或1~3個氧原子。The aromatic heterocyclic group is, for example, a polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group. The polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group is, for example, a condensed polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group. In one embodiment, the condensed polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group contains 1 to 3 oxygen atoms. In another embodiment, the condensed polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group contains 1 to 3 sulfur atoms. In another embodiment, the condensed polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group contains 1 to 3 oxygen atoms and 1 to 3 sulfur atoms. In another embodiment, the condensed polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group contains 1 to 5 nitrogen atoms. In another embodiment, the condensed polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group contains 1 to 4 nitrogen atoms, 1 to 3 sulfur atoms and/or 1 to 3 oxygen atoms.

作為縮合多環式之芳香族雜環基,有舉例如苯并硫苯基、苯并喃基、苯并咪唑基、苯并噁唑基、苯并異噁唑基、苯并噻唑基、苯并異噻唑基、苯并三唑基、咪唑吡啶基、噻吩并啶基、氟啶基、氯啶基、吡唑并啶基、氧雜唑并啶基、硫雜唑并啶基、咪唑并吡

Figure 108145955-A0304-12-02
基、咪唑并嘧啶基、噻吩并嘧啶基、氟嘧啶基、氯嘧啶基、吡唑并嘧啶基、氧雜唑并嘧啶基、硫雜唑并嘧啶基、吡唑并三
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-02
基、萘[2,3-b]噻吩基、吩噻噁基、吲哚基、異吲哚啉基、1H-吲唑基、嘌呤基、異喹啉基、喹啉基、呔
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-02
基、
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-04
啶基、喹
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-01
啉基、喹唑啉基、
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-05
啉基、咔唑基、β-羰基、啡啶基、吖啶基、啡
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-02
基、啡噻
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-02
基、啡
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-01
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-02
基等之8~14員之縮合多環式(較佳為2環式或3環式)之芳香族雜環基等。多環式之芳香族雜環基中,鍵結於相同碳原子之2個氫原子亦可經側氧基取代。多環式之芳香族雜環基所能夠具有之側氧基之數較佳為1、2或3個。Examples of the condensed polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group include, for example, benzothiophenyl, benzopyranyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzene Bisisothiazolyl, benzotriazolyl, imidazopyridyl, thienopyridinyl, fluridinyl, chloropyridinyl, pyrazoloidinyl, oxazoloidyl, thiazoloidinyl, imidazo Pyridine
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-02
Group, imidazopyrimidinyl, thienopyrimidinyl, fluoropyrimidinyl, chloropyrimidinyl, pyrazolopyrimidinyl, oxazolopyrimidinyl, thiazolopyrimidinyl, pyrazolo three
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-02
Group, naphthalene[2,3-b]thienyl, phenothioxyl, indolyl, isoindolinyl, 1H-indazolyl, purinyl, isoquinolinyl, quinolinyl, xenoyl
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-02
base,
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-04
Pyridyl, quine
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-01
Linyl, quinazolinyl,
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-05
Linyl, carbazolyl, β-carbonyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, phenanthrene
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-02
Phenanthrene
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-02
Base, brown
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-01
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-02
Condensed polycyclic (preferably bicyclic or tricyclic) aromatic heterocyclic groups of 8 to 14 members such as groups. In a polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group, two hydrogen atoms bonded to the same carbon atom may also be substituted by pendant oxy groups. The number of pendant oxy groups that the polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group can have is preferably 1, 2, or 3.

芳香族雜環基中亦包含具有部分經飽和之單環(例如單環式之芳香族烴環基、單環式之芳香族雜環基等)之縮合多環式之芳香族雜環基(例如芳香族環上縮合脂肪族雜環之環式基等)。具有部分經飽和之單環之縮合多環式之芳香族雜環基為具有構成環之鍵結的一部分經氫化之單環之縮合多環式之芳香族雜環基。作為具有部分經飽和之單環之縮合多環式之芳香族雜環基,有舉例如二氫苯并喃基、二氫苯并咪唑基、二氫苯并噁唑基、二氫苯并噻唑基、二氫苯并異噻唑基、二氫萘[2,3-b]噻吩基、四氫異喹啉基、四氫喹啉基、4H-喹

Figure 108145955-A0304-12-02
基、吲哚啉基、異吲哚啉基、四氫噻吩并[2,3-c]啶基、四氫苯并氮呯基、四氫喹
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-01
啉基、四氫啡啶基、六氫啡噻
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-02
基、六氫啡
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-01
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-02
基、四氫呔
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-02
基、四氫
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-04
啶基、四氫喹唑啉基、四氫
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-05
啉基、四氫咔唑基、四氫-β-羰基、四氫吖啶基、四氫啡
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-02
基、四氫噻噸基、八氫異喹啉基等之9~14員之縮合多環式(較佳為2環式或3環式)之芳香族雜環基等。具有部分經飽和之單環之縮合多環式之芳香族雜環基中,鍵結於相同碳原子之2個氫原子亦可經側氧基取代。具有部分經飽和之單環之縮合多環式之芳香族雜環基所能夠具有之側氧基之數較佳為1、2或3個。Aromatic heterocyclic groups also include condensed polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic groups with partially saturated monocyclic rings (such as monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups, monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic groups, etc.) ( For example, an aromatic ring condensed an aliphatic heterocyclic ring group, etc.). A partially saturated monocyclic condensed polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group is a partially hydrogenated monocyclic condensed polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group which constitutes the bond of the ring. As a condensed polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group having a partially saturated monocyclic ring, for example, dihydrobenzopyranyl, dihydrobenzimidazolyl, dihydrobenzoxazolyl, and dihydrobenzothiazole Group, dihydrobenzisothiazolyl, dihydronaphthalene[2,3-b]thienyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, 4H-quino
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-02
Group, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, tetrahydrothieno[2,3-c]ridinyl, tetrahydrobenzazepine, tetrahydroquine
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-01
Linyl, tetrahydrophenidinyl, hexahydrophenothi
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-02
Hexahydrophenone
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-01
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-02
Tetrahydrogen
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-02
Radical, tetrahydro
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-04
Ridinyl, tetrahydroquinazolinyl, tetrahydro
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-05
Linyl, tetrahydrocarbazolyl, tetrahydro-β-carbonyl, tetrahydroacridinyl, tetrahydrophenanthrene
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-02
Condensed polycyclic (preferably 2-ring or 3-ring) aromatic heterocyclic groups of 9 to 14 members such as tetrahydrothioxanthene, octahydroisoquinolinyl, etc. In a partially saturated monocyclic condensed polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group, two hydrogen atoms bonded to the same carbon atom may also be substituted by pendant oxy groups. The number of pendant oxy groups that a partially saturated monocyclic condensed polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group can have is preferably 1, 2, or 3.

芳香族雜環基中亦包含部分經飽和之縮合多環式之芳香族雜環基。部分經飽和之縮合多環式之芳香族雜環基為具有構成環之鍵結的一部分經氫化之單環之縮合多環式之芳香族雜環基。作為部分經飽和之縮合多環式之芳香族雜環基,有舉例如1,3-二氫苯并咪唑-2-壬基、2-苯并噁唑啉壬基、八氫異吲哚啉基、2H-吡啶并[3,2-b]-1,4-

Figure 108145955-A0304-12-01
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-02
基-3(4H)-酮-基、3-氧代-3,4-二氫-2H-吡啶并[3,2-b][1,4]
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-01
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-02
基-6-基、[1,3]二氧戊環[4,5-b]吡啶基、2,3-二氫苯并[b]噻吩基、2,3-二氫-1-苯并呋喃-5-基、2,3-二氫-1-苯并呋喃-6-基、1,3-二氫-2-苯并呋喃-5-基、2,3-二氫-1H-吲哚-5-基、1,3-苯并二
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-01
呃-5-基、2,3-二氫-1,4-苯并二噁英-2-基、2,3-二氫-1,4-苯并二噁英-6-基、3-氧代-3,4-二氫-2H-1,4-苯并
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-01
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-02
基-6-基、1,4-苯并二氧雜環基、2H-苯并[b][1,4]
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-01
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-02
基-3(4H)-酮-基、3,4-二氫-2H-苯并[b][1,4] 二氧雜環庚烷基、吲哚啉基、2H-異吲哚啉基、苯并二氫哌喃基、苯并哌喃酮基、異苯并二氫哌喃基、1,2,3,4-四氫異喹啉基等。Aromatic heterocyclic groups also include partially saturated condensed polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic groups. The partially saturated condensed polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group is a partially hydrogenated monocyclic condensed polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group which has a bond constituting the ring. Examples of partially saturated condensed polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic groups include 1,3-dihydrobenzimidazole-2-nonyl, 2-benzoxazolinenonyl, and octahydroisoindoline Group, 2H-pyrido[3,2-b]-1,4-
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-01
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-02
Group-3(4H)-keto-yl, 3-oxo-3,4-dihydro-2H-pyrido[3,2-b][1,4]
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-01
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-02
Base-6-yl, [1,3]dioxolane [4,5-b]pyridyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzo[b]thienyl, 2,3-dihydro-1-benzo Furan-5-yl, 2,3-dihydro-1-benzofuran-6-yl, 1,3-dihydro-2-benzofuran-5-yl, 2,3-dihydro-1H-indyl Dol-5-yl, 1,3-benzobis
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-01
Er-5-yl, 2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzodioxin-2-yl, 2,3-dihydro-1,4-benzodioxin-6-yl, 3- Oxo-3,4-dihydro-2H-1,4-benzo
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-01
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-02
Group-6-yl, 1,4-benzodioxyl, 2H-benzo[b][1,4]
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-01
Figure 108145955-A0304-12-02
Group-3(4H)-keto-yl, 3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b][1,4]dioxepanyl, indolinyl, 2H-isoindolinyl , Chromanyl, benzopiperanone, isochromanyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, etc.

2價芳香族雜環基意指藉由自1價芳香族雜環基去除1個氫原子所生成之2價官能基。關於1價芳香族雜環基之說明與上述相同。The divalent aromatic heterocyclic group means a divalent functional group generated by removing one hydrogen atom from a monovalent aromatic heterocyclic group. The description of the monovalent aromatic heterocyclic group is the same as above.

作為組合2種以上選自脂肪族烴基、芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基及芳香族雜環基所形成之官能基,有舉例如組合脂肪族烴基及芳香族烴環基所形成之官能基、組合脂肪族烴基及脂肪族雜環基所形成之官能基、組合脂肪族烴基及芳香族雜環基所形成之官能基等。As a functional group formed by combining two or more kinds selected from aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups, aliphatic heterocyclic groups and aromatic heterocyclic groups, there are, for example, those formed by combining aliphatic hydrocarbon groups and aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups Functional groups, functional groups formed by combining aliphatic hydrocarbon groups and aliphatic heterocyclic groups, functional groups formed by combining aliphatic hydrocarbon groups and aromatic heterocyclic groups, etc.

組合脂肪族烴基及芳香族烴環基所形成之官能基以係式:(*)-脂肪族烴基-芳香族烴環基,或式:(*)-芳香族烴環基-脂肪族烴基表示。(*)表示包含組合脂肪族烴基及芳香族烴環基所形成之官能基之有機基之鍵結。式中之脂肪族烴基及芳香族烴環基各自亦可具有1個以上之取代基。式中之脂肪族烴基亦可具有例如選自芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基及芳香族雜環基之1個以上之取代基。式中之芳香族烴環基亦可具有例如選自脂肪族烴基、芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基及芳香族雜環基之1個以上之取代基。被選擇作為取代基之脂肪族烴基,亦可具有例如選自芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基及芳香族雜環基之1個以上之取代基。被選擇作為取代基之芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基及芳香族雜環基亦可各自具有例如選自脂肪族烴基、芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基及芳香族雜環基之1個以上之取代基。The functional group formed by combining aliphatic hydrocarbon group and aromatic hydrocarbon ring group is represented by the formula: (*)-aliphatic hydrocarbon group-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, or formula: (*)-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group-aliphatic hydrocarbon group . (*) indicates the bonding of an organic group including a functional group formed by combining an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group in the formula may each have one or more substituents. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group in the formula may have one or more substituents selected from, for example, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, an aliphatic heterocyclic group, and an aromatic heterocyclic group. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring group in the formula may also have one or more substituents selected from, for example, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, an aliphatic heterocyclic group, and an aromatic heterocyclic group. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group selected as the substituent may have, for example, one or more substituents selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, an aliphatic heterocyclic group, and an aromatic heterocyclic group. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, aliphatic heterocyclic group, and aromatic heterocyclic group selected as the substituent may each have, for example, selected from aliphatic hydrocarbon group, aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, aliphatic heterocyclic group and aromatic heterocyclic ring One or more substituents of the group.

作為式:(*)-芳香族烴環基-脂肪族烴基所表示之官能基,有舉例如烷基芳基、烯基芳基、炔基芳基等。關於「烷基芳基」、「烯基芳基」及「炔基芳基」中之烷基、烯基、炔基及芳基之說明與上述相同。Examples of the functional group represented by the formula: (*)-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group-aliphatic hydrocarbon group include alkyl aryl groups, alkenyl aryl groups, and alkynyl aryl groups. The description of the alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, and aryl group in "alkylaryl", "alkenylaryl" and "alkynylaryl" is the same as above.

烷基芳基中烷基之數、烯基芳基中烯基之數及炔基芳基中炔基之數通常為1~4個,較佳為1~3個,再較佳為1~2個。烷基芳基之碳數通常為7~30個,較佳為7~20個,再較佳為7~18個,再更較佳為7~15個,再更較佳為7~11個。烯基芳基之碳數及炔基芳基之碳數通常為8~30個,較佳為8~20個,再較佳為8~18個,再更較佳為8~16個,再更較佳為8~12個。作為烷基芳基,有舉例如o-甲苯甲醯基、m-甲苯甲醯基、p-甲苯甲醯基、2,3-二甲基苯基、2,4-二甲基苯基、2,5-二甲基苯基、2,6-二甲基苯基、3,4-二甲基苯基、3,5-二甲基苯基、2,4,6-三甲基苯基、o-乙基苯基、m-乙基苯基、p-乙基苯基等。作為烯基芳基,有舉例如o-苯乙烯基、m-苯乙烯基、p-苯乙烯基等之烯基芳基。作為炔基芳基,有舉例如2-乙炔基-2-苯基等之炔基芳基等。The number of alkyl groups in the alkyl aryl group, the number of alkenyl groups in the alkenyl aryl group, and the number of alkynyl groups in the alkynyl aryl group are usually 1 to 4, preferably 1 to 3, and more preferably 1 to 2 pcs. The carbon number of the alkyl aryl group is usually 7 to 30, preferably 7 to 20, more preferably 7 to 18, still more preferably 7 to 15, still more preferably 7 to 11 . The carbon number of the alkenyl aryl group and the carbon number of the alkynyl aryl group are usually 8 to 30, preferably 8 to 20, more preferably 8 to 18, still more preferably 8 to 16, and More preferably, it is 8-12. Examples of the alkyl aryl group include o-tolyl, m-tolyl, p-tolyl, 2,3-dimethylphenyl, 2,4-dimethylphenyl, 2,5-Dimethylphenyl, 2,6-Dimethylphenyl, 3,4-Dimethylphenyl, 3,5-Dimethylphenyl, 2,4,6-Trimethylbenzene Group, o-ethylphenyl, m-ethylphenyl, p-ethylphenyl, etc. Examples of alkenyl aryl groups include alkenyl aryl groups such as o-styryl, m-styryl, and p-styryl. As the alkynylaryl group, for example, an alkynylaryl group such as 2-ethynyl-2-phenyl and the like can be given.

作為式:(*)-脂肪族烴基-芳香族烴環基所表示之官能基,有舉例如芳基烷基、芳基烯基、芳基炔基等。關於「芳基烷基」、「芳基烯基」及「芳基炔基」中之烷基、烯基、炔基及芳基之說明與上述相同。Examples of the functional group represented by the formula: (*)-aliphatic hydrocarbon group-aromatic hydrocarbon ring group include arylalkyl groups, arylalkenyl groups, and arylalkynyl groups. The description of the alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, and aryl group in "arylalkyl", "arylalkenyl" and "arylalkynyl" is the same as above.

芳基烷基之碳數通常為7~30個,較佳為7~20個,再較佳為7~18個,再更較佳為7~15個,再更較佳為7~11個。作為芳基烷基,有舉例如苄基、2-苯乙基等。芳基烯基之碳數通常為8~30個,較佳為8~20個,再較佳為8~18個,再更較佳為8~16個,再更較佳為8~12個。作為芳基烯基,有舉例如2-酚乙烯基、2-萘乙烯基等。芳基炔基之碳數通常為8~30個,較佳為8~20個,再較佳為8~18個,再更較佳為8~16個,再更較佳為8~12個。作為芳基炔基,有舉例如苯基乙炔基等。The number of carbon atoms in the arylalkyl group is usually 7 to 30, preferably 7 to 20, more preferably 7 to 18, still more preferably 7 to 15, still more preferably 7 to 11 . Examples of the arylalkyl group include benzyl and 2-phenethyl. The carbon number of the arylalkenyl group is usually 8 to 30, preferably 8 to 20, more preferably 8 to 18, still more preferably 8 to 16, still more preferably 8 to 12 . Examples of the arylalkenyl group include 2-phenol vinyl group, 2-naphthalene vinyl group, and the like. The carbon number of the arylalkynyl group is usually 8 to 30, preferably 8 to 20, more preferably 8 to 18, still more preferably 8 to 16, still more preferably 8 to 12 . Examples of the arylalkynyl group include phenylethynyl group and the like.

組合脂肪族烴基及脂肪族雜環基所形成之官能基係以式:(*)-脂肪族烴基-脂肪族雜環基,或式:(*)-脂肪族雜環基-脂肪族烴基表示。(*)表示包含組合脂肪族烴基及脂肪族雜環基所形成之官能基之有機基之鍵結。式中之脂肪族烴基及脂肪族雜環基各自亦可具有1個以上之取代基。式中之脂肪族烴基亦可具有例如選自芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基及芳香族雜環基之1個以上之取代基。式中之脂肪族雜環基亦可具有例如選自脂肪族烴基、芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基及芳香族雜環基之1個以上之取代基。被選擇作為取代基之脂肪族烴基,亦可具有例如選自芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基及芳香族雜環基之1個以上之取代基。被選擇作為取代基之芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基及芳香族雜環基亦可各自具有例如選自脂肪族烴基、芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基及芳香族雜環基之1個以上之取代基。The functional group formed by combining aliphatic hydrocarbon group and aliphatic heterocyclic group is represented by the formula: (*)-aliphatic hydrocarbon group-aliphatic heterocyclic group, or formula: (*)-aliphatic heterocyclic group-aliphatic hydrocarbon group . (*) represents the bonding of an organic group including a functional group formed by combining an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and an aliphatic heterocyclic group. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group and the aliphatic heterocyclic group in the formula may each have one or more substituents. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group in the formula may have, for example, one or more substituents selected from aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups, aliphatic heterocyclic groups, and aromatic heterocyclic groups. The aliphatic heterocyclic group in the formula may have, for example, one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups, aliphatic heterocyclic groups, and aromatic heterocyclic groups. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group selected as the substituent may have one or more substituents selected from, for example, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, an aliphatic heterocyclic group, and an aromatic heterocyclic group. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, aliphatic heterocyclic group, and aromatic heterocyclic group selected as the substituent may each have, for example, selected from aliphatic hydrocarbon group, aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, aliphatic heterocyclic group and aromatic heterocyclic ring One or more substituents of the group.

作為以式:(*)-脂肪族雜環基-脂肪族烴基表示之官能基,有舉例如烷基脂肪族雜環基、烯基脂肪族雜環基、炔基脂肪族雜環基等。關於「烷基脂肪族雜環基」、「烯基脂肪族雜環基」及「炔基脂肪族雜環基」中之烷基、烯基、炔基及脂肪族雜環基之說明與上述相同。The functional group represented by the formula: (*)-aliphatic heterocyclic group-aliphatic hydrocarbon group includes, for example, an alkyl aliphatic heterocyclic group, an alkenyl aliphatic heterocyclic group, and an alkynyl aliphatic heterocyclic group. The description of the alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group and aliphatic heterocyclic group in "alkyl aliphatic heterocyclic group", "alkenyl aliphatic heterocyclic group" and "alkynyl aliphatic heterocyclic group" and the above the same.

作為以式:(*)-脂肪族烴基-脂肪族雜環基表示之官能基,有舉例如脂肪族雜環烷基、脂肪族雜環烯基、脂肪族雜環炔基等。關於「脂肪族雜環烷基」、「脂肪族雜環烯基」及「脂肪族雜環炔基」中之烷基、烯基、炔基及脂肪族雜環基之說明與上述相同。Examples of the functional group represented by the formula: (*)-aliphatic hydrocarbon group-aliphatic heterocyclic group include aliphatic heterocycloalkyl, aliphatic heterocycloalkenyl, and aliphatic heterocycloalkynyl. The description of the alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, and aliphatic heterocyclic group in "aliphatic heterocycloalkyl", "aliphatic heterocycloalkenyl" and "aliphatic heterocycloalkynyl" is the same as above.

組合脂肪族烴基及芳香族雜環基所形成之官能基係以式:(*)-脂肪族烴基-芳香族雜環基,或式:(*)-芳香族雜環基-脂肪族烴基表示。(*)表示包含組合脂肪族烴基及芳香族雜環基所形成之官能基之有機基之鍵結。式中之脂肪族烴基及芳香族雜環基各自亦可具有1個以上之取代基。式中之脂肪族烴基亦可具有例如選自芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基及芳香族雜環基之1個以上之取代基。式中之芳香族雜環基亦可具有例如選自脂肪族烴基、芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基及芳香族雜環基之1個以上之取代基。被選擇作為取代基之脂肪族烴基,亦可具有例如選自芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基及芳香族雜環基之1個以上之取代基。被選擇作為取代基之芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基及芳香族雜環基亦可各自具有例如選自脂肪族烴基、芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基及芳香族雜環基之1個以上之取代基。The functional group formed by combining aliphatic hydrocarbon group and aromatic heterocyclic group is represented by the formula: (*)-aliphatic hydrocarbon group-aromatic heterocyclic group, or formula: (*)-aromatic heterocyclic group-aliphatic hydrocarbon group . (*) indicates the bonding of an organic group including a functional group formed by combining an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic heterocyclic group. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic heterocyclic group in the formula may each have one or more substituents. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group in the formula may have one or more substituents selected from, for example, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, an aliphatic heterocyclic group, and an aromatic heterocyclic group. The aromatic heterocyclic group in the formula may have, for example, one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups, aliphatic heterocyclic groups, and aromatic heterocyclic groups. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group selected as the substituent may have, for example, one or more substituents selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, an aliphatic heterocyclic group, and an aromatic heterocyclic group. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, aliphatic heterocyclic group, and aromatic heterocyclic group selected as the substituent may each have, for example, selected from aliphatic hydrocarbon group, aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, aliphatic heterocyclic group and aromatic heterocyclic ring One or more substituents of the group.

作為以式:(*)-芳香族雜環基-脂肪族烴基表示之官能基,有舉例如烷基雜芳基、烯基雜芳基、炔基雜芳基等。關於「烷基雜芳基」、「烯基雜芳基」及「炔基雜芳基」中之烷基、烯基、炔基及雜芳基之說明與上述相同。Examples of the functional group represented by the formula: (*)-aromatic heterocyclic group-aliphatic hydrocarbon group include alkyl heteroaryl, alkenyl heteroaryl, alkynyl heteroaryl and the like. The description of the alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group and heteroaryl group in "alkylheteroaryl", "alkenylheteroaryl" and "alkynylheteroaryl" is the same as above.

烷基雜芳基中之烷基之數、烯基雜芳基中之烯基之數及炔基雜芳基中之炔基之數通常為1~4個,較佳為1~3個,再較佳為1~2個。烷基雜芳基之碳數通常為3~30個,較佳為3~20個,再較佳為3~18個,再更較佳為3~15個,再更較佳為3~11個。烯基雜芳基之碳數及炔基雜芳基之碳數通常為4~30個,較佳為4~20個,再較佳為4~18個,再更較佳為4~15個,再更較佳為4~11個。The number of alkyl groups in alkyl heteroaryl groups, the number of alkenyl groups in alkenyl heteroaryl groups, and the number of alkynyl groups in alkynyl heteroaryl groups are usually 1 to 4, preferably 1 to 3. More preferably, it is 1-2. The carbon number of the alkyl heteroaryl group is usually 3 to 30, preferably 3 to 20, more preferably 3 to 18, still more preferably 3 to 15, and still more preferably 3 to 11 One. The carbon number of the alkenyl heteroaryl group and the carbon number of the alkynyl heteroaryl group are usually 4 to 30, preferably 4 to 20, more preferably 4 to 18, and still more preferably 4 to 15 , And more preferably 4-11.

作為以式:(*)-脂肪族烴基-芳香族雜環基表示之官能基,有舉例如雜芳基烷基、雜芳基烯基、雜芳基炔基等。關於「雜芳基烷基」、「雜芳基烯基」及「雜芳基炔基」中之烷基、烯基、炔基及雜芳基之說明與上述相同。Examples of the functional group represented by the formula: (*)-aliphatic hydrocarbon group-aromatic heterocyclic group include heteroarylalkyl, heteroarylalkenyl, and heteroarylalkynyl. The description of the alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group and heteroaryl group in "heteroarylalkyl", "heteroarylalkenyl" and "heteroarylalkynyl" is the same as above.

雜芳基烷基之碳數通常為3~30個,較佳為3~20個,再較佳為3~18個,再更較佳為3~15個,再更較佳為3~11個。作為雜芳基烷基,有舉例如呋喃基乙基、噻吩基甲基、苯并硫苯基甲基等。雜芳基烯基之碳數通常為4~30個,較佳為4~20個,再較佳為4~18個,再更較佳為4~15個,再更較佳為4~11個。作為雜芳基烯基,有舉例如吡啶基乙烯基、噻吩基乙烯基、苯并硫苯基乙烯基等。雜芳基炔基之碳數通常為4~30個,較佳為4~20個,再較佳為4~18個,再更較佳為4~15個,再更較佳為4~11個。作為雜芳基炔基,有舉例如咪唑基乙炔基、噻吩基乙炔基、苯并硫苯基乙炔基等。The carbon number of the heteroarylalkyl group is usually 3 to 30, preferably 3 to 20, more preferably 3 to 18, still more preferably 3 to 15, and still more preferably 3 to 11 One. Examples of heteroarylalkyl groups include furylethyl, thienylmethyl, and benzothiophenylmethyl. The number of carbon atoms in the heteroarylalkenyl group is usually 4 to 30, preferably 4 to 20, more preferably 4 to 18, still more preferably 4 to 15, and still more preferably 4 to 11 One. Examples of heteroarylalkenyl groups include pyridylvinyl, thienylvinyl, and benzothiophenylvinyl. The number of carbon atoms in the heteroarylalkynyl group is usually 4 to 30, preferably 4 to 20, more preferably 4 to 18, still more preferably 4 to 15, and still more preferably 4 to 11 One. Examples of heteroarylalkynyl groups include imidazolylethynyl, thienylethynyl, and benzothiophenylethynyl.

關於有些官能基,「亦可具有1個以上之取代基」這種表現意指該官能基中1個以上氫原子亦可分別獨立經其他原子或原子團取代。「亦可經取代」這種表現與「亦可具有1個以上之取代基」這種表現同義。Regarding some functional groups, the expression "may have one or more substituents" means that one or more hydrogen atoms in the functional group may be independently substituted with other atoms or atomic groups. The expression "may be substituted" is synonymous with the expression "may have more than one substituent".

脂肪族烴基所能夠具有之取代基數能夠因應脂肪族烴基之碳數等來決定。脂肪族烴基能夠在能夠取代之位置上具有例如1~6個,較佳為1~3個,再較佳為1或2個取代基。烴基具有2個以上取代基時,2個以上取代基亦可相同或相異。The number of substituents that the aliphatic hydrocarbon group can have can be determined in accordance with the carbon number of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group and the like. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group can have, for example, 1 to 6, preferably 1 to 3, and more preferably 1 or 2 substituents at the positions that can be substituted. When the hydrocarbon group has two or more substituents, the two or more substituents may be the same or different.

烷基之碳數為1~4個時,烷基所能夠具有之取代基之數通常為1~3個,較佳為1或2個,再較佳為1個。烷基之碳數為5~9個時,烷基所能夠具有之取代基之數通常為1~6個,較佳為1~5個,再較佳為1~4個,再更較佳為1或2個。烷基之碳數為10個以上時,烷基所能夠具有之取代基之數通常為1~9個,較佳為1~5個,再更較佳為1~4個,再更較佳為1或2個。When the carbon number of the alkyl group is 1 to 4, the number of substituents that the alkyl group can have is usually 1 to 3, preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1. When the carbon number of the alkyl group is 5-9, the number of substituents that the alkyl group can have is usually 1 to 6, preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably For 1 or 2. When the carbon number of the alkyl group is 10 or more, the number of substituents that the alkyl group can have is usually 1 to 9, preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 4, and even more preferably For 1 or 2.

烯基之碳數為2~4個時,烯基所能夠具有之取代基之數通常為1~3個,較佳為1或2個,再較佳為1個。且,烯基之碳數為5~9個時,烯基所能夠具有之取代基之數通常為1~5個,較佳為1~4個,再較佳為1~3個,再更較佳為1或2個。且,烯基之碳數為10個以上時,烯基所能夠具有之取代基之數通常為1~8個,較佳為1~4個,再更較佳為1~3個,再更較佳為1或2個。When the carbon number of the alkenyl group is 2 to 4, the number of substituents that the alkenyl group can have is usually 1 to 3, preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1. Moreover, when the carbon number of the alkenyl group is 5-9, the number of substituents that the alkenyl group can have is usually 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 3, and more Preferably, it is 1 or 2. And, when the carbon number of the alkenyl group is 10 or more, the number of substituents that the alkenyl group can have is usually 1 to 8, preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 3, and still more Preferably, it is 1 or 2.

炔基之碳數為2~4個時,炔基所能夠具有之取代基之數通常為1~3個,較佳為1或2個,再較佳為1個。炔基之碳數為5~9個時,炔基所能夠具有之取代基之數通常為1~5個,較佳為1~4個,再較佳為1~3個,再更較佳為1或2個。炔基之碳數為10個以上時,炔基所能夠具有之取代基之數通常為1~8個,較佳為1~4個,再更較佳為1~3個,再更較佳為1或2個。When the carbon number of the alkynyl group is 2 to 4, the number of substituents that the alkynyl group can have is usually 1 to 3, preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1. When the carbon number of the alkynyl group is 5-9, the number of substituents that the alkynyl group can have is usually 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 3, and more preferably For 1 or 2. When the carbon number of the alkynyl group is 10 or more, the number of substituents that the alkynyl group can have is usually 1 to 8, preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 3, and even more preferably For 1 or 2.

芳香族烴環基所能夠具有之取代基之數能夠因應芳香族烴環基之碳數、員數等來適當地決定。芳香族烴環基能夠在能取代之位置上具有例如1~5個,較佳為1~4個,再較佳為1~3個,再更較佳為1或2個取代基。芳香族烴環基具有2個以上取代基時,2個以上取代基亦可相同或相異。The number of substituents that the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group can have can be appropriately determined in accordance with the carbon number and the number of members of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring group can have, for example, 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 3, and still more preferably 1 or 2 substituents at the positions that can be substituted. When the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group has two or more substituents, the two or more substituents may be the same or different.

脂肪族雜環基所能夠具有之取代基之數能夠因應脂肪族雜環基之碳數、員數等來適當地決定。脂肪族雜環基能夠在能取代之位置上具有例如1~4個,較佳為1~3個,再較佳為1或2個取代基。脂肪族雜環基具有2個以上取代基時,2個以上取代基亦可相同或相異。The number of substituents that the aliphatic heterocyclic group can have can be appropriately determined in accordance with the carbon number and the number of members of the aliphatic heterocyclic group. The aliphatic heterocyclic group can have, for example, 1 to 4, preferably 1 to 3, and more preferably 1 or 2 substituents at the positions that can be substituted. When the aliphatic heterocyclic group has two or more substituents, the two or more substituents may be the same or different.

芳香族雜環基所能夠具有之取代基之數能夠因應芳香族雜環基之碳數、員數等來適當地決定。芳香族雜環基能夠在能取代之位置具有例如1~4個,較佳為1~3個,再較佳為1或2個取代基。芳香族雜環基具有2個以上取代基時,2個以上取代基亦可相同或相異。The number of substituents that the aromatic heterocyclic group can have can be appropriately determined in accordance with the carbon number and the number of members of the aromatic heterocyclic group. The aromatic heterocyclic group can have, for example, 1 to 4, preferably 1 to 3, and more preferably 1 or 2 substituents at the positions that can be substituted. When the aromatic heterocyclic group has two or more substituents, the two or more substituents may be the same or different.

芳基烷基或烷基芳基之碳數為7~11個時,芳基烷基或烷基芳基所能夠具有之取代基之數通常為1~5個,較佳為1~4個,再較佳為1~2個。芳基烷基或烷基芳基之碳數為12~15個時,芳基烷基或烷基芳基所能夠具有之取代基之數通常為1~6個,較佳為1~4個,再較佳為1~2個。芳基烷基或烷基芳基之碳數為16個以上時,芳基烷基或烷基芳基所能夠具有之取代基之數通常為1~8個,較佳為1~6個,再較佳為1~4個,再更較佳為1~2個。When the carbon number of arylalkyl or alkylaryl is 7-11, the number of substituents that arylalkyl or alkylaryl can have is usually 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 4 , More preferably 1~2. When the carbon number of arylalkyl or alkylaryl is 12-15, the number of substituents that arylalkyl or alkylaryl can have is usually 1 to 6, preferably 1 to 4 , More preferably 1~2. When the carbon number of the arylalkyl group or alkylaryl group is 16 or more, the number of substituents that the arylalkyl group or alkylaryl group can have is usually 1-8, preferably 1-6. It is more preferably 1 to 4, and still more preferably 1 to 2.

芳基烯基或烯基芳基之碳數為8~11個時,芳基烯基或烯基芳基所能夠具有之取代基之數通常為1~5個,較佳為1~4個,再較佳為1~2個。芳基烯基或烯基芳基之碳數為12~15個時,芳基烯基或烯基芳基所能夠具有之取代基之數通常為1~6個,較佳為1~4個,再較佳為1~2個。芳基烯基或烯基芳基之碳數為16個以上時,芳基烯基或烯基芳基所能夠具有之取代基之數通常為1~8個,較佳為1~6個,再較佳為1~4個,再更較佳為1~2個。When the carbon number of the arylalkenyl or alkenylaryl group is 8-11, the number of substituents that the arylalkenyl or alkenylaryl group can have is usually 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 4 , More preferably 1~2. When the carbon number of the arylalkenyl or alkenylaryl is 12-15, the number of substituents that the arylalkenyl or alkenylaryl can have is usually 1 to 6, preferably 1 to 4 , More preferably 1~2. When the carbon number of the arylalkenyl or alkenylaryl group is 16 or more, the number of substituents that the arylalkenyl or alkenylaryl group can have is usually 1-8, preferably 1-6, It is more preferably 1 to 4, and still more preferably 1 to 2.

芳基炔基或炔基芳基之碳數為8~11個時,芳基炔基或炔基芳基所能夠具有之取代基之數通常為1~5個,較佳為1~4個,再較佳為1~2個。芳基炔基或炔基芳基之碳數為12~15個時,芳基炔基或炔基芳基所能夠具有之取代基之數通常為1~6個,較佳為1~4個,再較佳為1~2個。芳基炔基或炔基芳基之碳數為16個以上時,芳基炔基或炔基芳基所能夠具有之取代基之數通常為1~8個,較佳為1~6個,再較佳為1~4個,再更較佳為1~2個。When the carbon number of the arylalkynyl group or alkynylaryl group is 8-11, the number of substituents that the arylalkynyl group or alkynylaryl group can have is usually 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 4 , More preferably 1~2. When the carbon number of the arylalkynyl or alkynylaryl group is 12-15, the number of substituents that the arylalkynyl or alkynylaryl group can have is usually 1 to 6, preferably 1 to 4 , More preferably 1~2. When the carbon number of the arylalkynyl group or alkynylaryl group is 16 or more, the number of substituents that the arylalkynyl group or alkynylaryl group can have is usually 1 to 8, preferably 1 to 6, It is still more preferably 1 to 4, and still more preferably 1 to 2.

有機基中包含之脂肪族烴基(包含1價及2價)所能夠具有之1個以上之取代基、有機基中包含之芳香族烴環基(包含1價及2價)所能夠具有之1個以上之取代基、有機基中包含之脂肪族雜環基(包含1價及2價)所能夠具有之1個以上之取代基、及有機基中包含之芳香族雜環基(包含1價及2價)所能夠具有之1個以上之取代基能夠分別獨立選自以下取代基群A~M。The aliphatic hydrocarbon group (including monovalent and divalent) contained in the organic group can have one or more substituents, and the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group (including monovalent and divalent) contained in the organic group can have 1 More than one substituent, one or more substituents that the aliphatic heterocyclic group (including monovalent and divalent) contained in the organic group can have, and the aromatic heterocyclic group (including monovalent And divalent) can have one or more substituents each independently can be selected from the following substituent groups A to M.

[取代基群A] (A-1)鹵原子 (A-2)硝基 (A-3)氰基 (A-4)側氧基 (A-5)亦可經保護之羥基 (A-6)亦可經保護之巰基 (A-7)亦可經保護之胺基 (A-8)亦可經保護之甲醯基 (A-9)亦可經保護之羧基 (A-10)亦可經保護之胺甲醯基 (A-11)亦可經保護之碸基[Substituent Group A] (A-1) Halogen atom (A-2) Nitro (A-3) Cyano (A-4) pendant oxy (A-5) Hydroxy which can also be protected (A-6) Sulfhydryl group that can also be protected (A-7) Amine group that can also be protected (A-8) Formaldehyde group that can also be protected (A-9) Carboxyl group that can also be protected (A-10) Amine methyl group that can also be protected (A-11) The base that can also be protected

[取代基群B] (B-1)烷基 (B-2)烷基硫基 (B-3)烷基氧基 (B-4)烷基羰基氧基 (B-5)烷基胺甲醯基氧基 (B-6)烷基碸基氧基 (B-7)烷基氧基羰基氧基 (B-8)烷基羰基 (B-9)烷基氧基羰基 (B-10)烷基胺基羰基 (B-11)烷基胺甲醯基 (B-12)烷基碸基 (B-13)烷基亞磺醯基 (B-14)單-或二-烷基胺基 (B-15)烷基羰基胺基 (B-16)烷基碸基胺基 (B-17)烷基氧基羰基胺基 (B-18)烷基氧基烷基氧基[Substituent Group B] (B-1) Alkyl (B-2) Alkylthio (B-3) Alkyloxy (B-4) Alkylcarbonyloxy (B-5) Alkylamine formyloxy (B-6) Alkylsulfonyloxy (B-7) Alkyloxycarbonyloxy (B-8) Alkylcarbonyl (B-9) Alkyloxycarbonyl (B-10) Alkylaminocarbonyl (B-11) Alkylamine formyl (B-12) alkyl sulfonyl (B-13) Alkylsulfinyl (B-14) Mono-or di-alkylamino group (B-15) Alkylcarbonylamino group (B-16) Alkyl Amido (B-17) Alkyloxycarbonylamino group (B-18) Alkyloxyalkyloxy

[取代基群C] (C-1)烯基 (C-2)烯基硫基 (C-3)烯基氧基 (C-4)烯基羰基氧基 (C-5)烯基胺甲醯基氧基 (C-6)烯基碸基氧基 (C-7)烯基氧基羰基氧基 (C-8)烯基羰基 (C-9)烯基氧基羰基 (C-10)烯基胺基羰基 (C-11)烯基胺甲醯基 (C-12)烯基碸基 (C-13)烯基亞磺醯基 (C-14)單-或二-烯基胺基 (C-15)烯基羰基胺基 (C-16)烯基碸基胺基 (C-17)烯基氧基羰基胺基 (C-18)烯基氧基烷基氧基[Substituent Group C] (C-1)Alkenyl (C-2)Alkenylthio (C-3)Alkenyloxy (C-4)Alkenylcarbonyloxy (C-5)Alkenylaminoformyloxy (C-6) Alkenyl sulfonyloxy (C-7)Alkenyloxycarbonyloxy (C-8)Alkenylcarbonyl (C-9)Alkenyloxycarbonyl (C-10)Alkenylaminocarbonyl (C-11)Alkenylaminomethanyl (C-12) Alkenyl Sulfonyl (C-13) Alkenylsulfinyl (C-14) Mono-or di-alkenylamino group (C-15)Alkenylcarbonylamino group (C-16) Alkenyl Amido (C-17) Alkenyloxycarbonylamino (C-18)Alkenyloxyalkyloxy

[取代基群D] (D-1)炔基 (D-2)炔基硫基 (D-3)炔基氧基 (D-4)炔基羰基氧基 (D-5)炔基胺甲醯基氧基 (D-6)炔基碸基氧基 (D-7)炔基氧基羰基氧基 (D-8)炔基羰基 (D-9)炔基氧基羰基 (D-10)炔基胺基羰基 (D-11)炔基胺甲醯基 (D-12)炔基碸基 (D-13)炔基亞磺醯基 (D-14)單-或二-炔基胺基 (D-15)炔基羰基胺基 (D-16)炔基碸基胺基 (D-17)炔基氧基羰基胺基 (D-18)炔基氧基烷基氧基[Substituent group D] (D-1)alkynyl (D-2) Alkynylthio (D-3) Alkynyloxy (D-4) Alkynylcarbonyloxy (D-5) Alkynylaminoformyloxy (D-6)alkynyl sulfonyloxy (D-7) Alkynyloxycarbonyloxy (D-8)alkynylcarbonyl (D-9)alkynyloxycarbonyl (D-10) Alkynylaminocarbonyl (D-11) Alkynylaminoformyl (D-12)alkynyl sulfonyl (D-13) Alkynylsulfinyl (D-14) Mono-or di-alkynylamino group (D-15) Alkynylcarbonylamino group (D-16) Alkynyl Amido (D-17) Alkynyloxycarbonylamino (D-18) Alkynyloxyalkyloxy

[取代基群E] (E-1)芳基 (E-2)芳基硫基 (E-3)芳基氧基 (E-4)芳基羰基氧基 (E-5)芳基胺甲醯基氧基 (E-6)芳基碸基氧基 (E-7)芳基氧基羰基氧基 (E-8)芳基羰基 (E-9)芳基氧基羰基 (E-10)芳基胺基羰基 (E-11)芳基胺甲醯基 (E-12)芳基碸基 (E-13)芳基亞磺醯基 (E-14)單-或二-芳基胺基 (E-15)芳基羰基胺基 (E-16)芳基碸基胺基 (E-17)芳基氧基羰基胺基 (E-18)芳基氧基烷基氧基[Substituent group E] (E-1)Aryl (E-2) Arylthio (E-3) Aryloxy (E-4) Arylcarbonyloxy (E-5) Arylaminoformyloxy (E-6) Arylsulfonyloxy (E-7) Aryloxycarbonyloxy (E-8)Arylcarbonyl (E-9) Aryloxycarbonyl (E-10) Arylaminocarbonyl (E-11) Arylaminoformyl (E-12) Aryl sulfonate (E-13) Arylsulfinyl (E-14) Mono-or di-arylamino group (E-15)Arylcarbonylamino group (E-16) Aryl Amido (E-17) Aryloxycarbonylamino group (E-18) Aryloxyalkyloxy

[取代基群F] (F-1)雜芳基 (F-2)雜芳基硫基 (F-3)雜芳基氧基 (F-4)雜芳基羰基氧基 (F-5)雜芳基胺甲醯基氧基 (F-6)雜芳基碸基氧基 (F-7)雜芳基氧基羰基氧基 (F-8)雜芳基羰基 (F-9)雜芳基氧基羰基 (F-10)雜芳基胺基羰基 (F-11)雜芳基胺甲醯基 (F-12)雜芳基碸基 (F-13)雜芳基亞磺醯基 (F-14)單-或二-雜芳基胺基 (F-15)雜芳基羰基胺基 (F-16)雜芳基碸基胺基 (F-17)雜芳基氧基羰基胺基 (F-18)雜芳基氧基烷基氧基[Substituent Group F] (F-1) Heteroaryl (F-2) Heteroarylthio (F-3) Heteroaryloxy (F-4) Heteroarylcarbonyloxy (F-5) Heteroarylaminoformyloxy (F-6) Heteroarylsulfonyloxy (F-7) Heteroaryloxycarbonyloxy (F-8) Heteroarylcarbonyl (F-9) Heteroaryloxycarbonyl (F-10) Heteroarylaminocarbonyl (F-11) Heteroarylaminomethanyl (F-12) Heteroaryl Sulfonyl (F-13) Heteroarylsulfinyl (F-14) Mono-or di-heteroarylamino group (F-15) Heteroarylcarbonylamino group (F-16) Heteroaryl Amido (F-17) Heteroaryloxycarbonylamino (F-18) Heteroaryloxyalkyloxy

[取代基群G] (G-1)脂肪族雜環基 (G-2)脂肪族雜環硫基 (G-3)脂肪族雜環氧基 (G-4)脂肪族雜環羰基氧基 (G-5)脂肪族雜環胺甲醯基氧基 (G-6)脂肪族雜環碸基氧基 (G-7)脂肪族雜環氧基羰基氧基 (G-8)脂肪族雜環羰基 (G-9)脂肪族雜環氧基羰基 (G-10)脂肪族雜環胺基羰基 (G-11)脂肪族雜環胺甲醯基 (G-12)脂肪族雜環碸基 (G-13)脂肪族雜環亞磺醯基 (G-14)單-或二-脂肪族雜環胺基 (G-15)脂肪族雜環羰基胺基 (G-16)脂肪族雜環碸基胺基 (G-17)脂肪族雜環氧基羰基胺基 (G-18)脂肪族雜環烷基氧基烷基氧基[Substituent Group G] (G-1) Aliphatic heterocyclic group (G-2) Aliphatic heterocyclic thio (G-3) Aliphatic heterocyclic oxy (G-4) Aliphatic heterocyclic carbonyloxy (G-5) Aliphatic Heterocyclic Amine Formyloxy (G-6) Aliphatic heterocyclic sulfonyloxy (G-7) Aliphatic heterocyclic oxycarbonyloxy (G-8) Aliphatic heterocyclic carbonyl (G-9) Aliphatic heterocyclic oxycarbonyl (G-10) Aliphatic heterocyclic aminocarbonyl (G-11) Aliphatic Heterocyclic Amine Formyl (G-12) Aliphatic heterocyclic ring (G-13) Aliphatic heterocyclic sulfinyl (G-14) Mono-or di-aliphatic heterocyclic amino group (G-15) Aliphatic heterocyclic carbonyl amino group (G-16) Aliphatic heterocyclic ring amine group (G-17) Aliphatic heterocyclic oxycarbonylamino group (G-18) Aliphatic heterocycloalkyloxyalkyloxy

[取代基群H] (H-1)芳基烷基 (H-2)芳基烷基硫基 (H-3)芳基烷基氧基 (H-4)芳基烷基羰基氧基 (H-5)芳基烷基胺甲醯基氧基 (H-6)芳基烷基碸基氧基 (H-7)芳基烷基氧基羰基氧基 (H-8)芳基烷基羰基 (H-9)芳基烷基氧基羰基 (H-10)芳基烷基胺基羰基 (H-11)芳基烷基胺甲醯基 (H-12)芳基烷基碸基 (H-13)芳基烷基亞磺醯基 (H-14)單-或二-芳基烷基胺基 (H-15)芳基烷基羰基胺基 (H-16)芳基烷基碸基胺基 (H-17)芳基烷基氧基羰基胺基 (H-18)芳基烷基氧基烷基氧基[Substituent Group H] (H-1) Arylalkyl (H-2) Arylalkylthio (H-3) Arylalkyloxy (H-4) Arylalkylcarbonyloxy (H-5) Arylalkylamine formyloxy (H-6) Arylalkylsulfonyloxy (H-7) Arylalkyloxycarbonyloxy (H-8) Arylalkylcarbonyl (H-9) Arylalkyloxycarbonyl (H-10) Arylalkylaminocarbonyl (H-11) Arylalkylamine formyl (H-12) Arylalkyl sulfonyl (H-13) Arylalkylsulfinyl (H-14) mono-or di-arylalkylamino group (H-15) Arylalkylcarbonylamino group (H-16) Arylalkylsulfonylamino group (H-17) Arylalkyloxycarbonylamino (H-18) Arylalkyloxyalkyloxy

[取代基群I] (I-1)芳基烯基 (I-2)芳基烯基硫基 (I-3)芳基烯基氧基 (I-4)芳基烯基羰基氧基 (I-5)芳基烯基胺甲醯基氧基 (I-6)芳基烯基碸基氧基 (I-7)芳基烯基氧基羰基氧基 (I-8)芳基烯基羰基 (I-9)芳基烯基氧基羰基 (I-10)芳基烯基胺基羰基 (I-11)芳基烯基胺甲醯基 (I-12)芳基烯基碸基 (I-13)芳基烯基亞磺醯基 (I-14)單-或二-芳基烯基胺基 (I-15)芳基烯基羰基胺基 (I-16)芳基烯基碸基胺基 (I-17)芳基烯基氧基羰基胺基 (I-18)芳基烯基氧基烷基氧基[Substituent Group I] (I-1) Arylalkenyl (I-2) Arylalkenylthio (I-3) Arylalkenyloxy (I-4) Arylalkenylcarbonyloxy (I-5) Arylalkenylaminoformyloxy (I-6) Arylalkenyl alkyloxy (I-7) Arylalkenyloxycarbonyloxy (I-8) Arylalkenylcarbonyl (I-9) Arylalkenyloxycarbonyl (I-10) Arylalkenylaminocarbonyl (I-11) Arylalkenylaminomethanyl (I-12) Arylalkenyl sulfonyl (I-13) Arylalkenylsulfinyl (I-14) Mono-or di-arylalkenylamino group (I-15) Arylalkenylcarbonylamino group (I-16) Arylalkenyl Amido (I-17) Arylalkenyloxycarbonylamino group (I-18) Arylalkenyloxyalkyloxy

[取代基群J] (J-1)芳基炔基 (J-2)芳基炔基硫基 (J-3)芳基炔基氧基 (J-4)芳基炔基羰基氧基 (J-5)芳基炔基胺甲醯基氧基 (J-6)芳基炔基碸基氧基 (J-7)芳基炔基氧基羰基氧基 (J-8)芳基炔基羰基 (J-9)芳基炔基氧基羰基 (J-10)芳基炔基胺基羰基 (J-11)芳基炔基胺甲醯基 (J-12)芳基炔基碸基 (J-13)芳基炔基亞磺醯基 (J-14)單-或二-芳基炔基胺基 (J-15)芳基炔基羰基胺基 (J-16)芳基炔基碸基胺基 (J-17)芳基炔基氧基羰基胺基 (J-18)芳基炔基氧基烷基氧基[Substituent Group J] (J-1) Arylalkynyl (J-2) Arylalkynylthio (J-3) Arylalkynyloxy (J-4)Arylalkynylcarbonyloxy (J-5)Arylalkynylaminoformyloxy (J-6) Arylalkynyl sulfonyloxy (J-7)Arylalkynyloxycarbonyloxy (J-8)Arylalkynylcarbonyl (J-9) Arylalkynyloxycarbonyl (J-10)Arylalkynylaminocarbonyl (J-11)Arylalkynylaminoformyl (J-12) arylalkynyl sulfonyl (J-13) Arylalkynylsulfinyl (J-14) Mono-or di-arylalkynylamino group (J-15)Arylalkynylcarbonylamino group (J-16) Arylalkynyl Amido (J-17)Arylalkynyloxycarbonylamino (J-18)Arylalkynyloxyalkyloxy

[取代基群K] (K-1)雜芳基烷基 (K-2)雜芳基烷基硫基 (K-3)雜芳基烷基氧基 (K-4)雜芳基烷基羰基氧基 (K-5)雜芳基烷基胺甲醯基氧基 (K-6)雜芳基烷基碸基氧基 (K-7)雜芳基烷基氧基羰基氧基 (K-8)雜芳基烷基羰基 (K-9)雜芳基烷基氧基羰基 (K-10)雜芳基烷基胺基羰基 (K-11)雜芳基烷基胺甲醯基 (K-12)雜芳基烷基碸基 (K-13)雜芳基烷基亞磺醯基 (K-14)單-或二-雜芳基烷基胺基 (K-15)雜芳基烷基羰基胺基 (K-16)雜芳基烷基碸基胺基 (K-17)雜芳基烷基氧基羰基胺基 (K-18)雜芳基炔基氧基烷基氧基[Substituent Group K] (K-1) Heteroarylalkyl (K-2) Heteroarylalkylthio (K-3) Heteroarylalkyloxy (K-4) Heteroarylalkylcarbonyloxy (K-5) Heteroarylalkylamine formyloxy (K-6) Heteroarylalkylsulfonyloxy (K-7) Heteroarylalkyloxycarbonyloxy (K-8) Heteroarylalkylcarbonyl (K-9) Heteroarylalkyloxycarbonyl (K-10) Heteroarylalkylaminocarbonyl (K-11) Heteroarylalkylamine Formyl (K-12) Heteroarylalkylsulfonyl (K-13) Heteroarylalkylsulfinyl (K-14) Mono-or di-heteroarylalkylamino group (K-15) Heteroarylalkylcarbonylamino group (K-16) Heteroarylalkylsulfonylamino (K-17) Heteroarylalkyloxycarbonylamino (K-18) Heteroarylalkynyloxyalkyloxy

[取代基群L] (L-1)雜芳基烯基 (L-2)雜芳基烯基硫基 (L-3)雜芳基烯基氧基 (L-4)雜芳基烯基羰基氧基 (L-5)雜芳基烯基胺甲醯基氧基 (L-6)雜芳基烯基碸基氧基 (L-7)雜芳基烯基氧基羰基氧基 (L-8)雜芳基烯基羰基 (L-9)雜芳基烯基氧基羰基 (L-10)雜芳基烯基胺基羰基 (L-11)雜芳基烯基胺甲醯基 (L-12)雜芳基烯基碸基 (L-13)雜芳基烯基亞磺醯基 (L-14)單-或二-雜芳基烯基胺基 (L-15)雜芳基烯基羰基胺基 (L-16)雜芳基烯基碸基胺基 (L-17)雜芳基烯基氧基羰基胺基 (L-18)雜芳基烯基氧基烷基氧基[Substituent Group L] (L-1) Heteroarylalkenyl (L-2) Heteroarylalkenylthio (L-3) Heteroarylalkenyloxy (L-4) Heteroarylalkenylcarbonyloxy (L-5) Heteroarylalkenylaminoformyloxy (L-6) Heteroarylalkenyloxy (L-7) Heteroarylalkenyloxycarbonyloxy (L-8) Heteroarylalkenylcarbonyl (L-9) Heteroarylalkenyloxycarbonyl (L-10) Heteroarylalkenylaminocarbonyl (L-11) Heteroarylalkenylaminomethanyl (L-12) Heteroarylalkenyl Sulfonyl (L-13) Heteroarylalkenylsulfinyl (L-14) Mono-or di-heteroarylalkenylamino group (L-15) Heteroarylalkenylcarbonylamino group (L-16) Heteroarylalkenyl Amido (L-17) Heteroarylalkenyloxycarbonylamino (L-18) Heteroarylalkenyloxyalkyloxy

[取代基群M] (M-1)雜芳基炔基 (M-2)雜芳基炔基硫基 (M-3)雜芳基炔基氧基 (M-4)雜芳基炔基羰基氧基 (M-5)雜芳基炔基胺甲醯基氧基 (M-6)雜芳基炔基碸基氧基 (M-7)雜芳基炔基氧基羰基氧基 (M-8)雜芳基炔基羰基 (M-9)雜芳基炔基氧基羰基 (M-10)雜芳基炔基胺基羰基 (M-11)雜芳基炔基胺甲醯基 (M-12)雜芳基炔基碸基 (M-13)雜芳基炔基亞磺醯基 (M-14)單-或二-雜芳基炔基胺基 (M-15)雜芳基炔基羰基胺基 (M-16)雜芳基炔基碸基胺基 (M-17)雜芳基炔基氧基羰基胺基 (M-18)雜芳基炔基氧基烷基氧基[Substituent Group M] (M-1) Heteroarylalkynyl (M-2) Heteroarylalkynylthio (M-3) Heteroarylalkynyloxy (M-4) Heteroarylalkynylcarbonyloxy (M-5) Heteroarylalkynylaminoformyloxy (M-6) Heteroarylalkynylsulfonyloxy (M-7) Heteroarylalkynyloxycarbonyloxy (M-8) Heteroarylalkynylcarbonyl (M-9) Heteroarylalkynyloxycarbonyl (M-10) Heteroarylalkynylaminocarbonyl (M-11) Heteroarylalkynylaminocarbamyl (M-12) Heteroarylalkynyl sulfonyl (M-13) Heteroarylalkynylsulfinyl (M-14) Mono-or di-heteroarylalkynylamino (M-15) Heteroarylalkynylcarbonylamino (M-16) Heteroarylalkynyl Amido (M-17) Heteroarylalkynyloxycarbonylamino (M-18) Heteroarylalkynyloxyalkyloxy

有機基中包含之脂肪族烴基(包含1價及2價)所能夠具有之1個以上之取代基能夠分別獨立選自例如鹵原子、硝基、氰基、側氧基、亦可經保護之羥基、亦可經保護之巰基、亦可經保護之胺基、亦可經保護之甲醯基、亦可經保護之羧基、亦可經保護之胺甲醯基、亦可經保護之碸基、芳基、脂肪族雜環基、雜芳基、烷基芳基、烷基脂肪族雜環基、烷基雜芳基、芳基烷基、脂肪族雜環烷基、雜芳基烷基、烷基氧基、芳基氧基、脂肪族雜環氧基、雜芳基氧基、烷基芳基氧基、烷基脂肪族雜環氧基、烷基雜芳基氧基、芳基烷基氧基、脂肪族雜環烷基氧基、雜芳基烷基氧基、烷基硫基、芳基硫基、脂肪族雜環硫基、雜芳基硫基、烷基芳基硫基、烷基脂肪族雜環硫基、烷基雜芳基硫基、芳基烷基硫基、脂肪族雜環烷基硫基、雜芳基烷基硫基、烷基羰基、芳基羰基、脂肪族雜環羰基、雜芳基羰基、烷基芳基羰基、烷基脂肪族雜環羰基、烷基雜芳基羰基、芳基烷基羰基、脂肪族雜環烷基羰基、雜芳基烷基羰基、烷基氧基羰基、芳基氧基羰基、脂肪族雜環氧基羰基、雜芳基氧基羰基、烷基芳基氧基羰基、烷基脂肪族雜環氧基羰基、烷基雜芳基氧基羰基、芳基烷基氧基羰基、脂肪族雜環烷基氧基羰基及雜芳基烷基氧基羰基。且,脂肪族烴基(包含1價及2價)為直鏈狀或分支鏈狀之脂肪族烴基時,直鏈狀或分支鏈狀之脂肪族烴基能夠具有環狀之脂肪族烴基(例如環烷基、環烯基、環炔基等)作為取代基。The aliphatic hydrocarbon group (including monovalent and divalent) contained in the organic group can have one or more substituents that can be independently selected from, for example, halogen atoms, nitro groups, cyano groups, pendant oxy groups, and can also be protected Hydroxyl group, sulfhydryl group that can also be protected, amine group that can also be protected, methionyl group that can also be protected, carboxyl group that can also be protected, aminomethyl group that can also be protected, and sulfonyl group that can also be protected , Aryl, aliphatic heterocyclic group, heteroaryl, alkyl aryl, alkyl aliphatic heterocyclic group, alkyl heteroaryl, aryl alkyl, aliphatic heterocycloalkyl, heteroaryl alkyl , Alkyloxy, aryloxy, aliphatic heterocyclic oxy, heteroaryloxy, alkylaryloxy, alkyl aliphatic heterocyclic oxy, alkyl heteroaryloxy, aryl Alkyloxy, aliphatic heterocycloalkyloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy, alkylthio, arylthio, aliphatic heterocyclic thio, heteroarylthio, alkylarylthio Group, alkyl aliphatic heterocyclic thio group, alkyl heteroaryl thio group, aryl alkyl thio group, aliphatic heterocycloalkyl thio group, heteroaryl alkyl thio group, alkyl carbonyl group, aryl carbonyl group , Aliphatic heterocyclic carbonyl, heteroaryl carbonyl, alkyl aryl carbonyl, alkyl aliphatic heterocyclic carbonyl, alkyl heteroaryl carbonyl, aryl alkyl carbonyl, aliphatic heterocycloalkyl carbonyl, heteroaryl Alkylcarbonyl, alkyloxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, aliphatic heterocyclic oxycarbonyl, heteroaryloxycarbonyl, alkylaryloxycarbonyl, alkyl aliphatic heterocyclic oxycarbonyl, alkyl Heteroaryloxycarbonyl, arylalkyloxycarbonyl, aliphatic heterocycloalkyloxycarbonyl and heteroarylalkyloxycarbonyl. Moreover, when the aliphatic hydrocarbon group (including monovalent and divalent) is a linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group, the linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group can have a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group (for example, cycloalkane Group, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, etc.) as a substituent.

有機基中包含之芳香族烴環基(包含1價及2價)所能夠具有之1個以上之取代基、有機基中包含之脂肪族雜環基(包含1價及2價)所能夠具有之1個以上之取代基及有機基中包含之芳香族雜環基(包含1價及2價)所能夠具有之1個以上之取代基能夠各自獨立選自例如鹵原子、硝基、氰基、側氧基、亦可經保護之羥基、亦可經保護之巰基、亦可經保護之胺基、亦可經保護之甲醯基、亦可經保護之羧基、亦可經保護之胺甲醯基、亦可經保護之碸基、烷基、芳基、脂肪族雜環基、雜芳基、烷基芳基、烷基脂肪族雜環基、烷基雜芳基、芳基烷基、脂肪族雜環烷基、雜芳基烷基、烷基氧基、芳基氧基、脂肪族雜環氧基、雜芳基氧基、烷基芳基氧基、烷基脂肪族雜環氧基、烷基雜芳基氧基、芳基烷基氧基、脂肪族雜環烷基氧基、雜芳基烷基氧基、烷基硫基、芳基硫基、脂肪族雜環硫基、雜芳基硫基、烷基芳基硫基、烷基脂肪族雜環硫基、烷基雜芳基硫基、芳基烷基硫基、脂肪族雜環烷基硫基、雜芳基烷基硫基、烷基羰基、芳基羰基、脂肪族雜環羰基、雜芳基羰基、烷基芳基羰基、烷基脂肪族雜環羰基、烷基雜芳基羰基、芳基烷基羰基、脂肪族雜環烷基羰基、雜芳基烷基羰基、烷基氧基羰基、芳基氧基羰基、脂肪族雜環氧基羰基、雜芳基氧基羰基、烷基芳基氧基羰基、烷基脂肪族雜環氧基羰基、烷基雜芳基氧基羰基、芳基烷基氧基羰基、脂肪族雜環烷基氧基羰基及雜芳基烷基氧基羰基。One or more substituents that the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group (including monovalent and divalent) contained in the organic group can have, and the aliphatic heterocyclic group (including monovalent and divalent) contained in the organic group can have One or more substituents and the aromatic heterocyclic group (including monovalent and divalent) contained in the organic group can have one or more substituents independently selected from, for example, halogen atoms, nitro groups, and cyano groups , Pendant groups, hydroxyl groups that can also be protected, sulfhydryl groups that can also be protected, amine groups that can also be protected, methionine groups that can also be protected, carboxyl groups that can also be protected, and carbamates that can also be protected Alkyl, alkyl, aryl, aliphatic heterocyclic group, heteroaryl, alkylaryl, alkyl aliphatic heterocyclic group, alkyl heteroaryl, arylalkyl which may also be protected , Aliphatic heterocycloalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, alkyloxy, aryloxy, aliphatic heterocyclooxy, heteroaryloxy, alkylaryloxy, alkyl aliphatic heterocycle Oxy, alkyl heteroaryloxy, arylalkyloxy, aliphatic heterocycloalkyloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy, alkylthio, arylthio, aliphatic heterocyclic sulfur Group, heteroarylthio, alkylarylthio, alkyl aliphatic heterocyclic thio, alkyl heteroarylthio, arylalkylthio, aliphatic heterocycloalkylthio, heteroaryl Alkylalkylthio, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, aliphatic heterocyclic carbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, alkylarylcarbonyl, alkyl aliphatic heterocyclic carbonyl, alkyl heteroarylcarbonyl, arylalkyl Carbonyl, aliphatic heterocycloalkylcarbonyl, heteroarylalkylcarbonyl, alkyloxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, aliphatic heterocyclic oxycarbonyl, heteroaryloxycarbonyl, alkylaryloxy Carbonyl, alkyl aliphatic heterocyclic oxycarbonyl, alkyl heteroaryloxycarbonyl, arylalkyloxycarbonyl, aliphatic heterocycloalkyloxycarbonyl and heteroarylalkyloxycarbonyl.

關於有些官能基,「亦可經保護」意指該官能基為無取代,或該官能基經一般使用之保護基保護。Regarding some functional groups, "may be protected" means that the functional group is unsubstituted, or that the functional group is protected by a generally used protecting group.

「保護基」意指只要是能在目的反應中將目的官能基變更為惰性之官能基,且在目的反應結束後,自目的官能基脫離即可,並無特別限定,能夠因應目的官能基、目的反應等來適當地選擇。"Protecting group" means a functional group that can change the target functional group to inert in the target reaction, and it can be removed from the target functional group after the target reaction is completed. It is not particularly limited, and can be adapted to the target functional group, The objective response and so on are appropriately selected.

「亦可經保護之羥基」為經羥基或羥基保護基保護之羥基,能夠舉例如以式:-OP1 (式中,P1 表示氫原子或羥基保護基)表示。作為羥基保護基,有舉例如酯型保護基、芳基烷基型保護基、烷基型保護基、芳基烷基氧基烷基型保護基、烷基氧基烷基型保護基、甲矽烷型保護基、氧基羰基型保護基等。The "hydroxyl group that may also be protected" is a hydroxyl group protected by a hydroxyl group or a hydroxyl protecting group, and can be represented by the formula: -OP 1 (wherein P 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a hydroxyl protecting group). Examples of hydroxy protecting groups include ester type protecting groups, arylalkyl type protecting groups, alkyl type protecting groups, arylalkyloxyalkyl type protecting groups, alkyloxyalkyl type protecting groups, methyl Silane type protecting group, oxycarbonyl type protecting group, etc.

作為酯型保護基,有舉例如亦可具有1個以上之取代基之碳數2~10個之烷基羰基、亦可具有1個以上之取代基之碳數7~10個之芳基羰基等。1個以上之取代基能夠選自例如取代基群A~M。烷基羰基所能夠具有之取代基與關於脂肪族烴基之取代基相同。芳基羰基所能夠具有之取代基與關於芳香族烴環基之取代基相同。作為亦可具有1個以上之取代基之烷基羰基,有舉例如乙醯基、丙醯基、丁醯基、異丙醯基、三甲基乙醯基等。作為亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳基羰基,有舉例如苯甲醯基、4-硝基苯甲醯基、4-甲基氧基苯甲醯基、4-甲基苯甲醯基、4-tert-丁基苯甲醯基、4-氟苯甲醯基、4-氯苯甲醯基、4-溴苯甲醯基、4-苯基苯甲醯基、4-甲基氧基羰基苯甲醯基等。酯型保護基較佳為碳數2~10個之烷基羰基,再較佳為碳數2~5個之烷基羰基,再更較佳為乙醯基或三甲基乙醯基。As an ester-type protecting group, there are, for example, an alkylcarbonyl group with 2 to 10 carbons, which may have one or more substituents, and an arylcarbonyl group with 7 to 10 carbons, which may have one or more substituents. Wait. One or more substituents can be selected from, for example, substituent groups A to M. The substituent that the alkylcarbonyl group can have is the same as the substituent for the aliphatic hydrocarbon group. The substituents that the arylcarbonyl group can have are the same as those for the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group. The alkylcarbonyl group which may have one or more substituents includes, for example, an acetyl group, a propyl group, a buty group, an isopropyl group, and a trimethyl acetyl group. As the arylcarbonyl group which may have one or more substituents, there are, for example, benzyl, 4-nitrobenzyl, 4-methyloxybenzyl, 4-methylbenzyl Group, 4-tert-butylbenzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl, 4-chlorobenzyl, 4-bromobenzyl, 4-phenylbenzyl, 4-methyl Oxycarbonylbenzyl and the like. The ester-type protecting group is preferably an alkylcarbonyl group with 2 to 10 carbons, more preferably an alkylcarbonyl group with 2 to 5 carbons, and still more preferably an acetyl group or a trimethylacetoxy group.

作為芳基烷基型保護基,有舉例如亦可具有1個以上之取代基之碳數7~11個之芳基烷基等。1個以上之取代基能夠選自例如取代基群A~M。芳基烷基中「烷基」所能夠具有之取代基與關於脂肪族烴基之取代基相同。芳基烷基中「芳基」所能夠具有之取代基與關於芳香族烴環基之取代基相同。1個以上之取代基較佳為選自鹵原子、硝基、氰基、甲基、甲基氧基、苯基及萘基。作為亦可具有1個以上之取代基之碳數7~11個之芳基烷基,有舉例如苄基、1-苯基乙基、二苯基甲基、1,1-二苯基乙基、萘基甲基等。As an arylalkyl-type protecting group, for example, an arylalkyl group having 7 to 11 carbons which may have one or more substituents, etc. are mentioned. One or more substituents can be selected from, for example, substituent groups A to M. The substituents that the "alkyl" in the arylalkyl group can have are the same as those for the aliphatic hydrocarbon group. The substituent that the "aryl group" in the arylalkyl group can have is the same as that of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group. One or more substituents are preferably selected from halogen atoms, nitro groups, cyano groups, methyl groups, methyloxy groups, phenyl groups and naphthyl groups. Examples of arylalkyl groups having 7 to 11 carbon atoms that may have one or more substituents include benzyl, 1-phenylethyl, diphenylmethyl, and 1,1-diphenylethyl Group, naphthylmethyl, etc.

作為烷基型保護基,有舉例如亦可具有1個以上之取代基之碳數1~10個之烷基等。1個以上之取代基能夠選自例如取代基群A~M。烷基所能夠具有之取代基與關於脂肪族烴基之取代基相同。1個以上之取代基較佳為選自鹵原子、硝基及氰基。烷基型保護基較佳為亦可經1個以上之取代基取代之碳數1~5個之烷基,再較佳為甲基、乙基、tert-丁基等。Examples of the alkyl-type protecting group include an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may have one or more substituents. One or more substituents can be selected from, for example, substituent groups A to M. The substituent that the alkyl group can have is the same as the substituent for the aliphatic hydrocarbon group. One or more substituents are preferably selected from halogen atoms, nitro groups and cyano groups. The alkyl-type protecting group is preferably an alkyl group with 1 to 5 carbons that may be substituted with one or more substituents, and more preferably methyl, ethyl, tert-butyl, etc.

作為芳基烷基氧基烷基型保護基,有舉例如亦可具有1個以上之取代基之碳數8~11個之芳基烷基氧基甲基、亦可具有1個以上之取代基之碳數9~11個之芳基烷基氧基乙基、亦可具有1個以上之取代基之碳數10~11個之芳基烷基氧基丙基等之芳基烷基氧基烷基。1個以上之取代基能夠選自例如取代基群A~M。芳基烷基氧基烷基中「烷基」所能夠具有之取代基與關於脂肪族烴基之取代基相同。芳基烷基氧基烷基中「芳基」所能夠具有之取代基與關於芳香族烴環基之取代基相同。1個以上之取代基較佳為選自鹵原子、硝基、氰基、甲基及甲基氧基。芳基烷基氧基烷基型保護基為例如亦可具有1個以上之取代基之苄基氧基甲基,較佳為亦可經鹵原子、硝基、氰基、甲基或甲基氧基取代之苄基氧基甲基,再較佳為苄基氧基甲基。As the arylalkyloxyalkyl-type protecting group, there are, for example, an arylalkyloxymethyl group with 8 to 11 carbons which may have one or more substituents, and one or more substituents. The arylalkyloxyethyl group with 9-11 carbon atoms, and the arylalkyloxypropyl group with 10-11 carbon atoms, which may have more than one substituent基alkyl. One or more substituents can be selected from, for example, substituent groups A to M. The substituents that the "alkyl" in the arylalkyloxyalkyl group can have are the same as those for the aliphatic hydrocarbon group. The substituents that the "aryl group" in the arylalkyloxyalkyl group can have are the same as those for the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group. One or more substituents are preferably selected from halogen atoms, nitro groups, cyano groups, methyl groups and methyloxy groups. The arylalkyloxyalkyl-type protecting group is, for example, benzyloxymethyl which may have one or more substituents, and preferably may be halogenated, nitro, cyano, methyl or methyl The oxy-substituted benzyloxymethyl is more preferably benzyloxymethyl.

作為烷基氧基烷基型保護基,有舉例如亦可具有1個以上之取代基之碳數2~10個之烷基氧基甲基、亦可具有1個以上之取代基之碳數3~10個之烷基氧基乙基、亦可具有1個以上之取代基之碳數4~10個之烷基氧基丙基等之烷基氧基烷基。1個以上之取代基能夠選自例如取代基群A~M。烷基氧基烷基中「烷基」所能夠具有之取代基與關於脂肪族烴基之取代基相同。1個以上之取代基較佳為選自鹵原子、硝基、氰基、甲基及甲基氧基。烷基氧基烷基型保護基較佳為亦可具有1個以上之取代基之碳數2~10個之烷基氧基甲基,再較佳為亦可具有鹵原子、硝基、氰基、甲基氧基或乙基氧基之碳數2~5個之烷基氧基甲基,再更較佳為甲基氧基甲基。As an alkyloxyalkyl-type protecting group, there are, for example, an alkyloxymethyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms which may have one or more substituents, and a carbon number of one or more substituents 3-10 alkyloxyethyl groups, and alkyloxyalkyl groups such as alkyloxypropyl groups with 4-10 carbon atoms that may have more than one substituent. One or more substituents can be selected from, for example, substituent groups A to M. The substituents that the "alkyl" in the alkyloxyalkyl group can have are the same as those for the aliphatic hydrocarbon group. One or more substituents are preferably selected from halogen atoms, nitro groups, cyano groups, methyl groups and methyloxy groups. The alkyloxyalkyl-type protecting group is preferably an alkyloxymethyl group with 2 to 10 carbon atoms that may have more than one substituent, and more preferably may have a halogen atom, a nitro group, or a cyano group. The alkyloxymethyl group with 2 to 5 carbon atoms of the group, methyloxy group or ethyloxy group is more preferably methyloxymethyl group.

作為甲矽烷型保護基,有舉例如具有選自亦可具有1個以上之取代基之碳數1~10個之烷基、亦可具有1個以上之取代基之碳數7~10個之芳基烷基及亦可具有1個以上之取代基之碳數6~10個之芳基之官能基之甲矽烷基。1個以上之取代基能夠選自例如取代基群A~M。烷基及芳基烷基中「烷基」所能夠具有之取代基與關於脂肪族烴基之取代基相同。芳基及芳基烷基中「芳基」所能夠具有之取代基與關於芳香族烴環基之取代基相同。甲矽烷型保護基較佳為具有選自碳數1~10個之烷基及碳數6~10個之芳基之官能基之甲矽烷基,再較佳為具有選自碳數1~5個之烷基及苯基之官能基之甲矽烷基,再更較佳為三甲基甲矽烷基、三乙基甲矽烷基、tert-丁基二甲基甲矽烷基或tert-丁基二苯基甲矽烷基。As the silyl-type protecting group, there are, for example, those having 1 to 10 carbon atoms selected from alkyl groups that may have one or more substituents, and those having 7 to 10 carbon atoms that may have one or more substituents. The arylalkyl group and the silyl group of the functional group of an aryl group with 6 to 10 carbons which may have more than one substituent. One or more substituents can be selected from, for example, substituent groups A to M. The substituents that the "alkyl" in the alkyl group and the arylalkyl group can have are the same as those for the aliphatic hydrocarbon group. The substituents that the "aryl" in the aryl group and the arylalkyl group can have are the same as the substituents for the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group. The silyl-type protecting group is preferably a silyl group having a functional group selected from an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbons and an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbons, and more preferably having a functional group selected from a carbon number of 1 to 5 The silyl group of the functional group of each alkyl group and phenyl group is more preferably trimethylsilyl group, triethylsilyl group, tert-butyldimethylsilyl group or tert-butyldi Phenylsilyl.

作為氧基羰基型保護基,有舉例如亦可具有1個以上之取代基之碳數2~10個之烷基氧基羰基、亦可具有1個以上之取代基之碳數3~10個之烯基氧基羰基、亦可具有1個以上之取代基之碳數8~11個芳基烷基氧基羰基等。1個以上之取代基能夠選自例如取代基群A~M。烷基氧基羰基中「烷基」、烯基氧基羰基中「烯基」及芳基烷基氧基羰基中「烷基」所能夠具有之取代基與關於脂肪族烴基之取代基相同。芳基烷基氧基羰基中「芳基」所能夠具有之取代基與關於芳香族烴環基之取代基相同。氧基羰基型保護基較佳為碳數2~5個之烷基氧基羰基、碳數3~5個之烯基氧基羰基或苄基氧基羰基,再較佳為甲基氧基甲基、烯丙基氧基羰基或苄基氧基羰基。As an oxycarbonyl-type protecting group, there are, for example, an alkyloxycarbonyl group with 2 to 10 carbons, which may have one or more substituents, and 3 to 10 carbons, which may have one or more substituents. The alkenyloxycarbonyl group, the arylalkyloxycarbonyl group with 8 to 11 carbon atoms and the like may also have one or more substituents. One or more substituents can be selected from, for example, substituent groups A to M. The substituents that the "alkyl" in the alkyloxycarbonyl group, the "alkenyl" in the alkenyloxycarbonyl group, and the "alkyl" in the arylalkyloxycarbonyl group can have are the same as those for the aliphatic hydrocarbon group. The substituents that the "aryl" in the arylalkyloxycarbonyl group can have are the same as those for the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group. The oxycarbonyl type protecting group is preferably an alkyloxycarbonyl group with 2 to 5 carbons, an alkenyloxycarbonyl group with 3 to 5 carbons, or benzyloxycarbonyl, and more preferably methyloxymethyl Group, allyloxycarbonyl or benzyloxycarbonyl.

「亦可經保護之巰基」為經巰基或巰基保護基保護之巰基,能夠例如以式:-SP2 (式中,P2 表示氫原子或巰基保護基)表示。作為巰基保護基,有舉例如酯型保護基、芳基烷基型保護基、烷基型保護基、芳基烷基氧基烷基型保護基、烷基氧基烷基型保護基、甲矽烷型保護基、氧基羰基型保護基等。關於此等保護基之說明與上述相同。The "sulfhydryl group that may also be protected" is a sulfhydryl group protected by a sulfhydryl group or a sulfhydryl protecting group, and can be represented by the formula: -SP 2 (in the formula, P 2 represents a hydrogen atom or a thiol protecting group). Examples of the mercapto-protecting group include ester-type protective groups, arylalkyl-type protective groups, alkyl-type protective groups, arylalkyloxyalkyl-type protective groups, alkyloxyalkyl-type protective groups, methyl Silane type protecting group, oxycarbonyl type protecting group, etc. The description of these protecting groups is the same as above.

「亦可經保護之胺基」為經胺基或胺基保護基保護之胺基,能夠例如以式-NH-P3 、式-N(-P3 )(-P4 )或式=N(-P3 )(式中,P3 及P4 各自獨立表示胺基保護基)表示。作為胺基保護基,有舉例如碳數2~10之烷基氧基羰基(例如甲基氧基羰基、tert-丁基氧基羰基等)、碳數8~11之芳基烷基氧基羰基(例如苄基氧基羰基等)、9-茀基甲基氧基羰基、二苯甲基、三苯甲基、2,2,2-三氯乙基氧基羰基、烯丙基氧基羰基等。且,胺基亦包含脂環式胺基及雜環式胺基。"Amine group that may also be protected" refers to an amine group protected by an amine group or an amine protecting group, which can, for example, be of formula -NH-P 3 , formula -N(-P 3 )(-P 4 ) or formula =N (-P 3 ) (In the formula, P 3 and P 4 each independently represent an amine group protecting group). Examples of the amino protecting group include alkyloxycarbonyl groups having 2 to 10 carbon atoms (such as methyloxycarbonyl, tert-butyloxycarbonyl, etc.), and arylalkyloxy groups having 8 to 11 carbon atoms. Carbonyl (e.g. benzyloxycarbonyl, etc.), 9-tylmethyloxycarbonyl, benzhydryl, trityl, 2,2,2-trichloroethyloxycarbonyl, allyloxy Carbonyl and so on. In addition, the amine group also includes an alicyclic amine group and a heterocyclic amine group.

「亦可經保護之羧基」為經羧基或羧基保護基保護之羧基,能夠例如以式-C(=O)(-OP5 )(式中,P5 表示氫原子或羧基保護基)表示。作為羧基保護基,有舉例如碳數1~10之烷基(例如甲基、乙基、丙基等)、碳數7~11之芳基烷基(例如苄基等)等。"A carboxyl group that may also be protected" is a carboxyl group protected with a carboxyl group or a carboxyl protecting group, and can be represented by, for example, the formula -C(=0)(-OP 5 ) (in the formula, P 5 represents a hydrogen atom or a carboxyl protecting group). Examples of carboxyl protecting groups include alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, etc.), arylalkyl groups having 7 to 11 carbon atoms (for example, benzyl, etc.).

「亦可經保護之甲醯基」為經甲醯基或甲醯基保護基保護之甲醯基,能夠例以式-C(Ya P6 )(Ya P7 )(式中,Ya 表示雜原子,P6 及P7 各自獨立表示羥基保護基,或P6 及P7 亦可一起形成伸烷基)表示。雜原子較佳為氧原子或硫原子。羥基保護基有舉例如碳數1~5之烷基,較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基等。且,P6 及P7 一起形成之伸烷基之碳數較佳為2~10個,較佳為2~5個,再較佳為2或3個。"A formyl group that may also be protected" is a formyl group protected by a formyl group or a formyl group protecting group, which can be exemplified by the formula -C(Y a P 6 )(Y a P 7 ) (where Y a represents a heteroatom, and P 6 and P 7 each independently represent a hydroxy protecting group, or P 6 and P 7 may form an alkylene group together). The hetero atom is preferably an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. Examples of the hydroxy protecting group include an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, preferably methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl and the like. In addition, the number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group formed by P 6 and P 7 together is preferably 2-10, preferably 2-5, and more preferably 2 or 3.

「亦可經保護之胺甲醯基」較佳為以式-O-C(=O)-NH(-P8 )(式中,P8 表示胺基保護基)表示。作為胺基保護基,有舉例如碳數2~10之烷基氧基羰基(例如甲基氧基羰基、tert-丁基氧基羰基等)、碳數8~11之芳基烷基氧基羰基(例如苄基氧基羰基等)、9-茀基甲基氧基羰基、二苯甲基、三苯甲基、2,2,2-三氯乙基氧基羰基、烯丙基氧基羰基等。The "aminomethyl group that may also be protected" is preferably represented by the formula -OC(=0)-NH(-P 8 ) (in the formula, P 8 represents an amine protecting group). Examples of the amino protecting group include alkyloxycarbonyl groups having 2 to 10 carbon atoms (such as methyloxycarbonyl, tert-butyloxycarbonyl, etc.), and arylalkyloxy groups having 8 to 11 carbon atoms. Carbonyl (e.g. benzyloxycarbonyl, etc.), 9-tylmethyloxycarbonyl, benzhydryl, trityl, 2,2,2-trichloroethyloxycarbonyl, allyloxy Carbonyl and so on.

「亦可經保護之碸基」為經碸基或碸基保護基保護之碸基,例如亦可經1個以上之取代基取代之烷基碸基、亦可經1個以上之取代基取代之芳基碸基等。1個以上之取代基能夠選自例如取代基群A~M。烷基碸基中「烷基」所能夠具有之取代基與關於脂肪族烴基之取代基相同。芳基碸基中「芳基」所能夠具有之取代基與關於芳香族烴環基之取代基相同。烷基碸基中烷基之碳數通常為1~10,較佳為1~5,再較佳為1~3。亦可經1個以上之取代基取代之烷基碸基為例如亦可經鹵原子取代之烷基碸基(例如甲基碸基、三氟甲基碸基等)。芳基碸基中芳基之碳數通常為6~14,較佳為6~10。亦可經1個以上之取代基取代之芳基碸基為例如亦可經鹵原子取代之烷基碸基(例如苯基碸基、p-甲苯碸基等)。"Also protected sulfonyl group" refers to a sulfonyl group protected by a sulfonyl group or a sulfonyl protecting group, for example, an alkyl sulfonyl group that may be substituted by more than one substituent, or may be substituted by more than one substituent The aryl base and so on. One or more substituents can be selected from, for example, substituent groups A to M. The substituents that the "alkyl" in the alkyl sulfide group can have are the same as the substituents for the aliphatic hydrocarbon group. The substituents that the "aryl" in the aryl sulfide group can have are the same as those for the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group in the alkyl group is usually 1-10, preferably 1-5, and more preferably 1-3. The alkyl sulfonyl group that may be substituted with one or more substituents is, for example, an alkyl sulfonyl group that may be substituted with a halogen atom (for example, a methyl sulfonyl group, a trifluoromethyl sulfonyl group, etc.). The carbon number of the aryl group in the aryl group is usually 6-14, preferably 6-10. The aryl sulfonyl group that may be substituted with one or more substituents is, for example, an alkyl sulfonyl group that may be substituted by a halogen atom (for example, a phenyl sulfonyl group, p-tolyl group, etc.).

取代基群A~M中之取代基中包含之「烷基」、「烯基」、「炔基」、「芳基」、「雜芳基」及「脂肪族雜環」亦可各自經選自取代基群A之1個以上之取代基取代。為了進而取代取代基中包含之「烷基」、「烯基」、「炔基」、「芳基」、「雜芳基」或「脂肪族雜環」,選自取代基群A之1個以上之取代基各自獨立較佳為選自鹵原子、亦可經保護之羥基、亦可經保護之巰基、亦可經保護之胺基、亦可經保護之甲醯基、亦可經保護之羧基、亦可經保護之胺甲醯基及亦可經取代之碸基,再較佳為選自鹵原子、亦可經保護之羥基、亦可經保護之胺基、亦可經保護之甲醯基及亦可經保護之羧基,再更較佳為鹵原子。The "alkyl", "alkenyl", "alkynyl", "aryl", "heteroaryl" and "aliphatic heterocyclic ring" included in the substituents in Substituent Groups A to M can also be selected separately It is substituted by one or more substituents of Substituent Group A. In order to further substitute the "alkyl", "alkenyl", "alkynyl", "aryl", "heteroaryl" or "aliphatic heterocyclic ring" contained in the substituent, one member selected from Substituent Group A The above substituents are each independently preferably selected from halogen atoms, hydroxy groups that may also be protected, sulfhydryl groups that may also be protected, amine groups that may also be protected, methylic groups that may also be protected, or protected The carboxyl group, the amine methyl group that may also be protected, and the sulfonyl group that may be substituted are more preferably selected from halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups that may be protected, amine groups that may also be protected, and methyl groups that may also be protected. The acyl group and the carboxy group which may be protected are still more preferably a halogen atom.

<化合物(I)> 本案發明之化合物(I)為下述式(I)表示,

Figure 02_image035
。化合物(I)如上述,亦稱作C-芳基羥基二醇化物衍生物,且適合作為SGLT-2抑制藥之中間產物來使用。<Compound (I)> The compound (I) of the present invention is represented by the following formula (I),
Figure 02_image035
. Compound (I) is also called C-aryl hydroxyglycolate derivative as mentioned above, and is suitable for use as an intermediate product of SGLT-2 inhibitor.

式(I)中,R1 及R2 各自獨立表示羥基保護基,R3 及R4 各自獨立表示羥基保護基或氫原子。In formula (I), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydroxyl protecting group, and R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydroxyl protecting group or a hydrogen atom.

R1 及R2 表示之羥基保護基可相同或相異,但考慮到羥基保護基之有效的導入及去除,為相同較佳。The protective groups for the hydroxyl groups represented by R 1 and R 2 may be the same or different, but in consideration of the effective introduction and removal of the hydroxyl protective groups, they are preferably the same.

R1 及R2 表示之羥基保護基並無特別限定,但有舉例如酯型保護基、芳基烷基型保護基、烷基型保護基、芳基烷基氧基烷基型保護基、烷基氧基烷基型保護基、甲矽烷型保護基、氧基羰基型保護基等。此等之保護基與前述同義。The hydroxyl protecting group represented by R 1 and R 2 is not particularly limited, but for example, ester type protecting group, arylalkyl type protecting group, alkyl type protecting group, arylalkyloxyalkyl type protecting group, Alkyloxyalkyl type protecting group, silyl type protecting group, oxycarbonyl type protecting group, etc. These protecting groups are synonymous with the foregoing.

R1 及R2 表示之羥基保護基較佳為甲基氧基甲基、苄基氧基甲基、乙醯基、丙醯基、丁醯基、異丙醯基、三甲基乙醯基、苯甲醯基、4-硝基苯甲醯基、4-甲基氧基苯甲醯基、4-甲基苯甲醯基、4-tert-丁基苯甲醯基、4-氟苯甲醯基、4-氯苯甲醯基、4-溴苯甲醯基、4-苯基苯甲醯基、4-甲基氧基羰基苯甲醯基、苄基、1-苯基乙基、二苯基甲基、1,1-二苯基乙基、萘基甲基、甲基、tert-丁基、三甲基甲矽烷基、三乙基甲矽烷基、tert-丁基二甲基甲矽烷基、tert-丁基二苯基甲矽烷基、tert-丁基氧基羰基氧基或苄基氧基羰基,再較佳為苄基、乙醯基、三甲基乙醯基、三甲基甲矽烷基、tert-丁基二甲基甲矽烷基或tert-丁基二苯基甲矽烷基。The hydroxy protecting group represented by R 1 and R 2 is preferably methyloxymethyl, benzyloxymethyl, acetyl, propyl, butyryl, isopropyl, trimethyl acetyl, benzene Formyl, 4-nitrobenzyl, 4-methyloxybenzyl, 4-methylbenzyl, 4-tert-butylbenzyl, 4-fluorobenzyl Group, 4-chlorobenzyl, 4-bromobenzyl, 4-phenylbenzyl, 4-methyloxycarbonylbenzyl, benzyl, 1-phenylethyl, two Phenylmethyl, 1,1-diphenylethyl, naphthylmethyl, methyl, tert-butyl, trimethylsilyl, triethylsilyl, tert-butyldimethylsilyl Silyl group, tert-butyldiphenylsilyl group, tert-butyloxycarbonyloxy group or benzyloxycarbonyl group, more preferably benzyl group, acetyl group, trimethylacetyl group, trimethyl Ylsilyl, tert-butyldimethylsilyl or tert-butyldiphenylsilyl.

式(I)中,R3 及R4 表示之官能基亦可為氫原子。然而,以有效率地形成式(I)之6員環之觀點來看,R3 及R4 表示之官能基為羥基保護基較佳。In formula (I), the functional groups represented by R 3 and R 4 may also be hydrogen atoms. However, from the viewpoint of efficiently forming the 6-membered ring of formula (I), the functional groups represented by R 3 and R 4 are preferably hydroxyl protecting groups.

R3 及R4 表示之羥基保護基亦可與R1 表示之羥基保護基或R2 表示之羥基保護基相同或相異,但以有效率地導入及去除保護基之觀點來看,與R1 及R2 表示之羥基保護基相同較佳。The hydroxy protecting group represented by R 3 and R 4 may be the same as or different from the hydroxy protecting group represented by R 1 or the hydroxy protecting group represented by R 2 , but from the viewpoint of efficiently introducing and removing the protecting group, it is the same as R It is preferred that the hydroxyl protecting groups represented by 1 and R 2 are the same.

Ar表示之有機基只要是含有亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族烴環基或亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族雜環基作為與式(I)中之氧雜環鍵結之官能基即可,並無特別限定。As long as the organic group represented by Ar is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have one or more substituents or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have one or more substituents, it is used as the oxygen heterocyclic ring in formula (I) The functional group to be bonded is sufficient, and it is not particularly limited.

一實施形態中,Ar表示之有機基為亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族烴環基,或包含亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族烴環基作為與式(I)中之氧雜環之碳原子鍵結之官能基。In one embodiment, the organic group represented by Ar is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may also have one or more substituents, or an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may also have one or more substituents as the formula (I) The functional group bonded to the carbon atom of the oxygen heterocycle.

另一實施形態中,Ar表示之有機基為亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族雜環基,或包含亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族烴環基作為與式(I)中之氧雜環之碳原子鍵結之官能基。In another embodiment, the organic group represented by Ar is an aromatic heterocyclic group which may also have one or more substituents, or an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may also have one or more substituents as a group with formula (I ) The functional group bonded to the carbon atom of the oxygen heterocyclic ring.

包含亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族烴環基作為與式(I)中之氧雜環之碳原子鍵結之官能基之有機基能夠例如以下述式表示。

Figure 02_image037
The organic group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have one or more substituents as a functional group bonded to the carbon atom of the oxygen heterocyclic ring in formula (I) can be represented by the following formula, for example.
Figure 02_image037

上述式中,J1 表示亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族烴環基,J2 表示亦可具有1個以上之取代基之脂肪族烴基,J3 表示亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族烴環基、亦可具有1個以上之取代基之脂肪族雜環基或亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族雜環基,(*)表示與式(I)中之氧雜環之碳原子鍵結之鍵結。In the above formula, J 1 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have one or more substituents, J 2 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may have one or more substituents, and J 3 represents a The aromatic hydrocarbon ring group of the substituent, the aliphatic heterocyclic group which may have more than one substituent, or the aromatic heterocyclic group which may also have more than one substituent, (*) represents the formula (I) The bonding of the carbon atoms of the oxygen heterocycle in the middle.

一實施形態中,J1 為無取代之芳香族烴環基,J2 為無取代之脂肪族烴基。In one embodiment, J 1 is an unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, and J 2 is an unsubstituted aliphatic hydrocarbon group.

另一實施形態中,J1 為無取代之芳香族烴環基,J2 為具有1個以上之取代基之脂肪族烴基。In another embodiment, J 1 is an unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, and J 2 is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having one or more substituents.

另一實施形態中,J1 為具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族烴環基,J2 為無取代之脂肪族烴基。In another embodiment, J 1 is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having one or more substituents, and J 2 is an unsubstituted aliphatic hydrocarbon group.

另一實施形態中,J1 為具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族烴環基,J2 為具有1個以上之取代基之脂肪族烴基。In another embodiment, J 1 is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having one or more substituents, and J 2 is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having one or more substituents.

一實施形態中,J3 為無取代之芳香族烴環基。此實施形態能夠與關於J1 及J2 之上述實施形態組合。In one embodiment, J 3 is an unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring group. This embodiment can be combined with the above-mentioned embodiments regarding J 1 and J 2 .

另一實施形態中,J3 為具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族烴環基。此實施形態能夠與關於J1 及J2 之上述實施形態組合。In another embodiment, J 3 is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having one or more substituents. This embodiment can be combined with the above-mentioned embodiments regarding J 1 and J 2 .

另一實施形態中,J3 為無取代之脂肪族雜環基。此實施形態能夠與關於J1 及J2 之上述實施形態組合。In another embodiment, J 3 is an unsubstituted aliphatic heterocyclic group. This embodiment can be combined with the above-mentioned embodiments regarding J 1 and J 2 .

另一實施形態中,J3 為具有1個以上之取代基之脂肪族雜環基。此實施形態能夠與關於J1 及J2 之上述實施形態組合。In another embodiment, J 3 is an aliphatic heterocyclic group having one or more substituents. This embodiment can be combined with the above-mentioned embodiments regarding J 1 and J 2 .

另一實施形態中,J3 為無取代之芳香族雜環基。此實施形態能夠與關於J1 及J2 之上述實施形態組合。In another embodiment, J 3 is an unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group. This embodiment can be combined with the above-mentioned embodiments regarding J 1 and J 2 .

另一實施形態中,J3 為具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族雜環基。此實施形態能夠與關於J1 及J2 之上述實施形態組合。In another embodiment, J 3 is an aromatic heterocyclic group having one or more substituents. This embodiment can be combined with the above-mentioned embodiments regarding J 1 and J 2 .

J2 表示之脂肪族烴基具有1個以上之取代基之實施形態中,1個以上之取代基能夠各自獨立為例如選自取代基群A~M。J2 表示之脂肪族烴基所具有之1個以上之取代基能夠各自獨立選自例如鹵原子、硝基、氰基、側氧基、亦可經保護之羥基、亦可經保護之巰基、亦可經保護之胺基、亦可經保護之甲醯基、亦可經保護之羧基、亦可經保護之胺甲醯基、亦可經保護之碸基、芳基、脂肪族雜環基、雜芳基、烷基芳基、烷基脂肪族雜環基、烷基雜芳基、芳基烷基、脂肪族雜環烷基、雜芳基烷基、烷基氧基、芳基氧基、脂肪族雜環氧基、雜芳基氧基、烷基芳基氧基、烷基脂肪族雜環氧基、烷基雜芳基氧基、芳基烷基氧基、脂肪族雜環烷基氧基、雜芳基烷基氧基、烷基硫基、芳基硫基、脂肪族雜環硫基、雜芳基硫基、烷基芳基硫基、烷基脂肪族雜環硫基、烷基雜芳基硫基、芳基烷基硫基、脂肪族雜環烷基硫基、雜芳基烷基硫基、烷基羰基、芳基羰基、脂肪族雜環羰基、雜芳基羰基、烷基芳基羰基、烷基脂肪族雜環羰基、烷基雜芳基羰基、芳基烷基羰基、脂肪族雜環烷基羰基、雜芳基烷基羰基、烷基氧基羰基、芳基氧基羰基、脂肪族雜環氧基羰基、雜芳基氧基羰基、烷基芳基氧基羰基、烷基脂肪族雜環氧基羰基、烷基雜芳基氧基羰基、芳基烷基氧基羰基、脂肪族雜環烷基氧基羰基及雜芳基烷基氧基羰基。1個以上之取代基各自獨立選自鹵原子、硝基、氰基、側氧基、亦可經保護之羥基、亦可經保護之巰基、亦可經保護之胺基、亦可經保護之甲醯基、亦可經保護之羧基、亦可經保護之胺甲醯基、亦可經保護之碸基、烷基氧基、烷基硫基、烷基羰基及烷基氧基羰基較佳。且,J2 表示之脂肪族烴基為直鏈狀或分支鏈狀之脂肪族烴基時,直鏈狀或分支鏈狀之脂肪族烴基能夠具有環狀之脂肪族烴基(例如環烷基、環烯基、環炔基等)作為取代基。In the embodiment in which the aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by J 2 has one or more substituents, one or more substituents can each independently be selected from, for example, the substituent group A to M. One or more substituents of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by J 2 can be independently selected from, for example, halogen atoms, nitro groups, cyano groups, pendant oxy groups, hydroxyl groups that may be protected, mercapto groups that may also be protected, and Amino groups that can be protected, methionine groups that can also be protected, carboxyl groups that can also be protected, amine methide groups that can also be protected, sulfonyl groups, aryl groups, and aliphatic heterocyclic groups that can also be protected. Heteroaryl, alkylaryl, alkyl aliphatic heterocyclic group, alkyl heteroaryl, arylalkyl, aliphatic heterocycloalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, alkyloxy, aryloxy , Aliphatic heterocyclic oxy, heteroaryloxy, alkylaryloxy, alkyl aliphatic heterocyclic oxy, alkyl heteroaryloxy, arylalkyloxy, aliphatic heterocycloalkane Alkyloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy, alkylthio, arylthio, aliphatic heterocyclic thio, heteroarylthio, alkylarylthio, alkyl aliphatic heterocyclic thio , Alkylheteroarylthio, arylalkylthio, aliphatic heterocycloalkylthio, heteroarylalkylthio, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, aliphatic heterocyclic carbonyl, heteroaryl Carbonyl, alkylarylcarbonyl, alkyl aliphatic heterocyclic carbonyl, alkyl heteroaryl carbonyl, aryl alkyl carbonyl, aliphatic heterocycloalkyl carbonyl, heteroaryl alkyl carbonyl, alkyloxy carbonyl, Aryloxycarbonyl, aliphatic heterocyclic oxycarbonyl, heteroaryloxycarbonyl, alkylaryloxycarbonyl, alkyl aliphatic heterocyclic oxycarbonyl, alkyl heteroaryloxycarbonyl, aryl Alkyloxycarbonyl, aliphatic heterocycloalkyloxycarbonyl and heteroarylalkyloxycarbonyl. One or more substituents are each independently selected from halogen atoms, nitro groups, cyano groups, pendant oxy groups, hydroxyl groups that can also be protected, mercapto groups that can also be protected, amine groups that can also be protected, or protected The methanoyl group, the carboxyl group that can also be protected, the aminomethionyl group that can also be protected, the sulfonyl group that can also be protected, the alkyloxy group, the alkylthio group, the alkylcarbonyl group and the alkyloxycarbonyl group are preferred . In addition, when the aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by J 2 is a linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group, the linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group can have a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group (e.g., cycloalkyl, cycloalkene Group, cycloalkynyl group, etc.) as a substituent.

J1 表示之芳香族烴環基及/或J3 表示之芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基或芳香族雜環基具有1個以上之取代基之實施形態中,1個以上之取代基能夠各自獨立為例如選自取代基群A~M。J1 表示之芳香族烴環基及/或J3 表示之芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基或芳香族雜環基所具有之1個以上之取代基能夠各自獨立選自例如鹵原子、硝基、氰基、側氧基、亦可經保護之羥基、亦可經保護之巰基、亦可經保護之胺基、亦可經保護之甲醯基、亦可經保護之羧基、亦可經保護之胺甲醯基、亦可經保護之碸基、烷基、芳基、脂肪族雜環基、雜芳基、烷基芳基、烷基脂肪族雜環基、烷基雜芳基、芳基烷基、脂肪族雜環烷基、雜芳基烷基、烷基氧基、芳基氧基、脂肪族雜環氧基、雜芳基氧基、烷基芳基氧基、烷基脂肪族雜環氧基、烷基雜芳基氧基、芳基烷基氧基、脂肪族雜環烷基氧基、雜芳基烷基氧基、烷基硫基、芳基硫基、脂肪族雜環硫基、雜芳基硫基、烷基芳基硫基、烷基脂肪族雜環硫基、烷基雜芳基硫基、芳基烷基硫基、脂肪族雜環烷基硫基、雜芳基烷基硫基、烷基羰基、芳基羰基、脂肪族雜環羰基、雜芳基羰基、烷基芳基羰基、烷基脂肪族雜環羰基、烷基雜芳基羰基、芳基烷基羰基、脂肪族雜環烷基羰基、雜芳基烷基羰基、烷基氧基羰基、芳基氧基羰基、脂肪族雜環氧基羰基、雜芳基氧基羰基、烷基芳基氧基羰基、烷基脂肪族雜環氧基羰基、烷基雜芳基氧基羰基、芳基烷基氧基羰基、脂肪族雜環烷基氧基羰基及雜芳基烷基氧基羰基。In the embodiment where the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group represented by J 1 and/or the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, aliphatic heterocyclic group or aromatic heterocyclic group represented by J 3 has one or more substituents, one or more substituents The groups can be each independently selected from, for example, substituent groups A to M. One or more substituents of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group represented by J 1 and/or the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, aliphatic heterocyclic group or aromatic heterocyclic group represented by J 3 can each be independently selected from, for example, halogen atoms , Nitro, cyano, pendant oxy groups, hydroxy groups that can also be protected, sulfhydryl groups that can also be protected, amine groups that can also be protected, methionine groups that can also be protected, carboxyl groups that can also be protected, and Protected amine methyl group, also protected sulfonyl group, alkyl group, aryl group, aliphatic heterocyclic group, heteroaryl group, alkyl aryl group, alkyl aliphatic heterocyclic group, alkyl heteroaryl group Group, arylalkyl, aliphatic heterocycloalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, alkyloxy, aryloxy, aliphatic heterocyclooxy, heteroaryloxy, alkylaryloxy, Alkyl aliphatic heterocyclooxy, alkyl heteroaryloxy, arylalkyloxy, aliphatic heterocycloalkyloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy, alkylthio, arylthio , Aliphatic heterocyclic thio group, heteroaryl thio group, alkyl aryl thio group, alkyl aliphatic heterocyclic thio group, alkyl heteroaryl thio group, aryl alkyl thio group, aliphatic heterocyclic alkane Alkylthio, heteroarylalkylthio, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, aliphatic heterocyclic carbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, alkylarylcarbonyl, alkyl aliphatic heterocyclic carbonyl, alkyl heteroaryl Carbonyl, arylalkylcarbonyl, aliphatic heterocycloalkylcarbonyl, heteroarylalkylcarbonyl, alkyloxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, aliphatic heterocyclic oxycarbonyl, heteroaryloxycarbonyl, Alkylaryloxycarbonyl, alkyl aliphatic heterocyclic oxycarbonyl, alkylheteroaryloxycarbonyl, arylalkyloxycarbonyl, aliphatic heterocycloalkyloxycarbonyl and heteroarylalkyl Oxycarbonyl.

包含亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族雜環基作為與式(I)中之氧雜環之碳原子鍵結之官能基之有機基能夠例如以下述式表示。

Figure 02_image039
The organic group containing an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have one or more substituents as a functional group bonded to the carbon atom of the oxygen heterocyclic ring in formula (I) can be represented by the following formula, for example.
Figure 02_image039

上述式中,K1 表示亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族雜環基,K2 表示亦可具有1個以上之取代基之脂肪族烴基,K3 表示亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族烴環基、亦可具有1個以上之取代基之脂肪族雜環基或亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族雜環基,(*)表示與式(I)中羰基之碳原子鍵結之鍵結。In the above formula, K 1 represents an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have one or more substituents, K 2 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may also have one or more substituents, and K 3 represents an aromatic heterocyclic group which may also have one or more substituents. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring group of the substituent, the aliphatic heterocyclic group which may have more than one substituent or the aromatic heterocyclic group which may also have more than one substituent, (*) represents the formula (I) The bonding of the carbon atoms of the carbonyl group.

一實施形態中,K1 為無取代之芳香族雜環基,K2 為無取代之脂肪族烴基。In one embodiment, K 1 is an unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group, and K 2 is an unsubstituted aliphatic hydrocarbon group.

另一實施形態中,K1 為無取代之芳香族雜環基,K2 為具有1個以上之取代基之脂肪族烴基。In another embodiment, K 1 is an unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group, and K 2 is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having one or more substituents.

另一實施形態中,K1 為具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族雜環基,K2 為無取代之脂肪族烴基。In another embodiment, K 1 is an aromatic heterocyclic group having one or more substituents, and K 2 is an unsubstituted aliphatic hydrocarbon group.

另一實施形態中,K1 為具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族雜環基,K2 為具有1個以上之取代基之脂肪族烴基。In another embodiment, K 1 is an aromatic heterocyclic group having one or more substituents, and K 2 is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having one or more substituents.

一實施形態中,K3 為無取代之芳香族烴環基。此實施形態能夠與關於K1 及K2 之上述實施形態組合。In one embodiment, K 3 is an unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring group. This embodiment can be combined with the above-mentioned embodiments regarding K 1 and K 2 .

另一實施形態中,K3 為為具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族烴環基。此實施形態能夠與關於K1 及K2 之上述實施形態組合。In another embodiment, K 3 is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having one or more substituents. This embodiment can be combined with the above-mentioned embodiments regarding K 1 and K 2 .

另一實施形態中,K3 為無取代之脂肪族雜環基。此實施形態能夠與關於K1 及K2 之上述實施形態組合。In another embodiment, K 3 is an unsubstituted aliphatic heterocyclic group. This embodiment can be combined with the above-mentioned embodiments regarding K 1 and K 2 .

另一實施形態中,K3 為具有1個以上之取代基之脂肪族雜環基。此實施形態能夠與關於K1 及K2 之上述實施形態組合。In another embodiment, K 3 is an aliphatic heterocyclic group having one or more substituents. This embodiment can be combined with the above-mentioned embodiments regarding K 1 and K 2 .

另一實施形態中,K3 為無取代之芳香族雜環基。此實施形態能夠與關於K1 及K2 之上述實施形態組合。In another embodiment, K 3 is an unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group. This embodiment can be combined with the above-mentioned embodiments regarding K 1 and K 2 .

另一實施形態中,K3 為具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族雜環基。此實施形態能夠與關於K1 及K2 之上述實施形態組合。In another embodiment, K 3 is an aromatic heterocyclic group having one or more substituents. This embodiment can be combined with the above-mentioned embodiments regarding K 1 and K 2 .

K2 表示之脂肪族烴基具有1個以上之取代基之實施形態中,1個以上之取代基能夠各自獨立為例如選自取代基群A~M。K2 表示之脂肪族烴基所具有之1個以上之取代基能夠各自獨立選自例如鹵原子、硝基、氰基、側氧基、亦可經保護之羥基、亦可經保護之巰基、亦可經保護之胺基、亦可經保護之甲醯基、亦可經保護之羧基、亦可經保護之胺甲醯基、亦可經保護之碸基、芳基、脂肪族雜環基、雜芳基、烷基芳基、烷基脂肪族雜環基、烷基雜芳基、芳基烷基、脂肪族雜環烷基、雜芳基烷基、烷基氧基、芳基氧基、脂肪族雜環氧基、雜芳基氧基、烷基芳基氧基、烷基脂肪族雜環氧基、烷基雜芳基氧基、芳基烷基氧基、脂肪族雜環烷基氧基、雜芳基烷基氧基、烷基硫基、芳基硫基、脂肪族雜環硫基、雜芳基硫基、烷基芳基硫基、烷基脂肪族雜環硫基、烷基雜芳基硫基、芳基烷基硫基、脂肪族雜環烷基硫基、雜芳基烷基硫基、烷基羰基、芳基羰基、脂肪族雜環羰基、雜芳基羰基、烷基芳基羰基、烷基脂肪族雜環羰基、烷基雜芳基羰基、芳基烷基羰基、脂肪族雜環烷基羰基、雜芳基烷基羰基、烷基氧基羰基、芳基氧基羰基、脂肪族雜環氧基羰基、雜芳基氧基羰基、烷基芳基氧基羰基、烷基脂肪族雜環氧基羰基、烷基雜芳基氧基羰基、芳基烷基氧基羰基、脂肪族雜環烷基氧基羰基及雜芳基烷基氧基羰基。1個以上之取代基各自獨立選自鹵原子、硝基、氰基、側氧基、亦可經保護之羥基、亦可經保護之巰基、亦可經保護之胺基、亦可經保護之甲醯基、亦可經保護之羧基、亦可經保護之胺甲醯基、亦可經保護之碸基、烷基氧基、烷基硫基、烷基羰基及烷基氧基羰基較佳。且,K2 表示之脂肪族烴基為直鏈狀或分支鏈狀之脂肪族烴基時,直鏈狀或分支鏈狀之脂肪族烴基能夠具有環狀之脂肪族烴基(例如環烷基、環烯基、環炔基等)作為取代基。In the embodiment where the aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by K 2 has one or more substituents, the one or more substituents can each independently be selected from, for example, the substituent group A to M. One or more substituents of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by K 2 can be independently selected from, for example, halogen atoms, nitro groups, cyano groups, pendant oxy groups, hydroxyl groups that may be protected, mercapto groups that may also be protected, and Amino groups that can be protected, methionine groups that can also be protected, carboxy groups that can also be protected, amine methide groups that can also be protected, sulfonyl groups, aryl groups, aliphatic heterocyclic groups that can also be protected, Heteroaryl, alkylaryl, alkyl aliphatic heterocyclic group, alkyl heteroaryl, arylalkyl, aliphatic heterocycloalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, alkyloxy, aryloxy , Aliphatic heterocyclic oxy, heteroaryloxy, alkylaryloxy, alkyl aliphatic heterocyclic oxy, alkyl heteroaryloxy, arylalkyloxy, aliphatic heterocycloalkane Alkyloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy, alkylthio, arylthio, aliphatic heterocyclic thio, heteroarylthio, alkylarylthio, alkyl aliphatic heterocyclic thio , Alkylheteroarylthio, arylalkylthio, aliphatic heterocycloalkylthio, heteroarylalkylthio, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, aliphatic heterocyclic carbonyl, heteroaryl Carbonyl, alkyl aryl carbonyl, alkyl aliphatic heterocyclic carbonyl, alkyl heteroaryl carbonyl, aryl alkyl carbonyl, aliphatic heterocycloalkyl carbonyl, heteroaryl alkyl carbonyl, alkyloxy carbonyl, Aryloxycarbonyl, aliphatic heterocyclic oxycarbonyl, heteroaryloxycarbonyl, alkylaryloxycarbonyl, alkyl aliphatic heterocyclic oxycarbonyl, alkyl heteroaryloxycarbonyl, aryl Alkyloxycarbonyl, aliphatic heterocycloalkyloxycarbonyl and heteroarylalkyloxycarbonyl. One or more substituents are each independently selected from halogen atoms, nitro groups, cyano groups, pendant oxy groups, hydroxyl groups that may also be protected, mercapto groups that may also be protected, amine groups that may also be protected, or protected The methanoyl group, the carboxyl group that can also be protected, the amine methionyl group that can also be protected, the sulfonyl group that can also be protected, the alkyloxy group, the alkylthio group, the alkylcarbonyl group and the alkyloxycarbonyl group are preferred . And, when the aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by K 2 is a linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group, the linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group can have a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group (for example, cycloalkyl, cycloalkene Group, cycloalkynyl group, etc.) as a substituent.

K1 表示之芳香族雜環基及/或K3 表示之芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基或芳香族雜環基具有1個以上之取代基之實施形態中,1個以上之取代基能夠各自獨立為例如選自取代基群A~M。K1 表示之芳香族雜環基及/或K3 表示之芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基或芳香族雜環基所具有之1個以上之取代基能夠各自獨立選自例如鹵原子、硝基、氰基、側氧基、亦可經保護之羥基、亦可經保護之巰基、亦可經保護之胺基、亦可經保護之甲醯基、亦可經保護之羧基、亦可經保護之胺甲醯基、亦可經保護之碸基、烷基、芳基、脂肪族雜環基、雜芳基、烷基芳基、烷基脂肪族雜環基、烷基雜芳基、芳基烷基、脂肪族雜環烷基、雜芳基烷基、烷基氧基、芳基氧基、脂肪族雜環氧基、雜芳基氧基、烷基芳基氧基、烷基脂肪族雜環氧基、烷基雜芳基氧基、芳基烷基氧基、脂肪族雜環烷基氧基、雜芳基烷基氧基、烷基硫基、芳基硫基、脂肪族雜環硫基、雜芳基硫基、烷基芳基硫基、烷基脂肪族雜環硫基、烷基雜芳基硫基、芳基烷基硫基、脂肪族雜環烷基硫基、雜芳基烷基硫基、烷基羰基、芳基羰基、脂肪族雜環羰基、雜芳基羰基、烷基芳基羰基、烷基脂肪族雜環羰基、烷基雜芳基羰基、芳基烷基羰基、脂肪族雜環烷基羰基、雜芳基烷基羰基、烷基氧基羰基、芳基氧基羰基、脂肪族雜環氧基羰基、雜芳基氧基羰基、烷基芳基氧基羰基、烷基脂肪族雜環氧基羰基、烷基雜芳基氧基羰基、芳基烷基氧基羰基、脂肪族雜環烷基氧基羰基及雜芳基烷基氧基羰基。In the embodiment where the aromatic heterocyclic group represented by K 1 and/or the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, aliphatic heterocyclic group or aromatic heterocyclic group represented by K 3 has one or more substituents, one or more substituents The groups can be each independently selected from, for example, substituent groups A to M. One or more substituents of the aromatic heterocyclic group represented by K 1 and/or the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, aliphatic heterocyclic group or aromatic heterocyclic group represented by K 3 can each be independently selected from, for example, halogen atoms , Nitro, cyano, pendant oxy groups, hydroxy groups that can also be protected, sulfhydryl groups that can also be protected, amine groups that can also be protected, methionine groups that can also be protected, carboxyl groups that can also be protected, and Protected amine methyl group, also protected sulfonyl group, alkyl group, aryl group, aliphatic heterocyclic group, heteroaryl group, alkyl aryl group, alkyl aliphatic heterocyclic group, alkyl heteroaryl group Group, arylalkyl, aliphatic heterocycloalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, alkyloxy, aryloxy, aliphatic heterocyclooxy, heteroaryloxy, alkylaryloxy, Alkyl aliphatic heterocyclooxy, alkyl heteroaryloxy, arylalkyloxy, aliphatic heterocycloalkyloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy, alkylthio, arylthio , Aliphatic heterocyclic thio group, heteroaryl thio group, alkyl aryl thio group, alkyl aliphatic heterocyclic thio group, alkyl heteroaryl thio group, aryl alkyl thio group, aliphatic heterocycloalkane Alkylthio, heteroarylalkylthio, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, aliphatic heterocyclic carbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, alkylarylcarbonyl, alkyl aliphatic heterocyclic carbonyl, alkyl heteroaryl Carbonyl, arylalkylcarbonyl, aliphatic heterocycloalkylcarbonyl, heteroarylalkylcarbonyl, alkyloxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, aliphatic heterocyclic oxycarbonyl, heteroaryloxycarbonyl, Alkylaryloxycarbonyl, alkyl aliphatic heterocyclic oxycarbonyl, alkylheteroaryloxycarbonyl, arylalkyloxycarbonyl, aliphatic heterocycloalkyloxycarbonyl and heteroarylalkyl Oxycarbonyl.

Ar表示之有機基中包含之與式(I)中之氧雜環鍵結之芳香族烴環基或芳香族雜環基較佳為碳數6~14之芳香族烴環基或碳數3~12之芳香族雜環基,再較佳為碳數6~10之芳香族烴環基或碳數3~8之芳香族雜環基,再更較佳為苯基、噻吩基、苯并硫苯基、呋喃基、吡咯基、咪唑基或吡啶基,再更較佳為苯基、噻吩基或苯并硫苯基,再更較佳為苯基。The aromatic hydrocarbon ring group or aromatic heterocyclic group bonded to the oxygen heterocyclic ring in formula (I) contained in the organic group represented by Ar is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group with 6 to 14 carbons or 3 ~12 aromatic heterocyclic group, more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group with 6 to 10 carbons or an aromatic heterocyclic group with 3 to 8 carbons, still more preferably phenyl, thienyl, benzo Thiophenyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, or pyridyl, more preferably phenyl, thienyl or benzothiophenyl, and still more preferably phenyl.

Ar表示之有機基以製造SGLT-2抑制藥或其衍生物之觀點來看,與SGLT-2抑制藥所具有之芳香族烴環基或芳香族雜環基相同,或為將該芳香族烴環基或芳香族雜環基衍生化之基較佳。The organic group represented by Ar is the same as the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group or aromatic heterocyclic group possessed by the SGLT-2 inhibitor from the viewpoint of manufacturing the SGLT-2 inhibitor or its derivative, or is the aromatic hydrocarbon A cyclic group or a group derived from an aromatic heterocyclic group is preferred.

於此,以卡格列淨(canagliflozin;1-(β-D-吡喃葡萄糖基)-4-甲基-3-[5-(4-氟苯基)-2-噻吩基甲基]苯)、恩格列淨(Empagliflozin;(1S)-1,5-酐-1-C-{4-氯-3-[(4-{[(3S)-氧戊環-3-基]氧基}苯基)甲基]苯基}-D-山梨醇)、衣佩格列淨(Ipragliflozin;(1S)-1,5-酐-1-C-{3-[(1-苯并噻吩-2-基)甲基]-4-氟苯基}-D-山梨醇―(2S)-吡咯啶-2-羧酸)及達格列淨(Dapagliflozin;(2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-[4-氯-3-(4-乙基氧基苄基)苯基]-6-(羥基甲基)四氫-2H-吡喃-3,4,5-巰基)為代表之SGLT-2抑制藥具有下述式(V)或式(Va)表示之芳香族烴環基或芳香族雜環基。Here, canagliflozin (canagliflozin; 1-(β-D-glucopyranosyl)-4-methyl-3-[5-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-thienylmethyl]benzene ), Empagliflozin (Empagliflozin; (1S)-1,5-anhydride-1-C-{4-chloro-3-[(4-{[(3S)-oxolane-3-yl]oxy }Phenyl)methyl]phenyl}-D-sorbitol), Ipragliflozin (Ipragliflozin; (1S)-1,5-anhydride-1-C-{3-[(1-benzothiophene- 2-yl)methyl)-4-fluorophenyl}-D-sorbitol—(2S)-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid) and Dapagliflozin; (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R )-2-[4-chloro-3-(4-ethyloxybenzyl)phenyl]-6-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-mercapto) is representative The SGLT-2 inhibitor has an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group or aromatic heterocyclic group represented by the following formula (V) or formula (Va).

因此,藉由一型態,Ar表示之有機基為下述式(V)表示,

Figure 02_image041
。Therefore, by one type, the organic group represented by Ar is represented by the following formula (V),
Figure 02_image041
.

式(V)中,Ra 各自獨立表示選自鹵原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、芳基烷基、芳基烯基、芳基炔基、烷基氧基、烯基氧基、炔基氧基、芳基氧基、芳基烷基氧基、芳基烯基氧基及芳基炔基氧基所成群之官能基,前述群中包含之烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、芳基烷基、芳基烯基、芳基炔基、烷基氧基、烯基氧基、炔基氧基、芳基氧基、芳基烷基氧基、芳基烯基氧基及芳基炔基氧基各自亦可具有1個以上之取代基。Formula (V), R a is each independently a group selected from a halogen atom, an alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group, arylalkyl group, arylalkenyl group, arylalkynyl group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group Functional groups consisting of oxy, alkynyloxy, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkenyloxy and arylalkynyloxy groups, and alkyl and alkenyl groups included in the foregoing groups , Alkynyl, aryl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, alkyloxy, alkenyloxy, alkynyloxy, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, aryl Alkenyloxy and arylalkynyloxy may each have one or more substituents.

式(V)中,Ra 表示之官能基較佳為各自獨立選自鹵原子、碳數1~20之烷基、碳數6~14之芳基、碳數7~15之芳基烷基、碳數1~20之烷基氧基及碳數7~15之芳基烷基氧基,再較佳為選自鹵原子及碳數1~10之烷基。In the formula (V), the functional groups represented by Ra are preferably independently selected from halogen atoms, alkyl groups with 1 to 20 carbons, aryl groups with 6 to 14 carbons, and arylalkyls with 7 to 15 carbons. , Alkyloxy having 1-20 carbons and arylalkyloxy having 7-15 carbons, more preferably selected from halogen atoms and alkyls having 1-10 carbons.

式(V)中,n表示0~4之整數。n表示之整數較佳為1~3,再較佳為1或2。n為2以上時,n個Ra 亦可相同或相異。In formula (V), n represents an integer from 0 to 4. The integer represented by n is preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2. n is 2 or more, R a s n may be the same or different.

式(V)中,Ar’表示亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族烴環基、亦可具有1個以上之取代基之脂肪族雜環基或亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族雜環基。Ar’較佳為表示亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族烴環基或亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族雜環基。In the formula (V), Ar' represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have one or more substituents, an aliphatic heterocyclic group which may also have one or more substituents, or one or more substituents The aromatic heterocyclic group. Ar' preferably represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may also have one or more substituents or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may also have one or more substituents.

Ar’表示之官能基較佳為亦可具有1個以上之取代基之碳數6~14之芳香族烴環基或亦可具有1個以上之取代基之碳數3~12之芳香族雜環,再較佳為亦可具有1個以上之取代基之碳數6~14之芳香族烴環基或亦可具有1個以上之取代基之碳數3~12之芳香族雜環,再更較佳為亦可具有1個以上之取代基之苯基、亦可具有1個以上之取代基之噻吩基、亦可具有1個以上之取代基之苯并硫苯基、亦可具有1個以上之取代基之呋喃基、亦可具有1個以上之取代基之吡咯基、亦可具有1個以上之取代基之咪唑基或亦可具有1個以上之取代基之吡啶基,再更較佳為亦可具有1個以上之取代基之苯基、亦可具有1個以上之取代基之噻吩基或亦可具有1個以上之取代基之苯并硫苯基。The functional group represented by Ar' is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group with 6 to 14 carbons that may have more than one substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group with 3 to 12 carbons that may also have more than one substituent. The ring is more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group with 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have one or more substituents or an aromatic heterocyclic ring with carbon number 3 to 12 which may also have one or more substituents, and More preferably, it is a phenyl group which may also have one or more substituents, a thienyl group which may also have one or more substituents, a benzothiophenyl group which may also have one or more substituents, and may have 1 Furanyl with more than one substituent, pyrrolyl with more than one substituent, imidazolyl with more than one substituent, or pyridyl with more than one substituent, and more Preferably, it is a phenyl group which may also have one or more substituents, a thienyl group which may also have one or more substituents, or a benzothiophenyl group which may also have one or more substituents.

Ar’表示之官能基所具有之1個以上之取代基較佳為亦可經鹵原子取代之苯基、碳數1~5之烷基氧基、脂肪族雜環氧基(例如四氫喃基氧基等)等。One or more substituents of the functional group represented by Ar' are preferably phenyl which can be substituted by halogen atoms, alkyloxy groups with 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and aliphatic heterocyclic oxy groups (such as tetrahydrofuran Oxy group etc.) and so on.

藉由再較佳型態,式(I)中,Ar表示之有機基為下述式(Va)表示。

Figure 02_image043
By a further preferred form, in formula (I), the organic group represented by Ar is represented by the following formula (Va).
Figure 02_image043

Ra 表示之官能基與前述同義。The functional group represented by R a has the same meaning as described above.

式(V)及式(Va)中,Ar’較佳為下述式(Va-I)、(Va-II)及(Va-III)表示之官能基。

Figure 02_image045
表示。In formula (V) and formula (Va), Ar' is preferably a functional group represented by the following formulas (Va-I), (Va-II), and (Va-III).
Figure 02_image045
Said.

式(IVa-I)、(IVa-II)及(IVa-III)中,Rb 各自獨立表示選自脂肪族烴基、芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基及芳香族雜環基所成群之官能基,前述群中包含之脂肪族烴基、芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基及芳香族雜環各自亦可具有1個以上之取代基。In formulas (IVa-I), (IVa-II) and (IVa-III), R b each independently represents a group selected from aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups, aliphatic heterocyclic groups and aromatic heterocyclic groups The functional groups of the group, the aliphatic hydrocarbon group, aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, aliphatic heterocyclic group, and aromatic heterocyclic group included in the aforementioned group may each have one or more substituents.

Rb 表示之官能基較佳為各自獨立選自亦可具有1個以上之取代基之碳數1~20之烷基、亦可具有1個以上之取代基之碳數2~20之烯基、亦可具有1個以上之取代基之碳數2~20之炔基、亦可具有1個以上之取代基之碳數6~14之芳香族烴環基、亦可具有1個以上之取代基之碳數2~12之脂肪族雜環基及亦可具有1個以上之取代基之碳數3~12之芳香族雜環基,再較佳為選自亦可具有1個以上之取代基之碳數1~10之烷基、亦可具有1個以上之取代基之碳數2~10之烯基、亦可具有1個以上之取代基之碳數2~10之炔基、亦可具有1個以上之取代基之碳數6~10之芳香族烴環基及亦可具有1個以上之取代基之碳數2~5之脂肪族雜環基,為亦可具有1個以上之取代基之苯基或亦可具有1個以上之取代基之四氫喃基再更較佳。The functional group represented by R b is preferably each independently selected from an alkyl group with 1 to 20 carbons that may have more than one substituent, and an alkenyl group with 2 to 20 carbons that may have more than one substituent. , Alkynyl groups with 2 to 20 carbon atoms that may have more than one substituent, aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups with 6 to 14 carbon atoms that may have more than one substituent, and more than one substituent The aliphatic heterocyclic group with 2 to 12 carbon atoms and the aromatic heterocyclic group with 3 to 12 carbon atoms that may have more than one substituent are more preferably selected from those that may have more than one substituent Alkyl with 1 to 10 carbons, alkenyl with 2 to 10 carbons that may have more than one substituent, alkynyl with 2 to 10 carbons that may also have more than one substituent, and An aromatic hydrocarbon ring group with 6 to 10 carbon atoms that may have one or more substituents and an aliphatic heterocyclic group with 2 to 5 carbon atoms that may have more than one substituent, which may have more than one The phenyl group of the substituent or the tetrahydropyranyl group which may have more than one substituent is more preferable.

Rb 表示之官能基所具有之1個以上之取代基能夠各自獨立為例如選自取代基群A~M。Rb 表示之官能基所具有之1個以上之取代基能夠各自獨立選自例如鹵原子、硝基、氰基、側氧基、亦可經保護之羥基、亦可經保護之巰基、亦可經保護之胺基、亦可經保護之甲醯基、亦可經保護之羧基、亦可經保護之胺甲醯基、亦可經保護之碸基、烷基、芳基、脂肪族雜環基、雜芳基、烷基芳基、烷基脂肪族雜環基、烷基雜芳基、芳基烷基、脂肪族雜環烷基、雜芳基烷基、烷基氧基、芳基氧基、脂肪族雜環氧基、雜芳基氧基、烷基芳基氧基、烷基脂肪族雜環氧基、烷基雜芳基氧基、芳基烷基氧基、脂肪族雜環烷基氧基、雜芳基烷基氧基、烷基硫基、芳基硫基、脂肪族雜環硫基、雜芳基硫基、烷基芳基硫基、烷基脂肪族雜環硫基、烷基雜芳基硫基、芳基烷基硫基、脂肪族雜環烷基硫基、雜芳基烷基硫基、烷基羰基、芳基羰基、脂肪族雜環羰基、雜芳基羰基、烷基芳基羰基、烷基脂肪族雜環羰基、烷基雜芳基羰基、芳基烷基羰基、脂肪族雜環烷基羰基、雜芳基烷基羰基、烷基氧基羰基、芳基氧基羰基、脂肪族雜環氧基羰基、雜芳基氧基羰基、烷基芳基氧基羰基、烷基脂肪族雜環氧基羰基、烷基雜芳基氧基羰基、芳基烷基氧基羰基、脂肪族雜環烷基氧基羰基及雜芳基烷基氧基羰基。1個以上之取代基各自獨立選自鹵原子、硝基、氰基、側氧基、亦可經保護之羥基、亦可經保護之巰基、亦可經保護之胺基、亦可經保護之甲醯基、亦可經保護之羧基、亦可經保護之胺甲醯基、亦可經保護之碸基、烷基、烷基氧基、烷基硫基、烷基羰基及烷基氧基羰基較佳。1個以上之取代基各自獨立選自鹵原子、硝基、亦可經保護之羥基、亦可經保護之巰基、亦可經保護之甲醯基、亦可經保護之胺基、亦可經保護之羧基、亦可經保護之碸基及碳數1~10之烷基氧基羰基再較佳,選自鹵原子、胺基、硝基、碳數1~10之烷基氧基及碳數1~10之烷基氧基羰基再更較佳。One or more substituents of the functional group represented by R b can each independently be selected from, for example, substituent groups A to M. One or more substituents of the functional group represented by R b can be independently selected from, for example, halogen atoms, nitro groups, cyano groups, pendant oxy groups, hydroxyl groups that may be protected, mercapto groups that may also be protected, and Protected amine group, also protected formyl group, may be protected carboxyl group, may be protected amine formyl group, may be protected sulfonyl group, alkyl group, aryl group, aliphatic heterocyclic ring Group, heteroaryl group, alkyl aryl group, alkyl aliphatic heterocyclic group, alkyl heteroaryl group, aryl alkyl group, aliphatic heterocyclic alkyl group, heteroaryl alkyl group, alkyloxy group, aryl group Oxy, aliphatic heterocyclic oxy, heteroaryloxy, alkylaryloxy, alkyl aliphatic heterocyclic oxy, alkyl heteroaryloxy, arylalkyloxy, aliphatic hetero Cycloalkyloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy, alkylthio, arylthio, aliphatic heterocyclic thio, heteroarylthio, alkylarylthio, alkyl aliphatic heterocycle Thio, alkylheteroarylthio, arylalkylthio, aliphatic heterocycloalkylthio, heteroarylalkylthio, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, aliphatic heterocyclic carbonyl, hetero Aryl carbonyl, alkyl aryl carbonyl, alkyl aliphatic heterocyclic carbonyl, alkyl heteroaryl carbonyl, aryl alkyl carbonyl, aliphatic heterocycloalkyl carbonyl, heteroaryl alkyl carbonyl, alkyloxy Carbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, aliphatic heterocyclic oxycarbonyl, heteroaryloxycarbonyl, alkylaryloxycarbonyl, alkyl aliphatic heterocyclic oxycarbonyl, alkyl heteroaryloxycarbonyl, Arylalkyloxycarbonyl, aliphatic heterocycloalkyloxycarbonyl and heteroarylalkyloxycarbonyl. One or more substituents are each independently selected from halogen atoms, nitro groups, cyano groups, pendant oxy groups, hydroxyl groups that may also be protected, mercapto groups that may also be protected, amine groups that may also be protected, or protected Formyl, carboxyl which may also be protected, amineformyl which may also be protected, alkyl, alkyl, alkyloxy, alkylthio, alkylcarbonyl and alkyloxy which may also be protected The carbonyl group is preferred. One or more substituents are each independently selected from halogen atoms, nitro groups, hydroxy groups that may also be protected, sulfhydryl groups that may also be protected, methylic groups that may also be protected, amine groups that may also be protected, and A protected carboxyl group, an optionally protected sulfonyl group and an alkyloxycarbonyl group with 1 to 10 carbons are more preferred, and are selected from halogen atoms, amine groups, nitro groups, alkyloxy groups with 1 to 10 carbons, and carbon An alkyloxycarbonyl group of 1 to 10 is more preferable.

式(Va-I)中,p表示0~5之整數。p表示之整數較佳為0~3,再較佳為0~2,再更較佳為0或1。式(Va-II)及(Va-III)中,p表示之整數較佳為0~5,再較佳為0~3,再更較佳為0~2。p為2以上時,p個Rb 亦可相同或相異。In the formula (Va-I), p represents an integer of 0-5. The integer represented by p is preferably 0-3, more preferably 0-2, and still more preferably 0 or 1. In formulas (Va-II) and (Va-III), the integer represented by p is preferably 0-5, more preferably 0-3, and still more preferably 0-2. When p is 2 or more, p R b may be the same or different.

式(Va-I)中,p較佳為1,Rb 較佳為亦可具有1個以上之取代基之苯基,再較佳為具有鹵原子之苯基,再更較佳為具有氟原子之苯基。亦可具有1個以上之取代基之苯基所鍵結之位置較佳為噻吩環之2位。具有鹵原子之苯基中,鹵原子所鍵結之位置較佳為苯環之4位。In the formula (Va-I), p is preferably 1, and R b is preferably a phenyl group that may have more than one substituent, more preferably a phenyl group having a halogen atom, and still more preferably a fluorine atom. The phenyl of the atom. The position to which the phenyl group which may have one or more substituents is bonded is preferably the 2-position of the thiophene ring. In the phenyl group having a halogen atom, the position to which the halogen atom is bonded is preferably the 4-position of the benzene ring.

式(Va-II)中,p較佳為0。In formula (Va-II), p is preferably zero.

式(Va-III)中,p較佳為1,Rb 較佳為亦可具有1個以上之取代基之烷基或亦可具有1個以上之取代基之脂肪族雜環基。亦可具有1個以上之取代基之烷基較佳為碳數1~3之烷基,再較佳為甲基或乙基。亦可具有1個以上之取代基之脂肪族雜環基較佳為四氫喃基。亦可具有1個以上之取代基之烷基或亦可具有1個以上之取代基之脂肪族雜環基所鍵結之位置較佳為苯環之4位。In formula (Va-III), p is preferably 1, and R b is preferably an alkyl group which may also have one or more substituents or an aliphatic heterocyclic group which may also have one or more substituents. The alkyl group that may have one or more substituents is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group. The aliphatic heterocyclic group which may have one or more substituents is preferably a tetrahydropyranyl group. The position where the alkyl group which may have one or more substituents or the aliphatic heterocyclic group which may have one or more substituents is bonded is preferably the 4-position of the benzene ring.

藉由再較佳之另一型態,式(I)中,Ar表示之有機基為下述(V-I-I)、(V-II-I)、(V-III-I)或(V-III-II)表示。

Figure 02_image047
In another preferred form, in formula (I), the organic group represented by Ar is the following (VII), (V-II-I), (V-III-I) or (V-III-II) ) Means.
Figure 02_image047

<製造化合物(I)之方法> 本案發明之製造化合物(I)之方法包含以下步驟(a)及步驟(b)。 步驟(a):在選自鎳觸媒及鈀觸媒中1種以上之過渡金屬觸媒,或具有前述1種以上之過渡金屬觸媒與擔持前述1種以上之過渡金屬觸媒之擔體之擔持觸媒之存在下,使下述式(II)表示之化合物(II),與選自下述式(III-I)表示之化合物(III-I)及下述式(III-II)表示之化合物(III-II)所成群中至少1種有機鋅化合物反應,得到下述式(IV)表示之化合物(IV)之步驟; 步驟(b):將前述化合物(IV)中之R5 表示之羥基保護基去除,得到前述化合物(I)之步驟,

Figure 02_image049
Figure 02_image051
Figure 02_image053
Figure 02_image055
。<Method for producing compound (I)> The method for producing compound (I) of the present invention includes the following steps (a) and (b). Step (a): a transition metal catalyst selected from the group consisting of more than one transition metal catalyst selected from nickel catalysts and palladium catalysts, or a transition metal catalyst with more than one transition metal catalyst mentioned above and a support for supporting more than one transition metal catalyst mentioned above In the presence of the supporting catalyst of the body, the compound (II) represented by the following formula (II) is combined with the compound (III-I) represented by the following formula (III-I) and the following formula (III- II) The step of reacting at least one organozinc compound in the group of the compound (III-II) to obtain the compound (IV) represented by the following formula (IV); Step (b): the compound (IV) The step of removing the hydroxyl protecting group represented by R 5 to obtain the aforementioned compound (I),
Figure 02_image049
Figure 02_image051
Figure 02_image053
Figure 02_image055
.

以下依序說明步驟(a)及步驟(b)。 <步驟(a)>

Figure 02_image057
The steps (a) and (b) are described in sequence below. <Step (a)>
Figure 02_image057

<化合物(II)> 步驟(a)中,準備下述式(II)表示之化合物(II)。

Figure 02_image059
化合物(II)之準備步驟之詳細作為步驟(a-1)來後述。<Compound (II)> In step (a), a compound (II) represented by the following formula (II) is prepared.
Figure 02_image059
The details of the preparation step of compound (II) will be described later as step (a-1).

R5 表示之羥基保護基以有效率地形成式(I)之6員環之觀點來看,去除與R1 表示之羥基保護基或R2 表示之羥基保護基相同。R5 表示之羥基保護基經去除後產生羥基,與相同分子內之羰基反應,能夠形成式(I)之環。因此,為了保持R1 R2 表示之羥基保護基的同時,也能夠選擇性地去除R5 表示之羥基保護基,選擇R5 表示之羥基保護基之種類較佳。6-membered rings view hydroxy protecting group R 5 represents an efficient form of formula (I) of view, the removal of the R 1 represents a hydroxyl protecting group or R 2 represents the same hydroxyl-protecting group. The hydroxyl protecting group represented by R 5 is removed to produce a hydroxyl group, which reacts with the carbonyl group in the same molecule to form a ring of formula (I). Therefore, to maintain a hydroxy protecting group R 1 R 2 represents the same time, it is possible to selectively remove hydroxy-protecting group represented by R 5, the selection of the type R 5 represents a protective group of a hydroxyl group preferred.

R5 表示之羥基保護基並無特別限定,但有舉例如酯型保護基、芳基烷基型保護基、烷基型保護基、芳基烷基氧基烷基型保護基芳基烷基烷基氧基烷基型保護基、甲矽烷型保護基、氧基羰基型保護基,再較佳為酯型保護基、芳基烷基氧基烷基型保護基烷基氧基烷基型保護基、甲矽烷型保護基、氧基羰基型保護基。更具體來說,R5 表示之羥基保護基較佳為甲基氧基甲基、苄基氧基甲基、乙醯基、丙醯基、丁醯基、異丙醯基、三甲基乙醯基、苯甲醯基、4-硝基苯甲醯基、4-甲基氧基苯甲醯基、4-甲基苯甲醯基、4-tert-丁基苯甲醯基、4-氟苯甲醯基、4-氯苯甲醯基、4-溴苯甲醯基、4-苯基苯甲醯基、4-甲基氧基羰基苯甲醯基、苄基、1-苯基乙基、二苯基甲基、1,1-二苯基乙基、萘基甲基、甲基、tert-丁基、三甲基甲矽烷基、三乙基甲矽烷基、tert-丁基二甲基甲矽烷基、tert-丁基二苯基甲矽烷基、tert-丁基氧基羰基氧基、苄基氧基羰基,再較佳為甲基、苄基、乙醯基、三甲基乙醯基、三甲基甲矽烷基或tert-丁基二甲基甲矽烷基、tert-丁基二苯基甲矽烷基。The hydroxy protecting group represented by R 5 is not particularly limited, but for example, ester type protecting group, arylalkyl type protecting group, alkyl type protecting group, arylalkyloxyalkyl type protecting group arylalkyl Alkyloxyalkyl type protecting group, silyl type protecting group, oxycarbonyl type protecting group, more preferably ester type protecting group, arylalkyloxyalkyl type protecting group alkyloxyalkyl type Protecting group, silyl type protecting group, oxycarbonyl type protecting group. More specifically, the hydroxy protecting group represented by R 5 is preferably methyloxymethyl, benzyloxymethyl, acetyl, propyl, butyryl, isopropyl, trimethylacetyl , Benzyl, 4-nitrobenzyl, 4-methyloxybenzyl, 4-methylbenzyl, 4-tert-butylbenzyl, 4-fluorobenzene Formyl, 4-chlorobenzyl, 4-bromobenzyl, 4-phenylbenzyl, 4-methyloxycarbonylbenzyl, benzyl, 1-phenylethyl , Diphenylmethyl, 1,1-diphenylethyl, naphthylmethyl, methyl, tert-butyl, trimethylsilyl, triethylsilyl, tert-butyldimethyl Benzyl silyl group, tert-butyldiphenylsilyl group, tert-butyloxycarbonyloxy group, benzyloxycarbonyl group, more preferably methyl group, benzyl group, acetyl group, trimethyl ethyl Acetyl, trimethylsilyl or tert-butyldimethylsilyl, tert-butyldiphenylsilyl.

且,藉由較佳型態,R5 表示之羥基保護基為酯型保護基,R1 表示之羥基保護基及R2 表示之羥基保護基各自獨立選自芳基烷基型保護基、烷基型保護基、芳基烷基氧基烷基型保護基、烷基氧基烷基型保護基、甲矽烷型保護基及氧基羰基型保護基芳基烷基所成群。且,藉由再較佳型態,R5 表示之羥基保護基為乙醯基或三甲基乙醯基,R1 表示之羥基保護基及R2 表示之羥基保護基各自獨立選自甲基、苄基、三甲基甲矽烷基或tert-丁基二甲基甲矽烷基、tert-丁基二苯基甲矽烷基。Moreover, by a preferred form, the hydroxy protecting group represented by R 5 is an ester type protecting group, the hydroxy protecting group represented by R 1 and the hydroxy protecting group represented by R 2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of aryl alkyl type protecting groups, Group type protecting group, arylalkyloxyalkyl type protecting group, alkyloxyalkyl type protecting group, silyl type protecting group and oxycarbonyl type protecting group arylalkyl group. Furthermore, by a further preferred form, the hydroxy protecting group represented by R 5 is acetyl or trimethyl acetyl, the hydroxy protecting group represented by R 1 and the hydroxy protecting group represented by R 2 are each independently selected from methyl , Benzyl, trimethylsilyl or tert-butyldimethylsilyl, tert-butyldiphenylsilyl.

且,藉由本案發明之另一較佳型態,R5 表示之羥基保護基為甲矽烷型保護基,R1 表示之羥基保護基及R2 表示之羥基保護基各自獨立選自酯型保護基、芳基烷基型保護基、烷基型保護基、芳基烷基氧基烷基型保護基烷基氧基烷基型保護基、甲矽烷型保護基及氧基羰基型保護基芳基烷基所成群。且,藉由再較佳之另一型態,R5 表示之羥基保護基為三甲基甲矽烷基、tert-丁基二甲基甲矽烷基或tert-丁基二苯基甲矽烷基,R1 表示之羥基保護基及R2 表示之羥基保護基各自獨立選自甲基、苄基、乙醯基或三甲基乙醯基。Moreover, according to another preferred form of the present invention, the hydroxyl protecting group represented by R 5 is a silyl type protecting group, and the hydroxyl protecting group represented by R 1 and the hydroxyl protecting group represented by R 2 are each independently selected from ester type protecting groups. Group, arylalkyl type protecting group, alkyl type protecting group, arylalkyloxyalkyl type protecting group, alkyloxyalkyl type protecting group, silyl type protecting group and oxycarbonyl type protecting group Groups of alkyl groups. Moreover, by another preferred form, the hydroxyl protecting group represented by R 5 is trimethylsilyl, tert-butyldimethylsilyl or tert-butyldiphenylsilyl, R The hydroxy protecting group represented by 1 and the hydroxy protecting group represented by R 2 are each independently selected from methyl, benzyl, acetyl or trimethyl acetyl.

且,以更加有效率地形成式(I)之6員環之觀點來看,R5 表示之羥基保護基與R1 、R2 、R3 及R4 表示之羥基保護基相異較佳。In addition, from the viewpoint of more efficiently forming the 6-membered ring of formula (I), the hydroxyl protecting group represented by R 5 is preferably different from the hydroxyl protecting group represented by R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 .

藉由一型態,R5 表示之羥基保護基為酯型保護基,R1 、R2 、R3 及R4 表示之羥基保護基各自獨立選自芳基烷基型保護基、烷基型保護基、芳基烷基氧基烷基型保護基、烷基氧基烷基型保護基、甲矽烷型保護基及氧基羰基型保護基所成群。且,藉由再較佳型態,R5 表示之羥基保護基為乙醯基或三甲基乙醯基,R1 、R2 、R3 及R4 表示之羥基保護基各自獨立選自甲基、苄基、三甲基甲矽烷基或tert-丁基二甲基甲矽烷基、tert-丁基二苯基甲矽烷基所成群。In one form, the hydroxy protecting group represented by R 5 is an ester type protecting group, and the hydroxy protecting groups represented by R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are each independently selected from aryl alkyl type protecting groups and alkyl type protecting groups. Protective groups, arylalkyloxyalkyl-type protective groups, alkyloxyalkyl-type protective groups, silyl-type protective groups, and oxycarbonyl-type protective groups. Furthermore, by a further preferred form, the hydroxy protecting group represented by R 5 is acetyl or trimethyl acetyl, and the hydroxy protecting groups represented by R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are each independently selected from Group, benzyl, trimethylsilyl or tert-butyldimethylsilyl, tert-butyldiphenylsilyl.

且,藉由本案發明之另一較佳型態,R5 表示之羥基保護基為甲矽烷型保護基,R1 、R2 、R3 及R4 表示之羥基保護基各自獨立選自芳基烷基氧基烷基型保護基、烷基氧基烷基型保護基及氧基羰基型保護基芳基烷基所成群。且,藉由再較佳之另一型態,R5 表示之羥基保護基為三甲基甲矽烷基、tert-丁基二甲基甲矽烷基或tert-丁基二苯基甲矽烷基,R1 、R2 、R3 及R4 表示之羥基保護基各自獨立選自甲基、苄基、乙醯基及三甲基乙醯基所成群。Moreover, according to another preferred form of the present invention, the hydroxyl protecting group represented by R 5 is a silyl protecting group, and the hydroxyl protecting groups represented by R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are each independently selected from aryl groups Alkyloxyalkyl type protecting group, alkyloxyalkyl type protecting group and oxycarbonyl type protecting group arylalkyl group. And, by another preferred form, the hydroxyl protecting group represented by R 5 is trimethylsilyl, tert-butyldimethylsilyl or tert-butyldiphenylsilyl, R 1. The hydroxyl protecting groups represented by R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are each independently selected from the group consisting of methyl, benzyl, acetyl and trimethyl acetyl.

式(II)中,Q表示包含亦可具有1個以上之取代基之脂肪族烴基、亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族烴環基、亦可具有1個以上之取代基之脂肪族雜環基或亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族雜環基作為與式(II)中之硫原子鍵結之官能基之有機基。In formula (II), Q represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group that may have one or more substituents, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group that may have one or more substituents, and an aliphatic that may have one or more substituents A heterocyclic group or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have one or more substituents is used as an organic group for the functional group bonded to the sulfur atom in the formula (II).

一實施形態中,Q表示之有機基為亦可具有1個以上之取代基之脂肪族烴基,或包含亦可具有1個以上之取代基之脂肪族烴基作為與式(II)中之硫原子鍵結之官能基。In one embodiment, the organic group represented by Q is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may have one or more substituents, or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may have one or more substituents as the sulfur atom in formula (II) Bonded functional group.

另一實施形態中,Q表示之有機基為亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族烴環基,或包含亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族烴環基作為與式(II)中之硫原子鍵結之官能基。In another embodiment, the organic group represented by Q is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have one or more substituents, or an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may also have one or more substituents as the formula (II ) The functional group bonded with the sulfur atom.

另一實施形態中,Q表示之有機基為亦可具有1個以上之取代基之脂肪族雜環基,或包含亦可具有1個以上之取代基之脂肪族雜環基作為與式(II)中之硫原子鍵結之官能基。In another embodiment, the organic group represented by Q is an aliphatic heterocyclic group which may have one or more substituents, or an aliphatic heterocyclic group which may also have one or more substituents as the formula (II ) The functional group bonded with the sulfur atom.

另一實施形態中,Q表示之有機基為亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族雜環基,或包含亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族雜環基作為與式(II)中之硫原子鍵結之官能基。In another embodiment, the organic group represented by Q is an aromatic heterocyclic group which may also have one or more substituents, or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may also have one or more substituents as the formula (II ) The functional group bonded with the sulfur atom.

包含亦可具有1個以上之取代基之脂肪族烴基作為與式(II)中之硫原子鍵結之官能基之有機基能夠例如以下述式表示,

Figure 02_image061
[式中,L1 表示亦可具有1個以上之取代基之脂肪族烴基,L2 表示亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族烴環基、亦可具有1個以上之取代基之脂肪族雜環基或亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族雜環基,(*)表示與式(II)中之硫原子鍵結之鍵結]。An organic group containing an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may also have one or more substituents as a functional group bonded to the sulfur atom in formula (II) can be represented by, for example, the following formula:
Figure 02_image061
[In the formula, L 1 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may also have one or more substituents, L 2 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may also have one or more substituents, or one which may have one or more substituents The aliphatic heterocyclic group or the aromatic heterocyclic group which may have one or more substituents, (*) represents the bond to the sulfur atom in formula (II)].

且,包含亦可具有1個以上之取代基之脂肪族烴基作為與式(II)中之硫原子鍵結之官能基之有機基能夠例如以下述式表示,

Figure 02_image063
[式中,L1 及L2 與前述同義,L3 表示亦可具有1個以上之取代基之脂肪族烴基,(*)表示與式(II)中之硫原子鍵結之鍵結]。Furthermore, an organic group containing an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may also have one or more substituents as a functional group bonded to the sulfur atom in formula (II) can be represented by the following formula, for example,
Figure 02_image063
[In the formula, L 1 and L 2 have the same meaning as described above, L 3 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group that may have one or more substituents, and (*) represents a bond to the sulfur atom in formula (II)].

且,包含亦可具有1個以上之取代基之脂肪族烴基作為與式(II)中之硫原子鍵結之官能基之有機基能夠例如以下述式表示,

Figure 02_image065
[式中,L1 、L2 及L3 與前述同義,L4 表示亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族烴環基、亦可具有1個以上之取代基之脂肪族雜環基或亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族雜環基,(*)表示與式(II)中之硫原子鍵結之鍵結]。Furthermore, an organic group containing an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may also have one or more substituents as a functional group bonded to the sulfur atom in formula (II) can be represented by the following formula, for example,
Figure 02_image065
[In the formula, L 1 , L 2 and L 3 have the same meaning as above, and L 4 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have one or more substituents, or an aliphatic heterocyclic group which may have one or more substituents Or an aromatic heterocyclic group with one or more substituents, (*) represents the bond to the sulfur atom in formula (II)].

L1 或L3 表示之脂肪族烴基所能夠具有之1個以上之取代基能夠各自獨立例如取代基群A~M,較佳為選自取代基群A。L1 或L3 表示之脂肪族烴基所能夠具有之1個以上之取代基各自獨立選自鹵原子、亦可經保護之羥基、亦可經保護之巰基、亦可經保護之胺基、亦可經保護之甲醯基、亦可經保護之羧基、亦可經保護之胺甲醯基及亦可經保護之碸基較佳。L1 或L3 表示之脂肪族烴基亦可為無取代。且,L1 及/或L3 表示之脂肪族烴基為直鏈狀或分支鏈狀之脂肪族烴基時,直鏈狀或分支鏈狀之脂肪族烴基能夠具有環狀之脂肪族烴基(例如環烷基、環烯基、環炔基等)作為取代基。 One or more substituents that can be possessed by the aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by L 1 or L 3 can each independently, for example, substituent groups A to M, and are preferably selected from substituent group A. One or more substituents that the aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by L 1 or L 3 can have are each independently selected from halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups that may also be protected, mercapto groups that may also be protected, amine groups that may also be protected, and The methanoyl group which can be protected, the carboxyl group which can also be protected, the amine methanoyl group which can also be protected, and the sulfonyl group which can also be protected are preferable. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by L 1 or L 3 may be unsubstituted. In addition, when the aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by L 1 and/or L 3 is a linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group, the linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group can have a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group (for example, a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group). Alkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, etc.) as a substituent.

L2 或L4 表示之芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基或芳香族雜環基所能夠具有之1個以上之取代基為例如取代基群A~M,較佳為取代基群A~D及G,再較佳為選自取代基群A、B及G。L2 或L4 表示之芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基或芳香族雜環基所能夠具有之1個以上之取代基各自獨立選自鹵原子、亦可經保護之羥基、亦可經保護之巰基、亦可經保護之胺基、亦可經保護之甲醯基、亦可經保護之羧基、亦可經保護之胺甲醯基、亦可經保護之碸基、烷基、烷基氧基、芳基氧基、芳基烷基氧基、烷基芳基烷基氧基、雜芳基氧基、雜芳基烷基氧基、烷基雜芳基烷基氧基、脂肪族雜環氧基、脂肪族雜環烷基氧基及烷基脂肪族雜環烷基氧基較佳。L2 或L4 表示之芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基或芳香族雜環基亦可為無取代。One or more substituents which can be possessed by the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, aliphatic heterocyclic group or aromatic heterocyclic group represented by L 2 or L 4 are , for example, substituent group A to M, preferably substituent group A ~D and G are more preferably selected from substituent groups A, B and G. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, aliphatic heterocyclic group, or aromatic heterocyclic group represented by L 2 or L 4 can have one or more substituents independently selected from halogen atoms, or protected hydroxyl groups, or A protected sulfhydryl group, a protected amine group, a protected formyl group, a protected carboxyl group, a protected amine formyl group, a protected sulfide group, an alkyl group, Alkyloxy, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, alkylarylalkyloxy, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy, alkylheteroarylalkyloxy, Aliphatic heterocyclooxy, aliphatic heterocycloalkyloxy and alkyl aliphatic heterocycloalkyloxy are preferred. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, aliphatic heterocyclic group or aromatic heterocyclic group represented by L 2 or L 4 may be unsubstituted.

亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族烴環基、亦可具有1個以上之取代基之脂肪族雜環基,或包含亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族雜環基作為與式(II)中之硫原子鍵結之官能基之有機基能夠例如以下述式表示,

Figure 02_image067
[式中,M1 表示亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族烴環基、亦可具有1個以上之取代基之脂肪族雜環基,或亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族雜環基,M2 表示亦可具有1個以上之取代基之脂肪族烴基,(*)表示與式(II)中之硫原子鍵結之鍵結]。An aromatic hydrocarbon ring group that may have one or more substituents, an aliphatic heterocyclic group that may have one or more substituents, or an aromatic heterocyclic group that may have one or more substituents as The organic group of the functional group bonded to the sulfur atom in formula (II) can be represented by the following formula, for example,
Figure 02_image067
[In the formula, M 1 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have one or more substituents, an aliphatic heterocyclic group which may have one or more substituents, or one which may have one or more substituents Aromatic heterocyclic group, M 2 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may have more than one substituent, (*) represents a bond to the sulfur atom in formula (II)].

且,包含亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族烴環基作為與式(II)中之硫原子鍵結之官能基之有機基能夠例如以下述式表示,

Figure 02_image069
[式中,M1 及M2 與前述同義,M3 表示亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族烴環基、亦可具有1個以上之取代基之脂肪族雜環基,或亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族雜環基,(*)表示與式(II)中之硫原子鍵結之鍵結]。In addition, an organic group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group that may have one or more substituents as a functional group bonded to the sulfur atom in formula (II) can be represented by the following formula, for example,
Figure 02_image069
[In the formula, M 1 and M 2 have the same meaning as above, and M 3 represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have more than one substituent, an aliphatic heterocyclic group which may also have more than one substituent, or also For aromatic heterocyclic groups that may have more than one substituent, (*) represents the bond to the sulfur atom in formula (II)].

且,包含亦可具有1個以上之取代基之芳香族烴環基作為與式(II)中之硫原子鍵結之官能基之有機基能夠例如以下述式表示,

Figure 02_image071
[式中,M1 、M2 及M3 與前述同義,M4 表示亦可具有1個以上之取代基之脂肪族烴基,(*)表示與式(II)中之硫原子鍵結之鍵結]。In addition, an organic group containing an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have one or more substituents as a functional group bonded to the sulfur atom in formula (II) can be represented by, for example, the following formula:
Figure 02_image071
[In the formula, M 1 , M 2 and M 3 have the same meaning as above, M 4 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group which may have more than one substituent, and (*) represents the bond to the sulfur atom in formula (II) End].

M1 表示之芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基或芳香族雜環基具有1個以上之取代基之實施形態中,1個以上之取代基能夠各自獨立為例如選自取代基群A~M。M1 表示之芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基或芳香族雜環基所具有之1個以上之取代基各自獨立選自鹵原子、亦可經保護之羥基、亦可經保護之巰基、亦可經保護之胺基、亦可經保護之甲醯基、亦可經保護之羧基、亦可經保護之胺甲醯基、亦可經保護之碸基、烷基、烯基及炔基較佳。M1 表示之芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基或芳香族雜環基亦可為無取代。In the embodiment where the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, aliphatic heterocyclic group or aromatic heterocyclic group represented by M 1 has one or more substituents, the one or more substituents can be each independently selected from, for example, substituent group A ~M. One or more substituents of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, aliphatic heterocyclic group or aromatic heterocyclic group represented by M 1 are each independently selected from a halogen atom, a protected hydroxyl group, and a protected mercapto group , Amine group that can also be protected, methionine that can also be protected, carboxyl that can also be protected, amine methionyl that can also be protected, sulfonyl, alkyl, alkenyl and alkyne that can also be protected The base is better. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, aliphatic heterocyclic group or aromatic heterocyclic group represented by M 1 may be unsubstituted.

M2 及/或M4 表示之脂肪族烴基具有1個以上之取代基之實施形態中,1個以上之取代基能夠各自獨立為例如選自取代基群A~M。M2 及/或M4 表示之脂肪族烴基所具有之1個以上之取代基各自獨立選自鹵原子、亦可經保護之羥基、亦可經保護之巰基、亦可經保護之胺基、亦可經保護之甲醯基、亦可經保護之羧基、亦可經保護之胺甲醯基及亦可經保護之碸基較佳。M2 或M4 表示之脂肪族烴基亦可為無取代。且,M2 及/或M4 表示之脂肪族烴基為直鏈狀或分支鏈狀之脂肪族烴基時,直鏈狀或分支鏈狀之脂肪族烴基能夠具有環狀之脂肪族烴基(例如環烷基、環烯基、環炔基等)作為取代基。In the embodiment where the aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by M 2 and/or M 4 has one or more substituents, the one or more substituents can each independently be selected from, for example, the substituent group A to M. One or more substituents of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by M 2 and/or M 4 are each independently selected from halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups that may be protected, mercapto groups that may be protected, and amine groups that may also be protected, The methionyl group that may also be protected, the carboxyl group that may also be protected, the amine methionyl group that may also be protected, and the sulfonyl group that may also be protected are preferred. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by M 2 or M 4 may also be unsubstituted. In addition, when the aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by M 2 and/or M 4 is a linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group, the linear or branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group can have a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group (for example, a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group). Alkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkynyl, etc.) as a substituent.

M3 表示之芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基或芳香族雜環基具有1個以上之取代基之實施形態中,1個以上之取代基能夠各自獨立為例如選自取代基群A~M。M3 表示之芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基或芳香族雜環基所具有之1個以上之取代基各自獨立選自鹵原子、亦可經保護之羥基、亦可經保護之巰基、亦可經保護之胺基、亦可經保護之甲醯基、亦可經保護之羧基、亦可經保護之胺甲醯基、亦可經保護之碸基、烷基、烷基氧基、芳基氧基、芳基烷基氧基、烷基芳基烷基氧基、雜芳基氧基、雜芳基烷基氧基、烷基雜芳基烷基氧基、脂肪族雜環氧基、脂肪族雜環烷基氧基及烷基脂肪族雜環烷基氧基較佳。M3 表示之芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基或芳香族雜環基亦可為無取代。In the embodiment where the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, aliphatic heterocyclic group or aromatic heterocyclic group represented by M 3 has one or more substituents, the one or more substituents can each independently be, for example, selected from the substituent group A ~M. One or more substituents of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, aliphatic heterocyclic group or aromatic heterocyclic group represented by M 3 are each independently selected from halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups that may be protected, and mercapto groups that may also be protected , Amine group that can also be protected, methionine that can also be protected, carboxyl that can also be protected, amine methionine that can also be protected, sulfonyl, alkyl, and alkyloxy that can also be protected , Aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, alkylarylalkyloxy, heteroaryloxy, heteroarylalkyloxy, alkylheteroarylalkyloxy, aliphatic heterocycle An oxy group, an aliphatic heterocycloalkyloxy group, and an alkyl aliphatic heterocycloalkyloxy group are preferred. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, aliphatic heterocyclic group or aromatic heterocyclic group represented by M 3 may be unsubstituted.

Q表示之有機基較佳為包含烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、芳基烷基、芳基烯基、芳基炔基、雜芳基、雜芳基烷基、雜芳基烯基或雜芳基炔基作為與式(II)中之硫原子鍵結之官能基,再較佳為包含烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、芳基烷基、芳基烯基或芳基炔基作為與式(II)中之硫原子鍵結之官能基。烷基之碳數例如為1~20,較佳為1~10,芳基烷基之碳數例如為7~20,較佳為7~15,芳基之碳數例如為6~20,較佳為6~10,雜芳基之碳數例如為5~20,較佳為5~9。The organic group represented by Q preferably includes alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, arylalkynyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, heteroarylalkenyl Group or heteroarylalkynyl group as the functional group bonded to the sulfur atom in formula (II), more preferably contains alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl or The arylalkynyl group serves as the functional group bonded to the sulfur atom in the formula (II). The carbon number of the alkyl group is, for example, 1-20, preferably 1-10, the carbon number of the arylalkyl group is, for example, 7-20, preferably 7-15, and the carbon number of the aryl group is, for example, 6-20. It is preferably 6-10, and the carbon number of the heteroaryl group is, for example, 5-20, preferably 5-9.

<使用有機鋅化合物之反應> 步驟(a)中,在選自鎳觸媒及鈀觸媒中1種以上之過渡金屬觸媒,或具有1種以上之過渡金屬觸媒與擔持有1種以上之過渡金屬觸媒之擔體之擔持觸媒之存在下,使化合物(II)與選自下述式(III-I)表示之化合物(III-I)及下述式(III-II)表示之化合物(III-II)所成群中至少1種有機鋅化合物反應,得到下述式(IV)表示之化合物(IV),

Figure 02_image073
Figure 02_image075
Figure 02_image077
。<Reaction using organozinc compound> In step (a), one or more transition metal catalysts selected from nickel catalysts and palladium catalysts, or one or more transition metal catalysts and one type In the presence of the supporting catalyst of the above transition metal catalyst, the compound (II) is selected from the compound (III-I) represented by the following formula (III-I) and the following formula (III-II) At least one organozinc compound in the group of compound (III-II) represented by) reacts to obtain compound (IV) represented by the following formula (IV),
Figure 02_image073
Figure 02_image075
Figure 02_image077
.

步驟(a)中,有機鋅化合物作為將Ar基導入化合物(II)之試藥來使用。有機鋅化合物能夠單獨使用化合物(III-I)及化合物(III-II)之任一者,但化合物(III-I)及化合物(III-II)在步驟(a)中,反應系統內,以能夠適當地取得下述式表示平衡狀態來看,與化合物(III-I)及化合物(III-II)一起使用較佳,

Figure 02_image079
。藉由較佳型態,至少1種有機鋅化合物包含前述化合物(III-I),且化合物(III-I)為上述平衡狀態。In step (a), the organozinc compound is used as a reagent for introducing Ar groups into compound (II). The organozinc compound can use either compound (III-I) and compound (III-II) alone, but compound (III-I) and compound (III-II) in step (a), in the reaction system, From the viewpoint that the following formula can be appropriately obtained to represent the equilibrium state, it is better to use it with compound (III-I) and compound (III-II),
Figure 02_image079
. By the preferred form, at least one organozinc compound includes the aforementioned compound (III-I), and the compound (III-I) is in the above-mentioned equilibrium state.

X表示之鹵原子並無特別限定,但較佳為氯原子、溴原子、碘原子。The halogen atom represented by X is not particularly limited, but preferably a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom.

化合物(III-I)及化合物(III-II)之有機鋅化合物亦可使用市售品,亦可根據如非專利文獻5等記載之公知手法來製造。The organozinc compound of the compound (III-I) and the compound (III-II) can also be commercially available, and can also be produced according to a known method as described in Non-Patent Document 5 and the like.

藉由一實施型態,化合物(III-I)之有機鋅化合物藉由使Grignard試藥ArMgX與鹵化鋅ZnX2 在有機溶媒中反應來製造。According to one embodiment, the organozinc compound of compound (III-I) is produced by reacting the Grignard reagent ArMgX with zinc halide ZnX 2 in an organic solvent.

化合物(III-I)之製造中,鹵化鋅之使用量相對於Grignard試藥1當量,通常為0.9~1.5當量左右,較佳為1~1.2當量左右,再較佳為1~1.1當量左右。In the production of compound (III-I), the amount of zinc halide used is usually about 0.9 to 1.5 equivalents relative to 1 equivalent of Grignard reagent, preferably about 1 to 1.2 equivalents, and more preferably about 1 to 1.1 equivalents.

作為化合物(III-I)之製造中使用之有機溶媒,以安定的製造之觀點來看,較佳為醚系溶媒,再較佳為2-甲基四氫呋喃、四氫呋喃等,再更較佳為四氫呋喃。As the organic solvent used in the production of compound (III-I), from the viewpoint of stable production, an ether-based solvent is preferred, 2-methyltetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrofuran, etc. are more preferred, and tetrahydrofuran is still more preferred .

化合物(III-I)之製造中反應溫度通常為-50 ~50℃,較佳為0~30℃。The reaction temperature in the production of compound (III-I) is usually -50 to 50°C, preferably 0 to 30°C.

化合物(III-I)亦可作為與鋰鹽(式中,Y為鹵原子)之複合物來使用。前述化合物(III-I)之鋰鹽複合物為下述式(III-Ia)表示,

Figure 02_image081
[式中,X及Y各自獨立表示鹵原子]。鋰鹽複合物(III-Ia)在鋰鹽之存在下,能夠藉由實施化合物(III-I)之製造而適當地取得。鋰鹽複合物(III-Ia)亦可為化合物(III-I)之鋰鹽錯體。Compound (III-I) can also be used as a complex with a lithium salt (in the formula, Y is a halogen atom). The lithium salt complex of the aforementioned compound (III-I) is represented by the following formula (III-Ia),
Figure 02_image081
[In the formula, X and Y each independently represent a halogen atom]. The lithium salt complex (III-Ia) can be appropriately obtained by producing the compound (III-I) in the presence of a lithium salt. The lithium salt complex (III-Ia) may also be a lithium salt complex of the compound (III-I).

步驟(a)中,使用鋰鹽複合物(III-Ia)在提升有機鋅化合物之反應速度上較佳。In step (a), it is better to use the lithium salt complex (III-Ia) to increase the reaction rate of the organozinc compound.

作為鋰鹽,有舉出氯化鋰、溴化鋰、碘化鋰等,但較佳為氯化鋰。因此,有機鋅化合物之鋰鹽複合物(III-Ia)中,X及Y較佳為氯、溴或碘,再較佳為氯或溴。Examples of the lithium salt include lithium chloride, lithium bromide, lithium iodide, and the like, but lithium chloride is preferred. Therefore, in the lithium salt complex (III-Ia) of the organozinc compound, X and Y are preferably chlorine, bromine or iodine, and more preferably chlorine or bromine.

有機鋅化合物之鋰鹽複合物(III-Ia)亦可使用市售品,亦可以公知手法來製造。作為較佳之製造方法,有舉出使Turbo Grignard試藥ArMgXa・LiY[式中,Ar與前述同義,Xa為鹵原子]與鹵化鋅ZnX2 [式中,X為鹵原子,亦可與Y相同或相異]在有機溶媒中反應之方法。The lithium salt complex (III-Ia) of the organozinc compound can also be a commercially available product, or can be produced by a known method. As a preferable manufacturing method, there are Turbo Grignard reagent ArMgXa・LiY [where Ar is synonymous with the above, Xa is a halogen atom] and zinc halide ZnX 2 [where X is a halogen atom, which may also be the same as Y Or different] The method of reaction in an organic solvent.

Turbo Grignard試藥能夠藉由於取代成惰性氣體(氮、氬等)之反應容器中,在鋰鹽之存在下,使鎂與鹵素有機化合物ArXa[式中,Ar及Xa與前述同義]在有機溶媒中反應而得。Turbo Grignard reagent can be replaced by inert gas (nitrogen, argon, etc.) in the reaction vessel, in the presence of lithium salt, magnesium and halogen organic compound ArXa [in the formula, Ar and Xa are synonymous with the foregoing] in an organic solvent In response to.

鎂以提升反應性之觀點來看,作為粉碎物、削刮屑狀物來使用較佳。且,以提升其反應性之觀點來看,於有機溶媒中相對於鎂1當量,亦可添加0.05~0.2當量左右之觸媒量之氫化二異丁基鋁(DIBAL-H)等還原劑至鎂中。From the viewpoint of improving reactivity, magnesium is preferably used as a pulverized product or a shavings. In addition, from the viewpoint of improving its reactivity, in the organic solvent, relative to 1 equivalent of magnesium, a reducing agent such as diisobutyl aluminum hydride (DIBAL-H) of about 0.05 to 0.2 equivalent can also be added to the organic solvent. In magnesium.

Turbo Grignard試藥之製造中,鋰鹽之使用量通常相對於鎂1當量,通常設為0.5~5.0當量左右,較佳設為0.5~3.0當量左右,再較佳設為0.5~2.0當量左右即可。In the manufacture of Turbo Grignard reagents, the amount of lithium salt used is usually about 1 equivalent of magnesium, usually about 0.5 to 5.0 equivalents, preferably about 0.5 to 3.0 equivalents, and more preferably about 0.5 to 2.0 equivalents. can.

Turbo Grignard試藥之製造中,鹵素有機化合物ArXa之使用量相對於鎂1當量,通常設為0.5~3.0當量左右,較佳設為0.5~2.0當量左右,再較佳設為0.5~1.5當量左右即可。In the manufacture of Turbo Grignard reagents, the amount of halogen organic compound ArXa used is about 0.5 to 3.0 equivalents relative to 1 equivalent of magnesium, preferably about 0.5 to 2.0 equivalents, and more preferably about 0.5 to 1.5 equivalents That's it.

作為Turbo Grignard試藥之製造中使用之有機溶媒,以安定的製造之觀點來看,較佳為醚系溶媒,再較佳為二乙基醚、四氫呋喃等,再更較佳為四氫呋喃。使用之溶媒之量相對於鹵素有機化合物ArXa,通常為1~1000倍之容量,較佳為1~100倍之容量。As the organic solvent used in the manufacture of the Turbo Grignard reagent, from the viewpoint of stable manufacture, an ether-based solvent is preferred, diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, etc. are more preferred, and tetrahydrofuran is still more preferred. The amount of solvent used is usually 1 to 1000 times the capacity relative to the halogen organic compound ArXa, preferably 1 to 100 times the capacity.

Turbo Grignard試藥之製造中反應溫度通常為-50~50℃,較佳為-20~20℃。 且,反應時間通常為0.5~5小時,較佳為1~3小時。The reaction temperature in the manufacture of Turbo Grignard reagent is usually -50~50°C, preferably -20~20°C. Moreover, the reaction time is usually 0.5 to 5 hours, preferably 1 to 3 hours.

且,Turbo Grignard試藥ArMgXa・LiY根據Angew Chem.Int.Ed2006,45,2958等記載之公知方法,亦可如下述式所示,

Figure 02_image083
藉由使Knochel-Hauser鹼基TMPMgXa・LiY(TMP為2,2,6,6-四甲基哌啶)與化合物Ar-H反應來製造,本案發明中亦包含相關之型態。In addition, the Turbo Grignard reagent ArMgXa・LiY may be represented by the following formula according to a known method described in Angew Chem. Int. Ed 2006, 45, 2958, etc.
Figure 02_image083
It is produced by reacting the Knochel-Hauser base TMPMgXa・LiY (TMP is 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine) with the compound Ar-H. The present invention also includes related forms.

有機鋅化合物之鋰鹽複合物能夠在溶媒中混合Turbo Grignard試藥與鹵化鋅來製造。Turbo Grignard試藥與鹵化鋅之反應與Turbo Grignard試藥之製造同樣地在醚系溶媒(四氫呋喃等)中來實施較佳。The lithium salt complex of organozinc compound can be manufactured by mixing Turbo Grignard reagent and zinc halide in a solvent. The reaction between Turbo Grignard reagent and zinc halide is preferably carried out in an ether solvent (tetrahydrofuran, etc.) in the same way as the manufacture of Turbo Grignard reagent.

Turbo Grignard試藥與鹵化鋅之反應通常能夠在-30~30℃左右之溫度下來進行。 且,反應時間通常為0.1~1小時。The reaction between Turbo Grignard reagent and zinc halide can usually be carried out at a temperature of -30~30℃. And, the reaction time is usually 0.1 to 1 hour.

步驟(a)中,有機鋅化合物或其鋰鹽複合物之使用量能夠因應化合物(II)之量來適當地設定。有機鋅化合物之使用量相對於化合物(II)1當量,通常能夠設為1~5當量,較佳為1~3當量。In step (a), the usage amount of the organozinc compound or its lithium salt complex can be appropriately set according to the amount of compound (II). The usage amount of the organozinc compound can be usually set to 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1 to 3 equivalents with respect to 1 equivalent of compound (II).

有機鋅化合物或其鋰鹽複合物亦可混合前述遷移觸媒與化合物(II)之後,添加於反應系統中,亦可與前述遷移觸媒同時混合化合物(II),但混合前述遷移觸媒與化合物(II)之後,添加於反應系統中較佳。The organozinc compound or its lithium salt complex can also be added to the reaction system after mixing the migration catalyst and the compound (II), or it can be mixed with the migration catalyst at the same time as the compound (II), but mixing the migration catalyst and the compound (II) After compound (II), it is preferable to add it to the reaction system.

且,步驟(a)中,鹵化鋅ZnX2 以將有機鋅化合物活性化且提升收率之觀點來看,亦可與有機鋅化合物或其鋰鹽複合物一起添加於步驟(a)之反應系統中。與有機鋅化合物或其鋰鹽複合物一起添加於反應系統中之鹵化鋅之量通常相對於有機鋅化合物或其鋰鹽複合物1當量,通常為0.05~1.0當量左右,較佳為0.05~0.3當量左右,再較佳為0.05~0.2當量左右。鹵化鋅亦可與有機鋅化合物或鋰鹽複合物另外地添加於步驟(a)之反應系統中,亦可與有機鋅化合物或其鋰鹽複合物同時添加,但以預先混合鹵化鋅與有機鋅化合物或其鋰鹽複合物之狀態添加於步驟(a)之反應系統中較佳。Moreover, in step (a), the zinc halide ZnX 2 can also be added to the reaction system of step (a) together with the organic zinc compound or its lithium salt complex from the viewpoint of activating the organozinc compound and increasing the yield in. The amount of zinc halide added to the reaction system together with the organozinc compound or its lithium salt complex is usually 1 equivalent to the organozinc compound or its lithium salt complex, usually about 0.05 to 1.0 equivalent, preferably 0.05 to 0.3 The equivalent is about, more preferably about 0.05 to 0.2 equivalent. Zinc halide can also be added to the reaction system of step (a) separately with the organozinc compound or lithium salt complex, and can also be added at the same time with the organozinc compound or its lithium salt complex, but to mix the zinc halide and the organozinc in advance The state of the compound or its lithium salt complex is preferably added to the reaction system of step (a).

反應環境考慮前述遷移觸媒之活性,通常在氬、氮等之惰性氣體環境下進行較佳。且,亦可在加壓下,亦可在常壓下,亦可在減壓下。The reaction environment takes into account the activity of the aforementioned migration catalyst, and it is usually better to proceed in an inert gas environment such as argon and nitrogen. Furthermore, it may be under pressure, normal pressure, or reduced pressure.

一實施形態中,鎳觸媒為鎳鹽或溶媒和物。鎳鹽中包含之鎳原子之價數通常為2價。作為鎳鹽,有舉例如二氯化鎳(II)、二溴化鎳(II)、二氟化鎳(II)、碘化鎳(II)(NiI2 )、鎳(II)硫酸酯、鎳(II)碳酸酯、鎳(II)二甲基乙二醛肟、羥化鎳(II)、鎳(II)羥基乙酸酯、鎳(II)草酸酯、鎳(II)2-乙基已酸酯、鎳(II)乙酸酯、鎳(II)三氟乙酸酯、鎳(II)三氟甲磺酸酯、鎳(II)乙醯基丙酮酸酯(Ni(acac)2 )等。In one embodiment, the nickel catalyst is a nickel salt or a solvent. The valence of the nickel atom contained in the nickel salt is usually divalent. Examples of nickel salts include nickel dichloride (II), nickel dibromide (II), nickel difluoride (II), nickel iodide (II) (NiI 2 ), nickel (II) sulfate, nickel (II) Carbonate, Nickel (II) Dimethylglyoxime, Nickel Hydroxide (II), Nickel (II) Hydroxyacetate, Nickel (II) Oxalate, Nickel (II) 2-Ethyl Caproic acid ester, nickel (II) acetate, nickel (II) trifluoroacetate, nickel (II) triflate, nickel (II) acetylpyruvate (Ni(acac) 2 ) Wait.

另一實施形態中,鎳觸媒為鎳錯體觸媒。鎳錯體觸媒包含鎳原子及螯合於該鎳原子之配位子。鎳錯體觸媒以反應收率之提升或副生成物之降低之觀點來看,能夠有利地利用。鎳錯體觸媒中鎳原子之價數,較佳為0價或2價,再較佳為2價。鎳錯體觸媒中包含之鎳原子例如來自添加於反應系統中之鎳鹽或溶媒和物。鎳觸媒為鎳錯體觸媒之實施形態中,亦可於反應系統中添加預先形成之鎳錯體觸媒,亦可於反應系統中添加鎳鹽或溶媒和物與配位子,亦可在反應系統中形成鎳錯體觸媒。反應系統中形成鎳錯體觸媒時,配位子之量例如相對於鎳鹽1當量,通常為1~3當量左右,較佳亦可設為1~2當量左右。In another embodiment, the nickel catalyst is a nickel complex catalyst. The nickel complex catalyst includes a nickel atom and a ligand chelated to the nickel atom. The nickel complex catalyst can be advantageously used from the viewpoint of an increase in reaction yield or a decrease in by-products. The valence of the nickel atom in the nickel complex catalyst is preferably 0 or divalent, and more preferably divalent. The nickel atoms contained in the nickel complex catalyst come from, for example, nickel salts or solvents added to the reaction system. In the embodiment where the nickel catalyst is a nickel complex catalyst, a pre-formed nickel complex catalyst can also be added to the reaction system, or a nickel salt or solvent and ligand can be added to the reaction system. A nickel complex catalyst is formed in the reaction system. When a nickel complex catalyst is formed in the reaction system, the amount of ligands is, for example, about 1 to 3 equivalents relative to 1 equivalent of nickel salt, preferably about 1 to 2 equivalents.

鎳錯體觸媒中包含之配位子為以配位鍵結而鍵結於鎳原子之分子或離子。配位子亦可為單座配位子,亦可為多座配位子。單座配位子為一座之配位子。多座配位子為二座以上之配位子。二座配位子為配位原子數2個之配位子,三座配位子為配位原子數3個之配位子,四座配位子為配位原子數4個之配位子。配位原子為直接接於配位鍵結之原子。鎳錯體觸媒中,配位子與鎳原子之比並無特別限定,但配位子為單座配位子時,在每1個鎳原子之配位子之數通常為2~4個,較佳為2個。且,配位子為多座配位子時,在每1個配位子配位1個以上鎳原子較佳。在每1個配位子之鎳原子之數例如1~3個。較佳配位子為膦配位子或氮配位子。The ligand contained in the nickel complex catalyst is a molecule or ion that is bonded to a nickel atom by coordinate bonding. The ligand can also be a single-seat ligand or a multi-seat ligand. A single coordinator is a coordinator. Multiple ligands are more than two ligands. The two ligands are ligands with 2 coordination atoms, the three ligands are ligands with 3 coordination atoms, and the four ligands are ligands with 4 coordination atoms. Coordinating atoms are atoms directly connected to the coordination bond. In the nickel complex catalyst, the ratio of ligands to nickel atoms is not particularly limited, but when the ligands are single-seat ligands, the number of ligands per nickel atom is usually 2 to 4 , Preferably two. In addition, when the ligand is a multi-seat ligand, it is preferable to coordinate at least one nickel atom per one ligand. The number of nickel atoms per 1 ligand is, for example, 1 to 3. The preferred ligand is a phosphine ligand or a nitrogen ligand.

膦配位子為含有磷原子作為配位原子之配位子。膦配位子亦可為單座配位子,亦可為多座配位子,但為多座配位之膦配位子較佳。The phosphine ligand is a ligand containing a phosphorus atom as a coordination atom. The phosphine ligand may also be a single-seat ligand or a multi-seat ligand, but a multi-seat phosphine ligand is preferred.

作為膦配位子,有舉例如三甲基膦、三-n-丁基膦(Pn Bu3 )、三環戊基膦、三環己基膦(PCy3 )、三辛基膦(P(Oct)3 )、三苯基膦(PPh3 )等之單座配位之膦;1,1’-雙(二苯基膦基)二茂鐵(dppf)、1,2-雙(二苯基膦基)乙烷(dppe)、1,2-雙(二苯基膦基)丁烷(dppb)、1,2-雙(二環己基膦基)乙烷(dcype)、1,2-雙(二甲基膦基)乙烷(dmpe)、3,4-雙(二環己基膦基)噻吩(dcypt)、1,3-雙(二苯基膦基)丙烷(dppp)、2,2’-雙(二苯基膦基)-1,1’-聯萘基(BINAP)等之二座配位之多座膦;雙(2-二苯基膦基乙基)苯基膦、1,1,1-參(二苯基膦基甲基)乙烷、1,1,1-參(雙(3,5-二甲基苯基)膦基甲基)乙烷等之三座配位之多座膦;參(2-二苯基膦基乙基)膦等之四座配位之多座膦,但較佳為三環己基膦、三苯基膦、1,2-雙(二苯基膦基)乙烷、1,2-雙(二環己基膦基)乙烷、1,2-雙(二甲基膦基)乙烷或3,4-雙(二環己基膦基)噻吩等之單座配位或二座配位之膦,再較佳為三苯基膦、1,2-雙(二環己基膦基)乙烷或3,4-雙(二環己基膦基)噻吩等之二座配位之膦,再更較佳為3,4-雙(二環己基膦基)噻吩。As the phosphine ligand, there are, for example, trimethylphosphine, tri-n-butylphosphine (P n Bu 3 ), tricyclopentylphosphine, tricyclohexylphosphine (PCy 3 ), trioctylphosphine (P( Oct) 3 ), triphenylphosphine (PPh 3 ) and other single-coordinated phosphines; 1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (dppf), 1,2-bis(diphenyl) Phosphonyl) ethane (dppe), 1,2-bis(diphenylphosphino)butane (dppb), 1,2-bis(dicyclohexylphosphino)ethane (dcype), 1,2- Bis(dimethylphosphino)ethane (dmpe), 3,4-bis(dicyclohexylphosphino)thiophene (dcypt), 1,3-bis(diphenylphosphino)propane (dppp), 2, 2'-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1'-binaphthyl (BINAP) and other two-coordinated multiple phosphines; bis(2-diphenylphosphinoethyl)phenylphosphine, Three seats of 1,1,1-ginseng (diphenylphosphinomethyl)ethane, 1,1,1-ginseng (bis(3,5-dimethylphenyl)phosphinomethyl)ethane, etc. Coordinated multiple phosphines; (2-diphenylphosphinoethyl) phosphine and other four coordinated multiple phosphines, but preferably tricyclohexylphosphine, triphenylphosphine, 1,2-bis( Diphenylphosphino)ethane, 1,2-bis(dicyclohexylphosphino)ethane, 1,2-bis(dimethylphosphino)ethane or 3,4-bis(dicyclohexylphosphino) ) Thiophene and other single-coordinated or two-coordinated phosphines, more preferably triphenylphosphine, 1,2-bis(dicyclohexylphosphino)ethane or 3,4-bis(dicyclohexylphosphine) The two coordinated phosphines such as thiophene and the like are more preferably 3,4-bis(dicyclohexylphosphino)thiophene.

膦配位子中也包含上述膦配位子之衍生物。作為膦配位子之衍生物化,有舉例如1個以上之取代基之導入等。作為導入膦配位子之1個以上之取代基,有舉例如烷基、芳基、芳基烷基、烷基芳基、烷基氧基、烷基氧基烷基、芳基氧基、芳基氧基烷基、鹵原子、二烷基、硝基、氧基羰基等。Phosphine ligands also include derivatives of the aforementioned phosphine ligands. Examples of the derivation of the phosphine ligand include introduction of one or more substituents. As one or more substituents for introducing a phosphine ligand, there are, for example, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, alkylaryl, alkyloxy, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, Aryloxyalkyl, halogen atom, dialkyl, nitro, oxycarbonyl, etc.

氮配位子為含有氮原子作為配位原子之配位子。氮配位子通常為鹼基性。氮配位子例如為胺系或亞胺系之多座配位子。The nitrogen ligand is a ligand containing a nitrogen atom as a coordination atom. Nitrogen ligands are usually basic. The nitrogen ligand is, for example, an amine-based or imine-based multiple ligand.

作為氮配位子,有舉例如2,2-聯吡啶(bpy)、4,4’-二甲基-2,2’-聯吡啶(bmbpy)、4,4’-二-tert-丁基-2,2’-聯吡啶(BBBPY)、4,4’-二-(5-壬基)-2,2’-聯吡啶、1,10-啡啉、N-(n-丙基)吡啶基甲烷亞胺、N-(n-辛基)吡啶基甲烷亞胺、N、N、N’、N’-四甲基伸乙基二胺(TMDTA)等之二座配位之多座胺;N、N、N’、N’’、N’’-五甲基二伸乙基三胺(PMDTA)、N-丙基-N,N-二(2-吡啶基甲基)胺等之三座配位之多座胺;六甲基參(2-胺基乙基)胺、N,N-雙(2-二甲基胺基乙基)-N,N’-二甲基伸乙基二胺、2,5,9,12-四甲基-2,5,9,12-四氮雜十四烷、2,6,9,13-四甲基-2,6,9,13-四氮雜十四烷、4,11-二甲基-1,4,8,11-四氮雜雙環十六烷、N’,N’’-二甲基-N’,N’’-雙((吡啶-2-基)甲基)乙烷-1,2-二胺、參[(2-吡啶基)甲基]胺、2,5,8,12-四甲基-2,5,8,12-四氮雜十四烷等之四座配位之多座胺;N,N,N’,N’’,N’’’, N’’’’,N’’’’-七甲基四伸乙基四胺等之五座配位之多座胺;N,N,N’,N’-肆(2-吡啶基甲基)伸乙基二胺等之六座配位之多座胺;聚胺、聚伸乙基亞胺等之多座胺,但較佳為2,2-聯吡啶、4,4’-二甲基-2,2’-聯吡啶、4,4’-二-tert-丁基-2,2’-聯吡啶等之具有聯吡啶基之二座配位之多座胺。Examples of nitrogen ligands include 2,2-bipyridine (bpy), 4,4'-dimethyl-2,2'-bipyridine (bmbpy), 4,4'-di-tert-butyl -2,2'-bipyridine (BBBPY), 4,4'-bis-(5-nonyl)-2,2'-bipyridine, 1,10-phenanthroline, N-(n-propyl)pyridine Methaneimine, N-(n-octyl)pyridylmethaneimine, N, N, N', N'-tetramethylethylenediamine (TMDTA), etc. ; N, N, N', N", N"-pentamethyldiethylene triamine (PMDTA), N-propyl-N,N-bis(2-pyridylmethyl)amine, etc. Three-coordinated multi-seat amine; hexamethylgins(2-aminoethyl)amine, N,N-bis(2-dimethylaminoethyl)-N,N'-dimethylethylene Diamine, 2,5,9,12-tetramethyl-2,5,9,12-tetraazatetradecane, 2,6,9,13-tetramethyl-2,6,9,13 -Tetraazatetradecane, 4,11-dimethyl-1,4,8,11-tetraazabicyclohexadecane, N',N''-dimethyl-N',N''- Bis((pyridin-2-yl)methyl)ethane-1,2-diamine, ginseng[(2-pyridyl)methyl]amine, 2,5,8,12-tetramethyl-2,5 ,8,12-Tetraazatetradecane and other four-coordinated polyamines; N,N,N',N'',N''', N'''',N''''-seven Five-coordinated multi-seat amines such as methyltetraethylenetetramine; N,N,N',N'-four (2-pyridylmethyl)ethylenediamine and other six-coordinated amines Polyamine; polyamine, polyethyleneimine, etc., but preferably 2,2-bipyridine, 4,4'-dimethyl-2,2'-bipyridine, 4,4 '-Di-tert-butyl-2,2'-bipyridine and other multi-seat amines with two-seat coordination of bipyridyl.

氮配位子亦包含上述氮配位子之衍生物。作為氮配位子之衍生物化,有舉例如1個以上之取代基之導入等。作為導入氮配位子之1個以上之取代基,有舉例如烷基、芳基、芳基烷基、烷基芳基、烷基氧基、烷基氧基烷基、芳基氧基、芳基氧基烷基、鹵原子、二烷基、硝基、氧基羰基等。Nitrogen ligands also include derivatives of the aforementioned nitrogen ligands. Examples of the derivation of the nitrogen ligand include introduction of one or more substituents. As one or more substituents for introducing nitrogen ligands, for example, alkyl, aryl, arylalkyl, alkylaryl, alkyloxy, alkyloxyalkyl, aryloxy, Aryloxyalkyl, halogen atom, dialkyl, nitro, oxycarbonyl, etc.

作為鎳錯體觸媒中包含之其他配位子,有舉出環辛二烯(COD)、四氫呋喃(thf)、二甲氧基乙烷(dme)等。Examples of other ligands included in the nickel complex catalyst include cyclooctadiene (COD), tetrahydrofuran (thf), dimethoxyethane (dme), and the like.

作為本案發明中使用之鎳觸媒,有舉例如鎳(0)環辛二烯錯體(Ni(COD)2 )、鎳(II)乙醯基丙酮酸酯、二氯化鎳(II)或其二甲氧基乙烷加成物、鎳(II)二溴化、鎳(II)二氯雙三苯基膦錯體、鎳(II)二溴化雙三苯基膦錯體、鎳(II)二氯三-n-丁基膦錯體、鎳(II)二氯1,2-二苯基膦錯體、鎳(II)二氯1,3-二苯基膦基丙烷錯體、雙(四氫呋喃)鎳(II)二氯錯體(NiCl2 (thf)2 )等之2價鎳觸媒,較佳為鎳(II)二氯或其二甲氧基乙烷加成物、鎳(II)二氯1,2-二苯基膦基乙烷錯體、鎳(II)乙醯基丙酮酸酯或雙(四氫呋喃)鎳(II)二氯錯體,再較佳為鎳(II)二氯1,2-二苯基膦基乙烷錯體、鎳(II)乙醯基丙酮酸酯或雙(四氫呋喃)鎳(II)二氯錯體,再更較佳為雙(四氫呋喃)鎳(II)二氯錯體。此等亦可單獨使用,亦可混合2種以上來使用。步驟(a)中,使用鎳觸媒在使反應迅速地進行上,特別有利。As the nickel catalyst used in the present invention, there are, for example, nickel(0) cyclooctadiene complex (Ni(COD) 2 ), nickel(II) acetylpyruvate, nickel(II) dichloride or Its dimethoxyethane adduct, nickel (II) dibromide, nickel (II) dichlorobistriphenylphosphine complex, nickel (II) dibromide bistriphenylphosphine complex, nickel ( II) Dichlorotri-n-butylphosphine complex, nickel(II) dichloro1,2-diphenylphosphine complex, nickel(II)dichloro 1,3-diphenylphosphinopropane complex, Bis (tetrahydrofuran) nickel (II) dichloro complex (NiCl 2 (thf) 2 ) and other divalent nickel catalysts, preferably nickel (II) dichloride or its dimethoxyethane adduct, nickel (II) Dichloro 1,2-diphenylphosphinoethane complex, nickel(II) acetylpyruvate or bis(tetrahydrofuran) nickel(II) dichloro complex, more preferably nickel(II) ) Dichloro 1,2-diphenylphosphinoethane complex, nickel(II) acetylpyruvate or bis(tetrahydrofuran) nickel(II) dichloro complex, more preferably bis(tetrahydrofuran) Nickel (II) dichloro complex. These can also be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types. In step (a), the use of a nickel catalyst is particularly advantageous in that the reaction proceeds rapidly.

作為本案發明中使用之鈀觸媒,有舉例如鈀(II)二氯、鈀(II)二溴化、鈀(II)二氯雙三苯基膦錯體、鈀(0)肆三苯基膦錯體、乙酸鈀(II)、氧化鈀(II)、鈀(0)、鈀(II)二氯、鈀(II)二溴化、鈀(II)二氯雙三苯基膦錯體、鈀(0)肆三苯基膦錯體、乙酸鈀(II)、氧化鈀(II)等之0價或2價鈀觸媒,但較佳為鈀(0)肆三苯基膦錯體、鈀(0)。使用鈀觸媒在降低因Ar基間之偶合反應等所產生之副生成物之量上,較有利。As the palladium catalyst used in the present invention, for example, palladium(II) dichloride, palladium(II) dibromide, palladium(II) dichlorobistriphenylphosphine complex, palladium(0) tetraphenyl Phosphine complex, palladium(II) acetate, palladium(II), palladium(0), palladium(II) dichloride, palladium(II) dibromide, palladium(II) dichlorobistriphenylphosphine complex, Palladium(0)4-triphenylphosphine complexes, palladium(II) acetate, palladium(II) and other 0-valent or divalent palladium catalysts, but preferably palladium(0)4-triphenylphosphine complexes, Palladium (0). The use of palladium catalyst is advantageous in reducing the amount of by-products produced by the coupling reaction between Ar groups.

本案發明中使用之遷移觸媒亦可為均勻觸媒,亦可為不均勻觸媒。The migration catalyst used in the present invention can also be a uniform catalyst or a non-uniform catalyst.

本案發明中使用之過渡金屬觸媒為均勻觸媒時,過渡金屬觸媒為0價或2價鎳錯體或0價或2價鈀錯體較佳。作為鎳錯體,較佳為鎳(II)乙醯基丙酮酸酯、鎳(II)二氯之二甲氧基乙烷加成物或雙(四氫呋喃)鎳(II)二氯錯體。且,作為鈀錯體,較佳為鈀(0)肆三苯基膦錯體或雙(四氫呋喃)鎳(II)二氯錯體。When the transition metal catalyst used in the present invention is a homogeneous catalyst, the transition metal catalyst is preferably a zero-valent or divalent nickel complex or a zero-valent or divalent palladium complex. As the nickel complex, nickel(II) acetylpyruvate, nickel(II) dichloro dimethoxyethane adduct, or bis(tetrahydrofuran) nickel(II) dichloro complex is preferred. In addition, the palladium complex is preferably a palladium(0) triphenylphosphine complex or a bis(tetrahydrofuran) nickel(II) dichloro complex.

本案發明中使用之過渡金屬觸媒為不均勻觸媒時,過渡金屬觸媒具有為選自鎳觸媒及鈀觸媒中1種以上之過渡金屬觸媒,與擔持前述1種以上之過渡金屬觸媒之擔體之擔持觸媒較佳。擔持觸媒在容易自反應混合物分離過渡金屬觸媒上,較有利。When the transition metal catalyst used in the present invention is a heterogeneous catalyst, the transition metal catalyst has one or more transition metal catalysts selected from the group consisting of nickel catalysts and palladium catalysts, and one or more transition metal catalysts supporting the foregoing one or more The supporting catalyst of the metal catalyst is better. The supporting catalyst is advantageous in that it is easy to separate the transition metal catalyst from the reaction mixture.

作為擔持觸媒所具有之擔體,有舉例如活性碳、氧化鋁、硫酸鋇、碳酸鈣、羥磷石灰、水滑石、氧化鋁、二氧化鈦、二氧化鋯、二氧化矽、黏土、矽酸鹽、沸石、高分子基質等。高分子基質亦可為例如苯乙烯-二乙烯基苯樹脂或酚-甲醛樹脂,前述樹脂亦可鍵結螯合配位子(膦、1,10-啡啉或2,2′-聯吡啶等)。鍵結於樹脂之配位子能夠形成與鈀觸媒或鎳觸媒之錯體,並將此等遷移觸媒不動化,作為不均勻觸媒。As the support of the supporting catalyst, there are, for example, activated carbon, alumina, barium sulfate, calcium carbonate, hydroxyphosphate lime, hydrotalcite, alumina, titanium dioxide, zirconium dioxide, silica, clay, and silicic acid. Salt, zeolite, polymer matrix, etc. The polymer matrix can also be, for example, styrene-divinylbenzene resin or phenol-formaldehyde resin. The aforementioned resins can also be bonded to chelating ligands (phosphine, 1,10-phenanthroline or 2,2'-bipyridine, etc. ). The ligand bonded to the resin can form a complex with the palladium catalyst or the nickel catalyst, and immobilize these migration catalysts as a heterogeneous catalyst.

擔持觸媒中過渡金屬觸媒較佳為0價或2價鈀觸媒,再較佳為鈀(0)。且,擔持觸媒所具有之過渡金屬觸媒為鈀觸媒時,擔持觸媒中擔體較佳為活性碳、氧化鋁、硫酸鋇、碳酸鈣、羥磷石灰及水滑石、氧化鋁、二氧化鈦、二氧化鋯,再較佳為活性碳。藉由特別佳之型態,擔持觸媒為鈀黑、鈀碳(Pd/C)。Among the supporting catalysts, the transition metal catalyst is preferably a zero-valent or divalent palladium catalyst, and more preferably palladium(0). Moreover, when the transition metal catalyst of the supporting catalyst is a palladium catalyst, the supporting body in the supporting catalyst is preferably activated carbon, alumina, barium sulfate, calcium carbonate, hydroxyphosphate lime, hydrotalcite, and alumina , Titanium dioxide, zirconium dioxide, more preferably activated carbon. With a particularly good form, the supporting catalyst is palladium black and palladium carbon (Pd/C).

擔持觸媒中過渡金屬觸媒之量相對於擔持觸媒之總重量,例如0.05~10重量%,較佳為0.1~7重量%,再較佳為4~7重量%。The amount of the transition metal catalyst in the supporting catalyst relative to the total weight of the supporting catalyst is, for example, 0.05-10% by weight, preferably 0.1-7% by weight, and more preferably 4-7% by weight.

過渡金屬觸媒之使用量相對於有機鋅化合物1莫耳,通常為0.001~2莫耳左右,較佳為0.01~1莫耳左右。The usage amount of the transition metal catalyst is usually about 0.001 to 2 mol, preferably about 0.01 to 1 mol, relative to 1 mol of the organic zinc compound.

作為步驟(a)中使用之溶媒,較佳為有機溶媒,有舉例如N,N-二甲基甲醯胺(DMF)、二甲基亞碸(DMSO)、1,2-二甲氧基乙烷、四氫呋喃(THF)、2-甲基-四氫呋喃、環戊基甲基醚(CPME)、tert-丁基甲基醚、二異丙基醚、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺(DMA)、二乙二醇二甲醚、甲基-四氫呋喃、1,4-二氧雜環等之極性非質子性溶媒;甲苯、氯化甲烯、己烷、庚烷、二甲苯、1,4-二氧雜環、二丁基醚、均三甲苯、p-對異丙基甲苯等之非極性溶媒或此等之組合,但較佳為THF、2-甲基-THF、二丁基醚、甲苯、DMF或此等之混合溶媒,再較佳為THF。As the solvent used in step (a), an organic solvent is preferred, for example, N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF), dimethyl sulfide (DMSO), 1,2-dimethoxy Ethane, tetrahydrofuran (THF), 2-methyl-tetrahydrofuran, cyclopentyl methyl ether (CPME), tert-butyl methyl ether, diisopropyl ether, N,N-dimethylacetamide (DMA) , Diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, methyl-tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane and other polar aprotic solvents; toluene, methylene chloride, hexane, heptane, xylene, 1,4- Non-polar solvents such as dioxane, dibutyl ether, mesitylene, p-p-isopropyl toluene, or combinations of these, but preferably THF, 2-methyl-THF, dibutyl ether, Toluene, DMF or these mixed solvents are more preferably THF.

步驟(a)中使用之溶媒之量並無特別限定,但能夠例如為相對於化合物(II)設為1~100倍之容量。The amount of the solvent used in step (a) is not particularly limited, but it can be, for example, a capacity of 1 to 100 times that of compound (II).

藉由一實施型態,步驟(a)中,反應溫度亦可在0~100℃左右來實施,但通常為0~60℃,較佳為0~50℃,再較佳為10~50℃。採用如此之溫和的溫度條件且取得化合物(a)在抑制關於溫度管理之設備成本且實施工業生產上較佳。With an implementation type, in step (a), the reaction temperature can also be implemented at about 0~100°C, but it is usually 0~60°C, preferably 0~50°C, more preferably 10~50°C . Adopting such mild temperature conditions and obtaining compound (a) are better in terms of suppressing equipment costs related to temperature management and implementing industrial production.

且,過渡金屬觸媒為鎳觸媒時,步驟(a)中,反應溫度較佳為0~50℃,再較佳為10~50℃,再較佳為20~30℃,再更較佳為25℃左右。且,過渡金屬觸媒為鈀觸媒時,步驟(a)中,反應溫度較佳為45~90℃,再較佳為45~80℃,再較佳為50~70℃,再更較佳為60℃左右。Moreover, when the transition metal catalyst is a nickel catalyst, in step (a), the reaction temperature is preferably 0-50°C, more preferably 10-50°C, still more preferably 20-30°C, and even more preferably It is about 25°C. Moreover, when the transition metal catalyst is a palladium catalyst, in step (a), the reaction temperature is preferably 45~90°C, more preferably 45~80°C, still more preferably 50~70°C, and even more preferably It is about 60°C.

步驟(a)中,反應時間亦可相應於使用之基質之量、觸媒之量、反應溫度等來適當地決定,通常為0.5~48小時,較佳為1~24小時。In step (a), the reaction time can also be appropriately determined corresponding to the amount of the substrate used, the amount of the catalyst, the reaction temperature, etc., and is usually 0.5 to 48 hours, preferably 1 to 24 hours.

<步驟(b)>

Figure 02_image085
步驟(b)中,將步驟(a)所得之化合物(IV)中R5 表示之羥基保護基去除,得到化合物(I)。<Step (b)>
Figure 02_image085
In step (b), the hydroxyl protecting group represented by R 5 in compound (IV) obtained in step (a) is removed to obtain compound (I).

R5 之去除方法能夠因應羥基保護基之種類,能夠藉由Peter G.M. Wuts著 “Protective Group in Organic Synthesis”)第5版(JOHN WILEY&SONS出版)等記載之公知手法來去除。作為典型的手法,有舉出使化合物(II)與酸性試藥或鹼基性試藥在不活性溶媒中反應,去除R5 之方法。The method for removing R 5 can be adapted to the type of hydroxyl protecting group, and can be removed by known methods described in the fifth edition of "Protective Group in Organic Synthesis" by Peter GM Wuts (published by JOHN WILEY & SONS). As a typical method, there is a method of reacting compound (II) with an acidic reagent or a basic reagent in an inactive solvent to remove R 5 .

作為酸性試藥,有舉例如鹽酸、硫酸、硝酸、乙酸、溴化氫等之無機酸、三氟乙酸、三氯乙酸、p-甲苯磺酸、蟻酸、苯二甲酸等之有機酸。且,作為鹼基性試藥,並無特別限定,但有舉出四-n-丁基氟化銨、氟化銨、二氟化銨、氟化氫酸等之氟化物、碳酸鉀、水氧化鋰、水氧化鈉、水氧化鉀、鈉甲基氧化物、鈉乙基氧化物、氨水等。Examples of acid reagents include inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, acetic acid, and hydrogen bromide, and organic acids such as trifluoroacetic acid, trichloroacetic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, formic acid, and phthalic acid. There are no particular limitations on the basic reagents, but fluorides such as tetra-n-butylammonium fluoride, ammonium fluoride, ammonium difluoride, and hydrogen fluoride acid, potassium carbonate, and lithium hydroxide , Water sodium oxide, water potassium oxide, sodium methyl oxide, sodium ethyl oxide, ammonia water, etc.

酸性試藥之使用量相對於化合物(II)1當量,通常為0.1~1000當量,較佳為1~5當量。且,鹼基性試藥之使用量相對於化合物(II)1當量,通常為0.001~10當量,較佳為0.01~2當量。The usage amount of the acid reagent is usually 0.1 to 1000 equivalents, preferably 1 to 5 equivalents relative to 1 equivalent of compound (II). In addition, the usage amount of the basic reagent is usually 0.001 to 10 equivalents, preferably 0.01 to 2 equivalents relative to 1 equivalent of compound (II).

作為步驟(b)中使用之溶媒,較佳為有機溶媒,有舉例如甲醇、乙醇、異丙醇、丁醇等之極性質子性溶媒;乙腈、丙腈、THF、2-甲基-四氫呋喃、1,4-二氧雜環、tert-丁基甲基醚、二異丙基醚、二甲基氧基乙烷、二乙二醇二甲醚、丙酮、甲基乙基酮、二乙基酮、乙酸甲酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯等之極性非質子性溶媒:氯化甲烯、氯仿、四氯化碳、1,2-二氯乙烷、氯苯、甲苯、二甲苯、己烷、庚烷等之無極性溶媒或此等之組合,但較佳為甲醇、乙醇、異丙醇或此等之混合溶媒。As the solvent used in the step (b), an organic solvent is preferred, for example, polar protic solvents such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, butanol; acetonitrile, propionitrile, THF, 2-methyl-tetrahydrofuran , 1,4-dioxane, tert-butyl methyl ether, diisopropyl ether, dimethyloxyethane, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, diethyl ketone , Methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, etc. Polar aprotic solvents: methyl chloride, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, 1,2-dichloroethane, chlorobenzene, toluene, xylene, hexane Non-polar solvents such as alkane, heptane, etc. or a combination of these, but preferably methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, or a mixed solvent of these.

步驟(b)中使用之溶媒之量,相對於化合物(II),通常為1~1000倍之容量,較佳為1~100倍之容量。The amount of solvent used in step (b) is usually 1 to 1000 times the capacity, preferably 1 to 100 times the capacity relative to compound (II).

步驟(b)中,反應溫度通常為-30~100℃,較佳為0~100℃,再較佳為0~40℃,再更較佳為0~50℃。採用如此之溫和的溫度條件取得化合物(I)在抑制關於溫度管理之設備成本且實施工業生產上較佳。In step (b), the reaction temperature is usually -30~100°C, preferably 0~100°C, more preferably 0~40°C, even more preferably 0~50°C. The use of such mild temperature conditions to obtain compound (I) is better in terms of suppressing equipment costs related to temperature management and implementing industrial production.

<步驟(a-1):化合物(II)之製造>

Figure 02_image087
製造化合物(I)之方法中,作為出發原料使用之化合物(II)亦可購入,亦可製造,但根據步驟(a-1)製造較佳。<Step (a-1): Production of Compound (II)>
Figure 02_image087
In the method for producing compound (I), compound (II) used as a starting material can also be purchased or produced, but it is preferable to produce according to step (a-1).

步驟(a-1)能夠分成以下步驟(a-1-1)及步驟(a-1-2)來實施。 步驟(a-1-1): 使下述式(VI)表示之化合物(VI)與下述式(VII)表示之化合物(VII)反應,得到下述式(VIII)表示之化合物(VIII)之步驟,及 步驟(a-1-2): 將前述化合物(VIII)中之羥基以R5 表示之羥基保護基保護,得到前述化合物(II)之步驟。

Figure 02_image089
Figure 02_image091
Figure 02_image093
Step (a-1) can be divided into the following steps (a-1-1) and step (a-1-2) and implemented. Step (a-1-1): The compound (VI) represented by the following formula (VI) is reacted with the compound (VII) represented by the following formula (VII) to obtain the compound (VIII) represented by the following formula (VIII) The step, and step (a-1-2): The step of protecting the hydroxyl group in the aforementioned compound (VIII) with a hydroxyl protecting group represented by R 5 to obtain the aforementioned compound (II).
Figure 02_image089
Figure 02_image091
Figure 02_image093

<步驟(a-1-1):化合物(VIII)之製造>

Figure 02_image095
步驟(a-1-1)中,實施使化合物(VI)與化合物(VII)反應,得到化合物(VIII)之步驟。<Step (a-1-1): Production of Compound (VIII)>
Figure 02_image095
In step (a-1-1), a step of reacting compound (VI) with compound (VII) to obtain compound (VIII) is carried out.

步驟(a-1-1)中作為出發物使用之化合物(VI)並無特別限定,但亦可例如藉由非專利文獻1、非專利文獻2等記載之公知方法或後述例1記載之方法來製造,亦可使用市售品。The compound (VI) used as the starting material in step (a-1-1) is not particularly limited, but it may be, for example, the known method described in Non-Patent Document 1, Non-Patent Document 2, etc. or the method described in Example 1 below To manufacture, you can also use commercially available products.

關於化合物(VII),亦可藉由公知手法來製造,亦可使用市售之有機巰化合物。The compound (VII) can also be produced by a known method, and a commercially available organic mercapto compound can also be used.

化合物(VII)之使用量並無特別限定,但例如相對於化合物(VI)1當量,通常為1~10當量,較佳為1~5當量。The amount of compound (VII) used is not particularly limited, but for example, it is usually 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1 to 5 equivalents based on 1 equivalent of compound (VI).

化合物(VI)與化合物(VII)之反應條件,只要能夠取得化合物(VIII),並無特別限定,但在下述式(IX)表示之化合物(IX)之存在下實施較佳。

Figure 02_image097
化合物(IX)之取得方法並無特別限定,亦可藉由公知手法來製造,亦可使用市售之鋁觸媒。The reaction conditions of compound (VI) and compound (VII) are not particularly limited as long as compound (VIII) can be obtained, but they are preferably carried out in the presence of compound (IX) represented by the following formula (IX).
Figure 02_image097
The method for obtaining the compound (IX) is not particularly limited, and it may be produced by a known method, or a commercially available aluminum catalyst may be used.

Rc 及Rd 各自獨立表示選自鹵原子、脂肪族烴基、芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基及芳香族雜環基所成群之官能基,前述群中包含之脂肪族烴基、芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基及芳香族雜環基各自亦可具有1個以上之取代基。R c and R d each independently represent a functional group selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups, aliphatic heterocyclic groups and aromatic heterocyclic groups, aliphatic hydrocarbon groups contained in the foregoing groups, The aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, the aliphatic heterocyclic group, and the aromatic heterocyclic group may each have one or more substituents.

Rc 及Rd 表示之官能基各自獨立較佳為烷基、芳基、芳基烷基,再較佳為碳數1~20之烷基、碳數6~20之芳基、碳數7~20之芳基烷基,再更較佳為碳數1~10之烷基,再更較佳為甲基、乙基、丙基。The functional groups represented by R c and R d are each independently preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group, and an arylalkyl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbons, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbons, and 7 carbon atoms. The arylalkyl group of ~20 is more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and even more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a propyl group.

式(IX)中,Rc 表示之官能基及Rd 表示之官能基亦可互相相同或相異,但為相同較佳。 且,藉由較佳型態,q或r之一者表示0,另一者表示3。In the formula (IX), the functional group represented by R c and the functional group represented by Rd may be the same or different from each other, but they are preferably the same. And, with the preferred form, one of q or r represents 0, and the other represents 3.

步驟(a-1-1)中,化合物(IX)之使用量相對於化合物(VI)1當量,通常為1~5當量,較佳為3~5當量。In step (a-1-1), the amount of compound (IX) used is 1 equivalent of compound (VI), usually 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 3 to 5 equivalents.

作為步驟(a-1-1)中使用之溶媒,較佳為有機溶媒,有舉例如乙腈、丙腈、THF、2-甲基-四氫呋喃、1,4-二氧雜環、tert-丁基甲基醚、二異丙基醚、二甲基氧基乙烷、二乙二醇二甲醚、丙酮、甲基乙基酮、二乙基酮、乙酸甲酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯等之極性非質子性溶媒;氯化甲烯、氯仿、四氯化碳、1,2-二氯乙烷、氯苯、甲苯、二甲苯、己烷、庚烷等之無極性溶媒或此等之組合,但較佳為氯化甲烯、甲苯、己烷或此等之混合溶媒,再較佳為氯化甲烯。As the solvent used in the step (a-1-1), an organic solvent is preferred, for example, acetonitrile, propionitrile, THF, 2-methyl-tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, tert-butylmethyl Ether, diisopropyl ether, dimethyloxyethane, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, diethyl ketone, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, etc. Polar aprotic solvent; non-polar solvents such as methyl chloride, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, 1,2-dichloroethane, chlorobenzene, toluene, xylene, hexane, heptane, etc. or a combination of these , But preferably is chlorinated methylene, toluene, hexane or a mixed solvent of these, more preferably chlorinated methylene.

步驟(a-1-1)中使用之溶媒之量並無特別限定,但相對於化合物(VI),通常為1~1000倍之容量,較佳為1~100倍之容量。The amount of solvent used in step (a-1-1) is not particularly limited, but it is usually 1 to 1000 times the capacity, preferably 1 to 100 times the capacity relative to compound (VI).

步驟(a-1-1)中,反應溫度並無特別限定,但通常為-30~80℃,較佳為-10~40℃,再較佳為0~40℃。本步驟中採用比較溫和的溫度條件以抑制關於溫度管理之設備成本之觀點來看較佳。In step (a-1-1), the reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but it is usually -30 to 80°C, preferably -10 to 40°C, and more preferably 0 to 40°C. It is better to use relatively mild temperature conditions in this step to suppress the cost of equipment for temperature management.

步驟(a-1-1)中,使用水、HCl水溶液、氯化氨水溶液等使鋁觸媒反應之反應結束,能夠簡單地實施觸媒之去除。In step (a-1-1), the reaction of the aluminum catalyst reaction is completed using water, HCl aqueous solution, ammonia chloride aqueous solution, etc., and the catalyst can be easily removed.

因此,本步驟(a-1)中得到化合物(VIII)後,下述步驟(a-1-2)之製造步驟盡可能地盡快進行較佳,將步驟(a-1-1)及步驟(a-1-2)於相同反應系統中實施再較佳。自步驟(a-1-1)快速地移行至步驟(a-1-2)在防止因化合物(VIII)之閉環反應使化合物(VI)再度生成上,較有利。Therefore, after the compound (VIII) is obtained in this step (a-1), it is better to carry out the production steps of the following step (a-1-2) as soon as possible. The steps (a-1-1) and step ( a-1-2) It is better to implement in the same reaction system. Moving quickly from step (a-1-1) to step (a-1-2) is advantageous in preventing compound (VI) from regenerating due to the ring-closure reaction of compound (VIII).

<步驟(a-1-2):化合物(II)之製造步驟>

Figure 02_image099
<Step (a-1-2): Manufacturing Step of Compound (II)>
Figure 02_image099

步驟(a-1-2)中,將下述式(VIII)表示之化合物(VIII)中之羥基以R5 表示之羥基保護基保護,得到化合物(II)。

Figure 02_image101
In step (a-1-2), the hydroxyl group in compound (VIII) represented by the following formula (VIII) is protected with a hydroxyl protecting group represented by R 5 to obtain compound (II).
Figure 02_image101

對化合物(VIII)中羥基之R5 基之導入並無特別限定,因應R5 表示之羥基保護基之種類,能夠根據Peter G.M. Wuts著「“Protective Group in Organic Synthesis”第5版」(JOHN WILEY&SONS出版)等記載之公知手法來實施。作為典型的手法,有舉出使化合物(VIII)與保護基導入試藥在酸或鹼基性試藥之存在下並於惰性溶媒中反應,導入R5 之方法。The introduction of the R 5 group of the hydroxyl group in the compound (VIII) is not particularly limited. Depending on the type of the hydroxyl protecting group represented by R 5 , it can be based on Peter GM Wuts "Protective Group in Organic Synthesis" 5th Edition" (JOHN WILEY&SONS Publication) and other records are implemented. As a typical method, there is a method of reacting the compound (VIII) and the protecting group-introducing reagent in the presence of an acid or basic reagent in an inert solvent to introduce R 5 .

保護基導入試藥能夠因應R5 之種類來適當地決定,但有舉例如乙酸酐、三甲基乙酸酐、氯化乙醯、三甲基氯化乙醯等之酯型保護基導入劑;溴化苄基等之芳基烷基醚型保護基導入劑;碘甲烷等之烷基醚型保護基導入劑;氯化三甲基甲矽烷、氯化三異丙基甲矽烷、tert-氯化丁基二甲基甲矽烷、tert-氯化丁基二苯基甲矽烷等之甲矽烷型保護基導入劑雙(tert-丁基氧基羰基氧基)氧化物等之氧基羰基型保護基等,但較佳為乙酸酐、三甲基乙酸酐、氯化乙醯、三甲基氯化乙醯等之酯型保護基導入劑,再較佳為乙酸酐。The protective group introduction reagent can be appropriately determined according to the type of R 5 , but examples include ester-type protective group introduction agents such as acetic anhydride, trimethyl acetic anhydride, acetyl chloride, and trimethyl acetyl chloride; Introducing agent of aryl alkyl ether type protecting group such as benzyl bromide; Introducing agent of alkyl ether type protecting group such as methyl iodide; Trimethylsilyl chloride, triisopropylsilyl chloride, tert-chloride Introducing agents for silyl-type protecting groups such as butyldimethylsilane, tert-butyldiphenylsilyl chloride, etc. Oxycarbonyl-type protection of bis(tert-butyloxycarbonyloxy) oxide, etc. However, it is preferably an ester-type protecting group introducing agent such as acetic anhydride, trimethylacetic anhydride, acetyl chloride, and trimethyl acetyl chloride, and more preferably acetic anhydride.

作為酸性試藥,有舉例如乙酸、溴化氫等之無機酸、p-甲苯磺酸、苯二甲酸等之有機酸等。作為鹼基性試藥並無特別限定,但有舉出三乙基胺、4-二甲基胺基吡啶(DMAP)、二氮雜雙環十一烯(DBU)及二乙基苯胺等之有機胺等,但較佳為三乙基胺、4-二甲基胺基吡啶(DMAP)或此等之混合物。Examples of acid reagents include inorganic acids such as acetic acid and hydrogen bromide, and organic acids such as p-toluenesulfonic acid and phthalic acid. The basic reagents are not particularly limited, but there are organic chemicals such as triethylamine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP), diazabicycloundecene (DBU), and diethylaniline. Amine, etc., but preferably triethylamine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP) or a mixture of these.

酸性試藥之使用量並無特別限定,但相對於化合物(VIII)1當量,通常為0.1~1000當量,較佳為1~5當量。且,鹼基性試藥之使用量並無特別限定,但相對於化合物(VIII)1當量,通常為0.001~10當量,較佳為0.01~2當量。The amount of the acid reagent used is not particularly limited, but it is usually 0.1 to 1000 equivalents, preferably 1 to 5 equivalents relative to 1 equivalent of compound (VIII). In addition, the amount of the basic reagent used is not particularly limited, but it is usually 0.001 to 10 equivalents, preferably 0.01 to 2 equivalents relative to 1 equivalent of compound (VIII).

作為步驟(a-1-2)中使用之溶媒,較佳為有機溶媒,有舉例如乙腈、丙腈、THF、2-甲基-四氫呋喃、1,4-二氧雜環、tert-丁基甲基醚、二異丙基醚、二甲基氧基乙烷、二乙二醇二甲醚、丙酮、甲基乙基酮、二乙基酮、乙酸甲酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯等之極性非質子性溶媒;氯化甲烯、氯仿、四氯化碳、1,2-二氯乙烷、氯苯、甲苯、二甲苯、己烷、庚烷等之無極性溶媒或此等之組合,但較佳為氯化甲烯、甲苯或此等之混合溶媒。As the solvent used in step (a-1-2), an organic solvent is preferred, for example, acetonitrile, propionitrile, THF, 2-methyl-tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, tert-butyl methyl Ether, diisopropyl ether, dimethyloxyethane, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, diethyl ketone, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, etc. Polar aprotic solvent; non-polar solvents such as methyl chloride, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, 1,2-dichloroethane, chlorobenzene, toluene, xylene, hexane, heptane, etc. or a combination of these , But it is preferably methyl chloride, toluene or a mixed solvent of these.

作為步驟(a-1-2)中使用之溶媒之量並無特別限定,但相對於化合物(VIII),通常為1~1000倍之容量,較佳為1~100倍之容量。The amount of the solvent used in step (a-1-2) is not particularly limited, but it is usually 1 to 1000 times the capacity, preferably 1 to 100 times the capacity relative to compound (VIII).

步驟(a-1-2)中,反應溫度並無特別限定,但通常為-30~100℃,較佳為-30~40℃,再較佳為-10~40℃,再更較佳為0~30℃。本步驟中採用比較溫和的溫度條件在抑制自化合物(VIII))返回化合物(VI)之反應上較有利。且,本步驟中採用比較溫和的溫度條件在抑制關於溫度管理之設備成本且實施工業生產上較佳。In step (a-1-2), the reaction temperature is not particularly limited, but it is usually -30~100°C, preferably -30~40°C, more preferably -10~40°C, and still more preferably 0~30℃. The use of relatively mild temperature conditions in this step is advantageous in inhibiting the reaction from compound (VIII)) to compound (VI). Moreover, the use of relatively mild temperature conditions in this step is better in terms of suppressing equipment costs related to temperature management and implementing industrial production.

<β-C-芳基醣苷衍生物(化合物(XI))之製造步驟>

Figure 02_image103
<Production procedure of β-C-aryl glycoside derivative (Compound (XI))>
Figure 02_image103

本案發明中化合物(I)為下述式(XI)表示之化合物(XI),亦即能夠有利地作為β-C-芳基醣苷衍生物之製造原料來使用。

Figure 02_image105
In the present invention, the compound (I) is the compound (XI) represented by the following formula (XI), that is, it can be advantageously used as a raw material for the production of β-C-aryl glycoside derivatives.
Figure 02_image105

從化合物(I)至化合物(XI)之反應能夠使用公知之還原反應。具體來說,作為還原方法,有舉出在三氟化硼二乙基醚錯體(BF3 ・OEt2 )之存在下使用三乙基矽烷將化合物(I)還原之方法,或在三乙基矽烷、三異丙基矽烷、四甲基二矽氧烷等之矽烷化合物之存在下,使BF3 ・OEt2 、三氟化硼四氫呋喃(BF3 ・THF)、氯化鋁等之路易士酸與化合物(I)反應之方法等。The reaction from compound (I) to compound (XI) can use a known reduction reaction. Specifically, as a reduction method, there is a method of reducing compound (I) using triethylsilane in the presence of boron trifluoride diethyl ether complex (BF 3 ・OEt 2 ), or a method of reducing compound (I) in the presence of triethyl In the presence of silane compounds such as methyl silane, triisopropyl silane, tetramethyldisiloxane, etc., make BF 3 ・OEt 2 , boron trifluoride tetrahydrofuran (BF 3 ・THF), aluminum chloride, etc. Methods of reacting acid with compound (I), etc.

所得之化合物(XI)直接或R1 ’、R2 ’、R3 ’或R4 ’為羥基保護基時,能夠因應所期望,根據Peter G.M. Wuts著「“Protective Group in Organic Synthesis”第5版」(JOHN WILEY&SONS出版)等記載之公知方法來去保護,作為β-C-芳基醣苷衍生物來使用。When the obtained compound (XI) directly or R 1 ', R 2 ', R 3 'or R 4 ' is a hydroxyl protecting group, it can meet expectations, according to Peter GM Wuts "Protective Group in Organic Synthesis" 5th edition "(Published by JOHN WILEY & SONS), etc., to deprotect it and use it as a β-C-aryl glycoside derivative.

<化合物(II)之用途/製造中間產物> 藉由本案發明,如上述,能夠將化合物(II)作為製造中間產物來使用,並製造化合物(I),進而變換成相當於SGLT2抑制劑本身或其合成中間產物之化合物(XI)。亦即,藉由本案發明,能夠適當地將化合物(II)作為用來製造化合物(XI)之試藥或中間產物來適用。<Use of compound (II)/manufacturing intermediate products> According to the present invention, as described above, compound (II) can be used as a production intermediate to produce compound (I), and then converted into compound (XI) corresponding to the SGLT2 inhibitor itself or its synthesis intermediate. That is, according to the present invention, compound (II) can be suitably applied as a reagent or intermediate product for producing compound (XI).

因此,藉由本案發明之較佳型態,能夠提供一種用來製造下述式(XI)表示之前述化合物(XI)之試藥,其係包含下述式(II)表示之化合物(II)。

Figure 02_image107
Figure 02_image109
且,藉由本案發明之較佳型態,前述試藥中,式(XI)中Ar為式(V)或(Va)表示。Therefore, with the preferred form of the present invention, it is possible to provide a reagent for producing the aforementioned compound (XI) represented by the following formula (XI), which contains the compound (II) represented by the following formula (II) .
Figure 02_image107
Figure 02_image109
Moreover, according to the preferred form of the present invention, in the aforementioned reagent, Ar in formula (XI) is represented by formula (V) or (Va).

且,藉由本案發明之另一型態,能夠提供一種下述式(II)表示之化合物(II)作為下述式化合物(XI)表示之前述化合物(XI)之製造中間產物之使用。

Figure 02_image111
Figure 02_image113
且,藉由本案發明之較佳型態,前述使用中,式(XI)中Ar為式(V)或(Va)表示。 [實施例]Furthermore, according to another aspect of the present invention, it is possible to provide a compound (II) represented by the following formula (II) as an intermediate for the production of the aforementioned compound (XI) represented by the following formula (XI).
Figure 02_image111
Figure 02_image113
Moreover, according to the preferred form of the present invention, in the aforementioned use, Ar in formula (XI) is represented by formula (V) or (Va). [Example]

以下說明本案發明之實施例,但本案發明不限定於此等之實施例。The following describes embodiments of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to these embodiments.

例1:化合物(2)((3R,4S,5R,6R)-3,4,5-參(苄基氧基)-6-(苄基氧基甲基)四氫-2H-吡喃-2-酮)之製造

Figure 02_image115
Example 1: Compound (2) ((3R,4S,5R,6R)-3,4,5-gin (benzyloxy)-6-(benzyloxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran- 2-ketone) manufacturing
Figure 02_image115

將二甲基亞碸(25mL)中含有化合物(1)(2,3,4, 6-四-O-苄基-D-葡萄呱喃糖;5.0g、9.24mmol)之溶液在氬環境下於20~25℃中攪拌30分鐘。對此反應混合液於25℃中以五分鐘的時間添加乙酸酐(15mL)。添加結束後,一邊將所得之反應混合液藉由薄層層析法(TLC)分析來偵測,於20~25℃下攪拌20小時。接著,將反應混合液以甲苯(100mL)稀釋,於所得之稀釋液添加1N HCl水溶液(120mL),將過多之乙酸酐進行淬火。將所得之反應混合液於20~25℃下攪拌20分鐘後,再進行相分離。將所得之有機相以1M NaHCO3 水溶液(3×50mL)洗淨。進而將有機相以水(15mL)及食鹽水(15mL)洗淨,接著,以Na2 SO4 酐使其乾燥,進行過濾且減壓濃縮。將所得之粗生成物藉由矽凝膠管層析法(乙酸乙酯/己烷=2/20~3/20)純化,得到作為無色油狀物之化合物(2)((3R、4S、5R、6R)-3,4,5-參(苄基氧基)-6-(苄基氧基甲基)四氫-2H-吡喃-2-酮;4.8g,收率96%)。Put a solution containing compound (1) (2,3,4,6-tetra-O-benzyl-D-glucopyranose; 5.0g, 9.24mmol) in dimethylsulfoxide (25mL) under argon environment Stir at 20~25°C for 30 minutes. Acetic anhydride (15 mL) was added to this reaction mixture at 25°C over a period of five minutes. After the addition, the resulting reaction mixture was detected by thin layer chromatography (TLC) analysis, and stirred at 20-25°C for 20 hours. Next, the reaction mixture was diluted with toluene (100 mL), and 1N HCl aqueous solution (120 mL) was added to the resulting diluted solution to quench the excess acetic anhydride. After stirring the resulting reaction mixture at 20-25°C for 20 minutes, phase separation is performed. The obtained organic phase was washed with 1M NaHCO 3 aqueous solution (3×50 mL). Furthermore, the organic phase was washed with water (15 mL) and brine (15 mL), and then dried with Na 2 SO 4 anhydride, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained crude product was purified by silica gel tube chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexane=2/20~3/20) to obtain compound (2) ((3R, 4S, 5R, 6R)-3,4,5-ginseng(benzyloxy)-6-(benzyloxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-one; 4.8g, yield 96%).

化合物(2) IR(KBr):νmax=3030, 2868, 1754, 1496, 1363, 1164, 1097, 737, 698cm-1 1 H NMR(400MHz, CDCl3 )δ:7.39-7.16(m, 20H), 4.97(d, J=11.4Hz, 1H),  4.73-4.44(m, 8H), 4.12(d, J=6.3Hz, 1H), 3.96-3.89(m, 2H), 3.73-3.64(m, 2H)13 C NMR(101MHz, CDCl3 )δ:169.38, 137.71, 137.64, 137.63, 137.06, 128.57, 128.53, 128.48, 128.19, 128.09, 128.07, 128.02, 127.91, 81.06, 78.26, 77.51, 76.20, 73.98, 73.80, 73.78, 73.66, 68.40 HRMS[M+H]+ C34 H35 O6 計算值539.2428;實測值:539.2420 質量分析[M+H]+ :539Compound (2) IR(KBr): νmax=3030, 2868, 1754, 1496, 1363, 1164, 1097, 737, 698cm -1 1 H NMR(400MHz, CDCl 3 )δ: 7.39-7.16(m, 20H), 4.97(d, J=11.4Hz, 1H), 4.73-4.44(m, 8H), 4.12(d, J=6.3Hz, 1H), 3.96-3.89(m, 2H), 3.73-3.64(m, 2H) 13 C NMR(101MHz, CDCl 3 )δ: 169.38, 137.71, 137.64, 137.63, 137.06, 128.57, 128.53, 128.48, 128.19, 128.09, 128.07, 128.02, 127.91, 81.06, 78.26, 77.51, 76.20, 73.98, 73.80, 73.78 , 73.66, 68.40 HRMS[M+H] + C 34 H 35 O 6 Calculated value 539.2428; Actual measurement value: 539.2420 Quality analysis [M+H] + : 539

例2:化合物(3)((2R,3S,4R,5R)-S-癸基2,3,4,6-肆(苯甲醯基氧基)-5-羥基己烷硫醇酯)之製造

Figure 02_image117
Example 2: Compound (3) ((2R,3S,4R,5R)-S-decyl 2,3,4,6-four (benzyloxy)-5-hydroxyhexane thiol ester) manufacture
Figure 02_image117

於冷卻至0℃之CH2 Cl2 酐(10mL)中含有癸硫醇(0.72g、4.1mmol)之溶液中,以10分鐘之時間滴落三甲基鋁(1M甲苯溶液;4.1mL,4.1mmol),攪拌20分鐘。接著,對所得之反應混合液中以10分鐘之時間緩慢地添加CH2 Cl2 酐(12mL)中含有化合物(2)(2g、3.71mmol)之溶液,攪拌1小時。將所得之反應混合液以CH2 Cl2 (20mL)稀釋,添加於包含冰冷水(20mL)之250mL燒杯中,進而一邊攪拌1N HCl水溶液(10mL),一邊緩慢地注入燒杯中,進行相分離。所得之水相以冷CH2 Cl2 (3×30mL)萃取。將混合有機萃取物之有機相以水及食鹽水洗淨,以Na2 SO4 使其乾燥,藉由使用CH2 Cl2 作為溶離液之驟沸塔來過濾,得到化合物(3)((2R,3S,4R,5R)-S-癸基2,3,4,6-肆(苯甲醯基氧基)-5-羥基己烷硫醇酯)之粗生成物。之後,所得之化合物(3)之粗生成物不進行純化,使用於下述步驟。In a solution containing decanethiol (0.72g, 4.1mmol) in CH 2 Cl 2 anhydride (10mL) cooled to 0°C, drop trimethylaluminum (1M toluene solution; 4.1mL, 4.1mmol) over 10 minutes mmol), stirring for 20 minutes. Next, a solution containing compound (2) (2 g, 3.71 mmol) in CH 2 Cl 2 anhydride (12 mL) was slowly added to the resulting reaction mixture over 10 minutes, and stirred for 1 hour. The resulting reaction mixture was diluted with CH 2 Cl 2 (20 mL), added to a 250 mL beaker containing ice-cold water (20 mL), and then slowly poured into the beaker while stirring the 1N HCl aqueous solution (10 mL) for phase separation. The resulting aqueous phase was extracted with cold CH 2 Cl 2 (3×30 mL). The organic phase of the mixed organic extract was washed with water and brine, dried with Na 2 SO 4 , and filtered with a sudden boiling tower using CH 2 Cl 2 as the eluent to obtain compound (3)((2R) ,3S,4R,5R)-S-decyl 2,3,4,6-si (benzyloxy)-5-hydroxyhexane thiol ester) crude product. After that, the obtained crude product of compound (3) was used in the following steps without purification.

例3:化合物(4)((2R,3R,4S,5R)-1,3,4,5-肆(苯甲醯基氧基)-6-(癸基硫基)-6-氧基己烷-2-基乙酸酯)之製造

Figure 02_image119
Example 3: Compound (4) ((2R,3R,4S,5R)-1,3,4,5-tetra(benzyloxy)-6-(decylthio)-6-oxyhexyl Alk-2-yl acetate) manufacturing
Figure 02_image119

氬環境下,對於冷卻至0℃之CH2 Cl2 酐中含有化合物(3)之粗生成物(2.8g、3.71mmol)之溶液中添加乙酸酐(Ac2 O;0.88mL、9.5mmol),進而添加DMAP(9mg、2mol%)。5分鐘後,於所得之混合液中添加三乙基胺(1.32mL、9.5mmol),於氬環境下攪拌4小時。將所得之反應混合液以水(30mL)進行淬火,將有機相以CH2 Cl2 (3×30 mL)萃取。混合有機萃取物之有機相以水(30mL)及食鹽水(30mL)洗淨,以Na2 SO4 酐乾燥並濃縮。將所得之粗生成物以矽層析法(乙酸乙酯/己烷=1/20~2/20)純化,得到作為無色液體之化合物(4)((2R,3R,4S,5R)-1,3,4,5-肆(苯甲醯基氧基)-6-(癸基硫基)-6-氧基己烷-2-基乙酸酯;2.6g,將化合物(2)作為基準之收率92%)。Under an argon environment, add acetic anhydride (Ac 2 O; 0.88 mL, 9.5 mmol) to a solution containing the crude product (2.8 g, 3.71 mmol) of compound (3) in CH 2 Cl 2 anhydride cooled to 0°C, Furthermore, DMAP (9 mg, 2 mol%) was added. After 5 minutes, triethylamine (1.32 mL, 9.5 mmol) was added to the resulting mixture, and the mixture was stirred for 4 hours under an argon atmosphere. The resulting reaction mixture was quenched with water (30 mL), and the organic phase was extracted with CH 2 Cl 2 (3×30 mL). The organic phase of the mixed organic extracts was washed with water (30 mL) and brine (30 mL), dried with Na 2 SO 4 anhydride and concentrated. The obtained crude product was purified by silica chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexane=1/20~2/20) to obtain compound (4)((2R,3R,4S,5R)-1 as a colorless liquid ,3,4,5-Si(benzyloxy)-6-(decylthio)-6-oxyhexane-2-yl acetate; 2.6g, based on compound (2) The yield is 92%).

化合物(4) IR(KBr):νmax=3063, 3031, 2926, 2860, 1745, 1676, 1452, 1375, 1244, 1093, 1069, 745, 696cm-1 1 H-NMR(400MHz, CDCl3 )δ:7.40(d, J=6.5Hz, 2H), 7.36-7.15(m, 18H), 5.15(q, J=4.3Hz, 1H), 4.79(d, J=10.8Hz, 1H), 4.71(d, J=11.4Hz, 1H), 4.65-4.39(m, 6H), 4.25(d, J=4.3Hz, 1H), 4.01-3.95(m, 2H), 3.82(dd, J=10.6, 4.1Hz, 1H), 3.65(dd, J=10.6, 5.7Hz, 1H), 2.84(t, J=7.4Hz, 2H), 1.96(s, 3H), 1.55(p, J=7.3Hz, 2H), 1.41-1.18(m, 15H), 0.88(t, J=6.7Hz, 3H)13 C-NMR(101MHz, CDCl3 )δ:201.90, 170.02, 138.51, 138.08, 137.98, 137.08, 128.65, 128.43, 128.39, 128.36, 128.25, 128.17, 128.04, 127.97, 127.80, 127.71, 127.59, 127.53, 85.28, 80.31, 78.45, 75.71, 74.67, 74.53, 73.23, 72.91, 68.06, 31.95, 29.61, 29.55, 29.36, 29.20, 29.05, 28.39, 22.74, 21.11, 14.18 HRMS [M+H]+ C46 H59 O7 S 計算值755.3981;實測值:755.3976 質量分析[M+H]+ :755Compound (4) IR (KBr): νmax=3063, 3031, 2926, 2860, 1745, 1676, 1452, 1375, 1244, 1093, 1069, 745, 696cm -1 1 H-NMR (400MHz, CDCl 3 )δ: 7.40(d, J=6.5Hz, 2H), 7.36-7.15(m, 18H), 5.15(q, J=4.3Hz, 1H), 4.79(d, J=10.8Hz, 1H), 4.71(d, J =11.4Hz, 1H), 4.65-4.39(m, 6H), 4.25(d, J=4.3Hz, 1H), 4.01-3.95(m, 2H), 3.82(dd, J=10.6, 4.1Hz, 1H) , 3.65(dd, J=10.6, 5.7Hz, 1H), 2.84(t, J=7.4Hz, 2H), 1.96(s, 3H), 1.55(p, J=7.3Hz, 2H), 1.41-1.18( m, 15H), 0.88(t, J=6.7Hz, 3H) 13 C-NMR(101MHz, CDCl 3 )δ: 201.90, 170.02, 138.51, 138.08, 137.98, 137.08, 128.65, 128.43, 128.39, 128.36, 128.25, 128.17, 128.04, 127.97, 127.80, 127.71, 127.59, 127.53, 85.28, 80.31, 78.45, 75.71, 74.67, 74.53, 73.23, 72.91, 68.06, 31.95, 29.61, 29.55, 29.36, 29.20, 29.05, 28.39, 22. 14.18 HRMS [M+H] + C 46 H 59 O 7 S Calculated value 755.3981; Actual value: 755.3976 Quality analysis [M+H] + :755

例4:鎳(II)乙醯基丙酮酸酯(使用Ni(acac)2 ))之化合物(5)((2R,3R,4S,5R)-1,3,4,5-肆(苯甲醯基氧基)-6-氧代-6-苯基己烷-2-基乙酸酯)之製造

Figure 02_image121
Example 4: Nickel (II) Acetylpyruvate (using Ni(acac) 2 )) compound (5)((2R,3R,4S,5R)-1,3,4,5-四 (benzyl ((Phenyloxy)-6-oxo-6-phenylhexane-2-yl acetate) manufacturing
Figure 02_image121

在氬環境下以熱烘箱乾燥之Schlenk管中放入化合物(4)(0.25mmol、190mg),接著置入Ni(acac)2 (0.0125mmol、3.2mg)及THF(2mL)。將所得之混合液攪拌5分鐘,接著將有機鋅化合物與氯化鋰之複合物PhZnCl・LiCl(0.375mmol、3mL)之THF溶液(0.125M)以注射器來添加。將所得之反應混合液於25℃下攪拌1小時。之後,將反應混合液以水進行淬火,以乙酸乙酯(3×30mL)萃取。將有機萃取物以食鹽水洗淨,以Na2 SO4 酐使其乾燥並濃縮。將所得之粗生成物以矽凝膠管層析法(乙酸乙酯/己烷=1/20~2/20)純化,得到化合物(5)((2R,3R,4S,5R)-1,3,4,5-肆(苯甲醯基氧基)-6-氧代-6-苯基己烷-2-基乙酸酯;105mg、0.16mmol,收率64%)。且,與化合物(5)同時得到未反應之化合物(4)(49mg、0.065mmol,收率26%)及副生成物聯苯Ph-Ph(10mg、0.064mmol,收率35%)。Compound (4) (0.25 mmol, 190 mg) was placed in a Schlenk tube dried in a hot oven under an argon environment, followed by Ni(acac) 2 (0.0125 mmol, 3.2 mg) and THF (2 mL). The resulting mixed solution was stirred for 5 minutes, and then a THF solution (0.125M) of the complex of the organozinc compound and lithium chloride, PhZnCl・LiCl (0.375mmol, 3mL), was added with a syringe. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at 25°C for 1 hour. After that, the reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×30 mL). The organic extract was washed with brine, dried with Na 2 SO 4 anhydride, and concentrated. The obtained crude product was purified by silica gel tube chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexane=1/20~2/20) to obtain compound (5)((2R,3R,4S,5R)-1, 3,4,5-Si (benzyloxy)-6-oxo-6-phenylhexane-2-yl acetate; 105 mg, 0.16 mmol, yield 64%). In addition, unreacted compound (4) (49 mg, 0.065 mmol, yield 26%) and by-product biphenyl Ph-Ph (10 mg, 0.064 mmol, yield 35%) were obtained simultaneously with compound (5).

化合物(5) IR (KBr):νmax=3027, 2870, 1735, 1724, 1449, 1369, 1236, 1090, 1027, 738, 696cm-1 1 H-NMR(400MHz, CDCl3 )δ:7.92(d, J=7.8Hz, 2H), 7.47(t, J=7.4Hz, 1H), 7.37-7.22(m, 15H), 7.21-7.11(m, 5H), 7.06-7.00(m, 2H), 5.27(q, J=5.2Hz, 1H), 4.89(d, J=4.2Hz, 1H), 4.73-4.55(m, 4H), 4.53-4.46(m, 3H), 4.31(d, J=10.8Hz, 1H), 4.21(dd, J=6.8, 4.3Hz, 1H), 4.07(dd, J=6.8, 3.4Hz, 1H), 3.87(dd, J=10.2, 5.4Hz, 1H), 3.63(dd, J=10.2, 5.5Hz, 1H), 1.98(s, 3H)13 C-NMR(101MHz, CDCl3 )δ:198.88, 169.94, 138.43, 137.88, 137.77, 137.10, 136.05, 133.06, 128.96, 128.76, 128.45, 128.35, 128.31, 128.26, 128.19, 128.05, 127.92, 127.80, 127.73, 127.70, 127.49, 127.45, 82.68, 80.39, 79.62, 75.29, 74.62, 73.22, 73.05, 72.59, 67.87, 21.08 HRMS[M+H]+ :C42 H43 O7 計算值659.3009;實測值:659.3004 質量分析[M+H]+ :659Compound (5) IR (KBr): νmax=3027, 2870, 1735, 1724, 1449, 1369, 1236, 1090, 1027, 738, 696cm -1 1 H-NMR(400MHz, CDCl 3 )δ: 7.92(d, J=7.8Hz, 2H), 7.47(t, J=7.4Hz, 1H), 7.37-7.22(m, 15H), 7.21-7.11(m, 5H), 7.06-7.00(m, 2H), 5.27(q , J=5.2Hz, 1H), 4.89(d, J=4.2Hz, 1H), 4.73-4.55(m, 4H), 4.53-4.46(m, 3H), 4.31(d, J=10.8Hz, 1H) , 4.21(dd, J=6.8, 4.3Hz, 1H), 4.07(dd, J=6.8, 3.4Hz, 1H), 3.87(dd, J=10.2, 5.4Hz, 1H), 3.63(dd, J=10.2 , 5.5Hz, 1H), 1.98(s, 3H) 13 C-NMR(101MHz, CDCl 3 )δ: 198.88, 169.94, 138.43, 137.88, 137.77, 137.10, 136.05, 133.06, 128.96, 128.76, 128.45, 128.35, 128.31 , 128.26, 128.19, 128.05, 127.92, 127.80, 127.73, 127.70, 127.49, 127.45, 82.68, 80.39, 79.62, 75.29, 74.62, 73.22, 73.05, 72.59, 67.87, 21.08 HRMS[M+H] + : C 42 H 43 O 7 Calculated value 659.3009; Found value: 659.3004 Quality analysis [M+H] + : 659

例5:使用鎳(II)二氯(NiCl2 )之化合物(5)((2R,3R,4S,5R)-1,3,4,5-肆(苯甲醯基氧基)-6-氧代-6-苯基己烷-2-基乙酸酯)之製造

Figure 02_image123
Example 5: Compound (5)((2R,3R,4S,5R)-1,3,4,5-tetrakis(benzyloxy)-6- using nickel (II) dichloro (NiCl 2 ) (Oxo-6-phenylhexane-2-yl acetate) manufacturing
Figure 02_image123

在氬環境下以熱烘箱乾燥之Schlenk管中放入化合物(4)(0.25mmol、190mg),接著置入NiCl2 (0.0125 mmol、3.2mg)及THF(2mL)。將所得之混合液攪拌5分鐘,接著以注射器添加Ph有機鋅化合物與氯化鋰之複合物ZnCl・LiCl(0.375mmol、3mL)之THF溶液(0.125M)。將所得之反應混合液於25℃下攪拌1小時。之後,將反應混合液以水進行淬火,以乙酸乙酯(3×30mL)萃取。將有機萃取物以食鹽水洗淨,以Na2 SO4 酐使其乾燥並濃縮。將所得之粗生成物以矽凝膠管層析法(乙酸乙酯/己烷=1/20~2/20)純化,得到化合物(5)((2R,3R,4S,5R)-1,3,4,5-肆(苯甲醯基氧基)-6-氧代-6-苯基己烷-2-基乙酸酯;96mg、0.145mmol,收率58%)。且,與化合物(5)同時得到未反應之化合物(4)(60 mg、0.08mmol,收率32%)及副生成物聯苯Ph-Ph(11.6 mg、0.075mmol,收率40%)。Compound (4) (0.25 mmol, 190 mg) was placed in a Schlenk tube dried in a hot oven under an argon environment, followed by NiCl 2 (0.0125 mmol, 3.2 mg) and THF (2 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred for 5 minutes, and then a THF solution (0.125M) of ZnCl・LiCl (0.375mmol, 3mL), a complex of Ph organozinc compound and lithium chloride, was added with a syringe. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at 25°C for 1 hour. After that, the reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×30 mL). The organic extract was washed with brine, dried with Na 2 SO 4 anhydride, and concentrated. The obtained crude product was purified by silica gel tube chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexane=1/20~2/20) to obtain compound (5)((2R,3R,4S,5R)-1, 3,4,5-Si (benzyloxy)-6-oxo-6-phenylhexane-2-yl acetate; 96 mg, 0.145 mmol, yield 58%). In addition, unreacted compound (4) (60 mg, 0.08 mmol, yield 32%) and by-product biphenyl Ph-Ph (11.6 mg, 0.075 mmol, yield 40%) were obtained simultaneously with compound (5).

例6:使用鎳(II)二氯(二甲氧基乙烷加成物)(NiCl2 (dme))之化合物(5)((2R,3R,4S,5R)-1,3,4,5-肆(苯甲醯基氧基)-6-氧代-6-苯基己烷-2-基乙酸酯)之製造

Figure 02_image125
Example 6: Compound (5)((2R,3R,4S,5R)-1,3,4, using nickel (II) dichloro (dimethoxyethane adduct) (NiCl 2 (dme)) Production of 5-Si (benzyloxy)-6-oxo-6-phenylhexane-2-yl acetate)
Figure 02_image125

在氬環境下以熱烘箱乾燥之Schlenk管中放入化合物(4)(0.25mmol、190mg),接著置入NiCl2 (dme) (0.0125mmol、3mg)及THF(2mL)。將所得之混合液攪拌5分鐘,接著將有機鋅化合物與氯化鋰之複合物PhZnCl・LiCl(0.375mmol、3mL)之THF溶液(0.125M)以注射器來添加。將所得之反應混合液於25℃(室溫)下攪拌1小時。之後,將反應混合液以水進行淬火,以乙酸乙酯(3×30mL)萃取。將有機萃取物以食鹽水洗淨,以Na2 SO4 酐使其乾燥並濃縮。將所得之粗生成物以矽凝膠管層析法(乙酸乙酯/己烷=1/20~2/20)純化,得到化合物(5)((2R,3R,4S,5R)-1,3,4,5 -肆(苯甲醯基氧基)-6-氧代-6-苯基己烷-2-基乙酸酯;99mg、0.15mmol,收率60%)。且,與化合物(5)同時得到未反應之化合物(4)(9mg、0.058mmol,收率31%)及副生成物聯苯Ph-Ph(65mg、0.085mmol,收率34%)。Compound (4) (0.25 mmol, 190 mg) was placed in a Schlenk tube dried in a hot oven under an argon environment, followed by NiCl 2 (dme) (0.0125 mmol, 3 mg) and THF (2 mL). The resulting mixed solution was stirred for 5 minutes, and then a THF solution (0.125M) of the complex of the organozinc compound and lithium chloride, PhZnCl・LiCl (0.375mmol, 3mL), was added with a syringe. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at 25°C (room temperature) for 1 hour. After that, the reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×30 mL). The organic extract was washed with brine, dried with Na 2 SO 4 anhydride, and concentrated. The obtained crude product was purified by silica gel tube chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexane=1/20~2/20) to obtain compound (5)((2R,3R,4S,5R)-1, 3,4,5-Four (benzyloxy)-6-oxo-6-phenylhexane-2-yl acetate; 99mg, 0.15mmol, yield 60%). In addition, unreacted compound (4) (9 mg, 0.058 mmol, yield 31%) and by-product biphenyl Ph-Ph (65 mg, 0.085 mmol, yield 34%) were obtained simultaneously with compound (5).

例7:關於鎳觸媒之探討

Figure 02_image127
Example 7: Discussion on nickel catalyst
Figure 02_image127

除了將例6之PhZnCl・LiCl變更成PhZnBr且將NiCl2 (dme)變更成表1所示之鎳觸媒(Ni cat.)或鎳觸媒與配位子(ligand)之組合以外,以與例6相同之操作,將化合物(5)之合成在THF(3mL)中進行。Except that the PhZnCl・LiCl of Example 6 was changed to PhZnBr and NiCl 2 (dme) was changed to the nickel catalyst (Ni cat.) or the combination of nickel catalyst and ligand (ligand) shown in Table 1. The same procedure as in Example 6, the synthesis of compound (5) was carried out in THF (3 mL).

將結果表示於表1。使用鎳觸媒NiCl2 (thf)2 與配位子PPh3 之組合之試驗編號6之化合物(5)之收率比試驗編號1~5及7之收率高。

Figure 02_image129
The results are shown in Table 1. The yield of compound (5) of test number 6 using the combination of nickel catalyst NiCl 2 (thf) 2 and ligand PPh 3 is higher than the yield of test numbers 1 to 5 and 7.
Figure 02_image129

且,試驗編號6中副生成物聯苯Ph-Ph之收率為20%,比試驗編號1~5及7中副生成物聯苯Ph-Ph之收率低。In addition, the yield of the by-product biphenyl Ph-Ph in Test No. 6 was 20%, which was lower than the yield of the by-product biphenyl Ph-Ph in Test Nos. 1 to 5 and 7.

例8:關於鎳觸媒中配位子之探討 表2中所示之試驗編號7~11中,除了將配位子變更成表2所示者以外,以與例7試驗編號6相同之操作來進行化合物(5)之合成。進而,試驗編號12中,除了將鎳觸媒NiCl2 (thf)2 變更成Ni(COD)2 以外,以與試驗編號11相同之操作來進行化合物(5)之合成。Example 8: Discussion on Ligands in Nickel Catalysts In the test numbers 7 to 11 shown in Table 2, except for changing the ligands to those shown in Table 2, the same operations as in Example 7 Test No. 6 To carry out the synthesis of compound (5). Furthermore, in test number 12, the compound (5) was synthesized by the same operation as test number 11 except that the nickel catalyst NiCl 2 (thf) 2 was changed to Ni(COD) 2 .

將結果表示於表2。使用二座膦配位子之試驗編號10、11及12中化合物(5)之收率比試驗編號6之收率高。The results are shown in Table 2. The yield of compound (5) in test numbers 10, 11, and 12 using the diphosphine ligand was higher than that of test number 6.

Figure 02_image131
Figure 02_image131

且,使用二座膦配位子之試驗編號8、9、10、11及12中副生成物聯苯Ph-Ph之收率分別為18%、10%、16%、9%及14%,比使用單座膦配位子之試驗編號6中之收率20%低。In addition, the yields of the by-product biphenyl Ph-Ph in Test Nos. 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12 using the diphosphine ligand were 18%, 10%, 16%, 9% and 14%, respectively. The yield was 20% lower than that in test number 6 using a single phosphine ligand.

例9:關於使用鎳觸媒之反應系統中反應溫度之探討 表3所示之試驗編號13及14中,除了將反應溫度變更為表3所示者以外,以與例8之試驗編號11相同之操作來進行化合物(5)之合成。且,試驗編號15及16中,除了分別將配位子dcype變更成dcypt以外,以與試驗編號11及14相同之操作來進行化合物(5)之合成。將其結果表示於表3。Example 9: Discussion on reaction temperature in reaction system using nickel catalyst In the test numbers 13 and 14 shown in Table 3, the compound (5) was synthesized by the same operation as the test number 11 in Example 8 except that the reaction temperature was changed to those shown in Table 3. In addition, in test numbers 15 and 16, the compound (5) was synthesized by the same operation as test numbers 11 and 14, except that the ligand dcype was changed to dcypt, respectively. The results are shown in Table 3.

將結果表示於表3。於反應溫度25℃下進行之試驗編號11及15中化合物(5)之收率比於反應溫度0℃或50℃下進行之試驗編號13、14及16中收率高。The results are shown in Table 3. The yields of compound (5) in test numbers 11 and 15 conducted at a reaction temperature of 25°C were higher than those of test numbers 13, 14 and 16 conducted at a reaction temperature of 0°C or 50°C.

Figure 02_image133
Figure 02_image133

且,於反應溫度25℃下進行之試驗編號11及15中副生成物聯苯Ph-Ph之收率分別為9%及16%,比於反應溫度0℃或50℃下進行之試驗編號13、14及16中副生成物聯苯Ph-Ph之收率低。In addition, the yields of the by-product biphenyl Ph-Ph in test numbers 11 and 15 conducted at a reaction temperature of 25°C are 9% and 16%, respectively, which are higher than those of test number 13 conducted at a reaction temperature of 0°C or 50°C. The yield of biphenyl Ph-Ph, a by-product in, 14 and 16, is low.

例10:關於鎳觸媒中配位子之探討 表4所示之試驗編號17~19中,除了將配位子變更為表4所示以外,以與例8之試驗編號11相同之操作來進行化合物(5)之合成。Example 10: Discussion on ligands in nickel catalyst In the test numbers 17 to 19 shown in Table 4, the compound (5) was synthesized by the same operation as the test number 11 of Example 8 except that the ligand was changed to that shown in Table 4.

將結果表示於表4。使用二吡啶型之配位子之試驗編號17~19中,也有確認到反應進行。The results are shown in Table 4. In test numbers 17-19 using dipyridine-type ligands, the reaction was also confirmed to proceed.

Figure 02_image135
Figure 02_image135

且,試驗編號17、18及19中副生成物聯苯Ph-Ph之收率分別為32%、21%及18%。In addition, the yields of by-product biphenyl Ph-Ph in test numbers 17, 18 and 19 were 32%, 21% and 18%, respectively.

例11:使用Pd/C之化合物(5)((2R,3R,4S,5R)-1,3,4,5-肆(苯甲醯基氧基)-6-氧代-6-苯基己烷-2-基乙酸酯)之製造

Figure 02_image137
Example 11: Compound (5) ((2R,3R,4S,5R)-1,3,4,5-tetra(benzyloxy)-6-oxo-6-phenyl using Pd/C Hexane-2-yl acetate) manufacturing
Figure 02_image137

在氬環境下以熱烘箱乾燥之Schlenk管中放入化合物(4)(0.25mmol、190mg),接著置入Pd/C(0.0025 mmol、3mg)及THF(2mL)。將所得之反應混合液攪拌5分鐘,接著將有機鋅化合物與氯化鋰之複合物PhZnCl・LiCl (0.375mmol、3mL)之THF溶液(0.125M)以注射器來添加。將所得反應混合液於25℃(室溫)下攪拌24小時。之後,將反應混合液以水(1mL)進行淬火,藉由矽藻土板過濾,以乙酸乙酯(3×30mL)萃取。將有機萃取物以水及食鹽水洗淨,以Na2 SO4 酐使其乾燥並濃縮。將所得之粗生成物以矽凝膠管層析法(乙酸乙酯/己烷=1/20~2/20)純化,得到化合物(5)((2R,3R,4S,5R)-1,3,4,5-肆(苯甲醯基氧基)-6-氧代-6-苯基己烷-2-基乙酸酯;110mg、0.167mmol,收率67%)。且,與化合物(5)同時,得到未反應之化合物(4)(58 mg、0.077mmol,收率31%)及副生成物聯苯Ph-Ph(3mg、0.0187mmol,收率10%)。Compound (4) (0.25 mmol, 190 mg) was placed in a Schlenk tube dried in a hot oven under an argon environment, and then Pd/C (0.0025 mmol, 3 mg) and THF (2 mL) were placed. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred for 5 minutes, and then a THF solution (0.125M) of the complex of the organozinc compound and lithium chloride PhZnCl・LiCl (0.375mmol, 3mL) was added with a syringe. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at 25°C (room temperature) for 24 hours. After that, the reaction mixture was quenched with water (1 mL), filtered through a celite pad, and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×30 mL). The organic extract was washed with water and brine, dried with Na 2 SO 4 anhydride, and concentrated. The obtained crude product was purified by silica gel tube chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexane=1/20~2/20) to obtain compound (5)((2R,3R,4S,5R)-1, 3,4,5-Si (benzyloxy)-6-oxo-6-phenylhexane-2-yl acetate; 110 mg, 0.167 mmol, yield 67%). In addition, at the same time as compound (5), unreacted compound (4) (58 mg, 0.077 mmol, yield 31%) and by-product biphenyl Ph-Ph (3 mg, 0.0187 mmol, yield 10%) were obtained.

例12:使用Pd/C之化合物(5)((2R,3R,4S,5R)-1,3,4,5-肆(苯甲醯基氧基)-6-氧代-6-苯基己烷-2-基乙酸酯)之製造

Figure 02_image139
Example 12: Compound (5) ((2R,3R,4S,5R)-1,3,4,5-tetra(benzyloxy)-6-oxo-6-phenyl using Pd/C Hexane-2-yl acetate) manufacturing
Figure 02_image139

在氬環境下以熱烘箱乾燥之Schlenk管中放入化合物(4)(0.25mmol、190mg),接著置入Pd/C(0.05 mol、6mg)及THF(2mL)。將所得之反應混合液攪拌5分鐘,接著將有機鋅化合物與氯化鋰之複合物PhZnCl・LiCl(0.375mmol、3mL)之THF溶液(0.125M)以注射器來添加。將所得之反應混合液於40℃下攪拌24小時。之後,將反應混合液以水(1mL)進行淬火,藉由矽藻土板過濾,以乙酸乙酯(3×30mL)萃取。將有機萃取物以水及食鹽水洗淨,以Na2 SO4 酐使其乾燥並濃縮。將所得之粗生成物以矽凝膠管層析法(乙酸乙酯/己烷=1/20~2/20)純化,得到化合物(5)(119mg、0.18mmol,收率72%)。且,與化合物(5)同時,得到未反應之化合物(4)(49mg、0.065mmol,收率26%)及副生成物聯苯Ph-Ph(5mg、0.032mmol,收率17%)。Compound (4) (0.25 mmol, 190 mg) was placed in a Schlenk tube dried in a hot oven under an argon environment, and then Pd/C (0.05 mol, 6 mg) and THF (2 mL) were placed. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred for 5 minutes, and then a THF solution (0.125M) of the complex of the organozinc compound and lithium chloride, PhZnCl・LiCl (0.375mmol, 3mL), was added with a syringe. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at 40°C for 24 hours. After that, the reaction mixture was quenched with water (1 mL), filtered through a celite pad, and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×30 mL). The organic extract was washed with water and brine, dried with Na 2 SO 4 anhydride, and concentrated. The obtained crude product was purified by silica gel tube chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexane=1/20~2/20) to obtain compound (5) (119 mg, 0.18 mmol, yield 72%). And, simultaneously with compound (5), unreacted compound (4) (49 mg, 0.065 mmol, yield 26%) and by-product biphenyl Ph-Ph (5 mg, 0.032 mmol, yield 17%) were obtained.

例13:使用Pd/C之反應系統之反應條件之探討

Figure 02_image141
Example 13: Discussion on the reaction conditions of the reaction system using Pd/C
Figure 02_image141

以下所示之表5之試驗編號20~25中,除了將有機鋅化合物、添加物(additive)之有無、反應溫度及反應時間變更成表5所示以外,以與例12相同之操作來進行化合物(5)之合成。且,試驗編號23及試驗編號24中,於PhZnCl・LiCl溶液之THF溶液中接著使用接著注射器將添加物(DMF)添加於反應混合液。且,試驗編號25中,使用後述例20記載之含有PhZnBr及ZnBr2 之THE溶液取代PhZnCl・LiCl之THF溶液,將添加物(ZnBr2 )添加於反應混合液。In the test numbers 20 to 25 in Table 5 shown below, the same operation as in Example 12 was performed except that the presence or absence of organic zinc compounds, additives, reaction temperature, and reaction time were changed to those shown in Table 5. Synthesis of compound (5). And, in test number 23 and test number 24, in the THF solution of PhZnCl・LiCl solution, the additive (DMF) was added to the reaction mixture using a syringe. In Test No. 25, the PHZnBr and ZnBr 2 containing THE solution described in Example 20 described later was used instead of the PhZnCl·LiCl THF solution, and the additive (ZnBr 2 ) was added to the reaction mixture.

將結果表示於表5。使用PhZnBr作為有機鋅化合物,且添加ZnBr2 之試驗編號25相較於使用PhZnCl・LiCl作為有機鋅化合物之試驗編號20~24,化合物(5)之收率較高。

Figure 02_image143
The results are shown in Table 5. Test No. 25 using PhZnBr as the organozinc compound and adding ZnBr 2 has a higher yield of compound (5) compared to Test No. 20-24 using PhZnCl・LiCl as the organozinc compound.
Figure 02_image143

例14:使用Pd/C之反應系統中反應條件之探討

Figure 02_image145
Example 14: Discussion of reaction conditions in a reaction system using Pd/C
Figure 02_image145

表6之試驗編號20~25中,除了將有機鋅化合物或其量、溶媒、反應時間及反應溫度變更成表5所示以外,與例13相同之操作進行化合物(5)之合成。In the test numbers 20 to 25 in Table 6, the compound (5) was synthesized by the same operation as in Example 13 except that the organozinc compound or its amount, solvent, reaction time, and reaction temperature were changed to those shown in Table 5.

將結果表示於表6。於反應溫度60℃下實施之試驗編號24及25相較於於反應溫度40~50℃下實施之試驗編號20~23,化合物(5)之收率較高。且,使用PhZnBr2當量之試驗編號25相較於使用PhZnBr1當量之試驗編號24,化合物(5)之收率較高。

Figure 02_image147
The results are shown in Table 6. Test Nos. 24 and 25 performed at a reaction temperature of 60°C have higher yields of compound (5) than Test Nos. 20-23 performed at a reaction temperature of 40-50°C. In addition, test number 25 using PhZnBr2 equivalent has a higher yield of compound (5) than test number 24 using PhZnBr1 equivalent.
Figure 02_image147

例15:使用鈀(0)肆三苯基膦錯體(Pd(PPh3 )4 )之化合物(5)((2R,3R,4S,5R)-1,3,4,5-肆(苯甲醯基氧基)-6-氧代-6-苯基己烷-2-基乙酸酯)之製造

Figure 02_image149
Example 15: Compound (5)((2R,3R,4S,5R)-1,3,4,5-四(benzene) using palladium(0)4 triphenylphosphine complex (Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 ) (Methyloxy)-6-oxo-6-phenylhexane-2-yl acetate) manufacturing
Figure 02_image149

在氬環境下以熱烘箱乾燥之Schlenk管中放入化合物(4)(0.25mmol、190mg),接著置入Pd(PPh3 )4 (0.0125mol、15mg)及THF(2mL)。將所得之反應混合液攪拌5分鐘,接著將有機鋅化合物與氯化鋰之複合物PhZnCl・LiCl(0.375mmol、3mL)之THF溶液(0.125M)以注射器來添加。將所得之反應混合液於40℃下攪拌24小時。之後,將反應混合液以水(1mL)進行淬火,藉由矽藻土板過濾,以乙酸乙酯(3×30mL)萃取。將有機萃取物以水及食鹽水洗淨,以Na2 SO4 酐使其乾燥並濃縮。將所得之粗生成物以矽凝膠管層析法(乙酸乙酯/己烷=1/20~2/20)純化,得到化合物(5)((2R,3R,4S,5R)-1,3,4,5-肆(苯甲醯基氧基)-6-氧代-6-苯基己烷-2-基乙酸酯;89mg、0.135mmol,收率54%)。且,與化合物(5)同時,得到未反應之化合物(4)(80mg、0.105mmol,收率42%)。Compound (4) (0.25 mmol, 190 mg) was placed in a Schlenk tube dried in a hot oven under argon, and then Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 (0.0125 mol, 15 mg) and THF (2 mL) were placed. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred for 5 minutes, and then a THF solution (0.125M) of the complex of the organozinc compound and lithium chloride, PhZnCl・LiCl (0.375mmol, 3mL), was added with a syringe. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at 40°C for 24 hours. After that, the reaction mixture was quenched with water (1 mL), filtered through a celite pad, and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×30 mL). The organic extract was washed with water and brine, dried with Na 2 SO 4 anhydride, and concentrated. The obtained crude product was purified by silica gel tube chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexane=1/20~2/20) to obtain compound (5)((2R,3R,4S,5R)-1, 3,4,5-Four (benzyloxy)-6-oxo-6-phenylhexane-2-yl acetate; 89mg, 0.135mmol, yield 54%). And, simultaneously with compound (5), unreacted compound (4) (80 mg, 0.105 mmol, yield 42%) was obtained.

例16:化合物(6)(2,3,4,6-四-O-苄基-1C-苯基葡萄糖)之製造

Figure 02_image151
Example 16: Production of compound (6) (2,3,4,6-tetra-O-benzyl-1C-phenylglucose)
Figure 02_image151

氬環境下於以熱烘箱乾燥之Schlenk管中放入化合物(5)(0.2mmol、132mg),接著放入甲氧化鈉(0.02 mmol、1mg)及甲醇(2mL)。將所得之反應混合液於25℃下攪拌6小時。之後,將反應混合液以矽層過濾,甲醇(3×20mL)洗淨。接著,將所得之溶液減壓濃縮得到粗生成物。粗生成物以矽凝膠管層析法(乙酸乙酯/己烷=4/20~8/20)純化,得到作為無色液體之化合物(6)(2,3,4,6-四-O-苄基-1C-苯基葡萄糖;112mg、0.182mmol,收率91%)。Compound (5) (0.2 mmol, 132 mg) was placed in a Schlenk tube dried in a hot oven under an argon environment, followed by sodium methoxide (0.02 mmol, 1 mg) and methanol (2 mL). The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at 25°C for 6 hours. After that, the reaction mixture was filtered through a silicon layer and washed with methanol (3×20 mL). Next, the resulting solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product. The crude product was purified by silica gel tube chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexane=4/20~8/20) to obtain compound (6)(2,3,4,6-tetra-O) as a colorless liquid -Benzyl-1C-phenylglucose; 112 mg, 0.182 mmol, 91% yield).

化合物(6) IR(KBr):νmax=3411, 3027, 2923, 1590, 1494, 1452, 1361, 1212, 1093, 734, 696cm-1 1 H-NMR(400MHz, CDCl3 )δ:7.64(d, J=7.0Hz, 2H), 7.38-7.13(m, 21H), 6.97(d, J=6.1Hz, 2H), 4.95-4.81(m, 3H), 4.69-4.56(m, 2H), 4.51(d, J=12.3Hz, 1H), 4.38(d, J=10.4Hz, 1H), 4.17(d, J=8.2Hz, 1H), 4.07(t, J=9.2Hz, 1H), 3.84-3.79(m, 3H), 3.70(d, J=10.9Hz, 1H), 3.53(d, J=9.4Hz, 1H), 3.34(s, 1H)13 C-NMR(101MHz, CDCl3 )δ:142.47, 138.85, 138.58, 138.45, 137.59, 128.61, 128.47, 128.42, 128.26, 128.23, 128.03, 127.79, 127.75, 127.69, 127.62, 127.58, 126.36, 98.00, 85.28, 83.59, 78.53, 75.75, 75.53, 75.08, 73.38, 72.15, 69.12 HRMS[M-H]- :C40 H39 O6 計算值615.2747;實測值:615.2743 質量分析[M-H]- :615Compound (6) IR (KBr): νmax=3411, 3027, 2923, 1590, 1494, 1452, 1361, 1212, 1093, 734, 696cm -1 1 H-NMR(400MHz, CDCl 3 )δ: 7.64(d, J=7.0Hz, 2H), 7.38-7.13(m, 21H), 6.97(d, J=6.1Hz, 2H), 4.95-4.81(m, 3H), 4.69-4.56(m, 2H), 4.51(d , J=12.3Hz, 1H), 4.38(d, J=10.4Hz, 1H), 4.17(d, J=8.2Hz, 1H), 4.07(t, J=9.2Hz, 1H), 3.84-3.79(m , 3H), 3.70(d, J=10.9Hz, 1H), 3.53(d, J=9.4Hz, 1H), 3.34(s, 1H) 13 C-NMR(101MHz, CDCl 3 )δ: 142.47, 138.85, 138.58, 138.45, 137.59, 128.61, 128.47, 128.42, 128.26, 128.23, 128.03, 127.79, 127.75, 127.69, 127.62, 127.58, 126.36, 98.00, 85.28, 83.59, 78.53, 75.75, 75.53, 75, HRMS, 73.38 [MH] - : C 40 H 39 O 6 calculated value 615.2747; measured value: 615.2743 Quality analysis [MH] - : 615

例17:化合物(7)(3R,4S、5R-三苄基氧基-6R-苄基氧基甲基-6S-苯基四氫吡喃)之製造

Figure 02_image153
Example 17: Production of compound (7) (3R, 4S, 5R-tribenzyloxy-6R-benzyloxymethyl-6S-phenyltetrahydropyran)
Figure 02_image153

於例1所得之化合物(6)(200mg、0.32mmol)之乙腈溶液(3mL)中添加三乙基矽烷(76mg、0.65mmol)。將所得之溶液以乾冰/丙酮浴冷卻至-40℃後,添加三氟化硼・醚錯體(70mg、0.49mmol)之氯化甲烯(1mL)溶液,於-40 ~-30℃下攪拌3小時。To the acetonitrile solution (3 mL) of the compound (6) (200 mg, 0.32 mmol) obtained in Example 1, triethylsilane (76 mg, 0.65 mmol) was added. After cooling the resulting solution to -40°C in a dry ice/acetone bath, add a solution of boron trifluoride and ether complex (70mg, 0.49mmol) in methylene chloride (1mL) and stir at -40 ~-30°C 3 hours.

將反應液進行HPLC分析後,化合物(6)完全被消耗,且確認到化合物(7)之波峰。After the reaction solution was analyzed by HPLC, compound (6) was completely consumed, and the peak of compound (7) was confirmed.

於反應液中添加水(20mL),將生成物以乙酸乙酯(5mL×4)萃取。與有機萃取物一起進行減壓濃縮。將濃縮液以矽凝膠管(展開溶媒:己烷/乙酸乙酯=10/1)純化,得到化合物(7)(3R,4S、5R-三苄基氧基-6R-苄基氧基甲基-6S-苯基四氫吡喃;110mg,收率56%)。化合物(7)之異構物比為β:α=82/18。Water (20 mL) was added to the reaction liquid, and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate (5 mL×4). Concentrate under reduced pressure with the organic extract. The concentrated solution was purified with a silica gel tube (developing solvent: hexane/ethyl acetate=10/1) to obtain compound (7) (3R, 4S, 5R-tribenzyloxy-6R-benzyloxymethyl) 6S-phenyltetrahydropyran; 110mg, yield 56%). The isomer ratio of compound (7) is β: α=82/18.

HPLC條件: 測定波長:210nm 流速:1.0mL/min 移動相:乙腈:水=90/10→100/0(0→10、20min) 管柱溫度:20℃ 充填劑:X Bridge、C18、5mm、4.8mmx150mm) 保持時間:β體 5.64min; α體 5.31minHPLC conditions: Measurement wavelength: 210nm Flow rate: 1.0mL/min Mobile phase: acetonitrile: water=90/10→100/0 (0→10, 20min) Column temperature: 20℃ Filling agent: X Bridge, C18, 5mm, 4.8mmx150mm) Holding time: β body 5.64min; α body 5.31min

化合物(7)1 H-NMR(CDCl3 )δ:3.50-3.55(m, 1H), 3.60-3.61(m, 1H), 3.73-3.82(m, 5H), 4.25(d, J=9.3Hz, 1H), 4.36(d, J=10.3 Hz, 1H), 4.55-4.68(m, 3H), 4.86-4.98(m, 3H), 6.91-6.93(m, 2H), 7.14-7.53(m, 23H)Compound (7) 1 H-NMR(CDCl 3 )δ: 3.50-3.55(m, 1H), 3.60-3.61(m, 1H), 3.73-3.82(m, 5H), 4.25(d, J=9.3Hz, 1H), 4.36(d, J=10.3 Hz, 1H), 4.55-4.68(m, 3H), 4.86-4.98(m, 3H), 6.91-6.93(m, 2H), 7.14-7.53(m, 23H)

例18:有機鋅化合物與氯化鋰之複合物PhZnCl・LiCl之製造

Figure 02_image155
Example 18: Production of PhZnCl・LiCl, a compound of organic zinc compound and lithium chloride
Figure 02_image155

於有放置磁性攪拌棒之50mL之乾燥後的史蘭克管中放入削刮屑狀Mg(372mg、15.3mmol、1.5當量)及氯化鋰(LiCl;540mg、12.75mmol、1.25當量),放入手套無菌箱,以熱風槍使其乾燥。接著,於溫熱之燒瓶注入氬3次後,在室溫下添加乾燥後之THF(8mL)及氫化二異丁基鋁(DIBAL-H;1.0M THF溶液0.1mL、1mol%),攪拌5~10分鐘。接著,將史蘭克管冷卻至0℃,添加溴苯(1.1mL、10.2mmol、1.0當量)。將所得之反應混合液於0℃下攪拌10分鐘,接著在室溫下攪拌2小時,得到Grignard試藥與氯化鋰之複合物(PhMgBr・LiCl)。將Grignard試藥與氯化鋰之複合物(PhMgBr・LiCl)以適當量之乾燥THF稀釋,使用LiCl及碘滴定,調整至約1M濃度。將含有所得之Grignard試藥與氯化鋰之錯體之溶液於室溫下添加於含有ZnCl2 (相對於Grignard試藥為1當量)之乾燥THF溶液,攪拌15分鐘,取得0.125M之含有目的複合物PhZnCl・LiCl之溶液。且,溶液濃度根據對應之Grignard試藥之滴定濃度與轉甲基作用後之稀釋率來調整。Put scraped Mg (372 mg, 15.3 mmol, 1.5 equivalents) and lithium chloride (LiCl; 540 mg, 12.75 mmol, 1.25 equivalents) into a 50 mL dried Shrank tube with a magnetic stirring rod, and put Put it into the sterile glove box and dry it with a heat gun. Then, after pouring argon 3 times into the warm flask, add dried THF (8mL) and diisobutylaluminum hydride (DIBAL-H; 1.0M THF solution 0.1mL, 1mol%) at room temperature, and stir for 5 ~10 minutes. Next, the Schlenk tube was cooled to 0°C, and bromobenzene (1.1 mL, 10.2 mmol, 1.0 equivalent) was added. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at 0°C for 10 minutes, and then stirred at room temperature for 2 hours to obtain a complex of Grignard reagent and lithium chloride (PhMgBr・LiCl). Dilute the complex of Grignard reagent and lithium chloride (PhMgBr・LiCl) with an appropriate amount of dry THF, titrate with LiCl and iodine, and adjust to a concentration of about 1M. Add the solution containing the obtained Grignard reagent and lithium chloride complex to the dry THF solution containing ZnCl 2 (1 equivalent relative to Grignard reagent) at room temperature, and stir for 15 minutes to obtain 0.125M content Solution of complex PhZnCl・LiCl. Moreover, the solution concentration is adjusted according to the titration concentration of the corresponding Grignard reagent and the dilution rate after methylation.

例19:溴化苯基鋅(PhZnBr)之製造

Figure 02_image157
Example 19: Production of phenyl zinc bromide (PhZnBr)
Figure 02_image157

將溴化苯基鎂(Grignard試藥)以乾燥THF稀釋,使用LiCl及碘來滴定,調至約0.5M濃度之Grignard試藥之THF溶液。將所得之Grignard試藥之THF溶液於25℃下添加於含有ZnBr2 (相對於Grignard試藥為1當量)之乾燥THF溶液中,攪拌1小時,實施轉甲基作用,取得0.25M之含有PhZnBr之THF溶液。且,溶液濃度根據對應之Grignard試藥之滴定濃度與轉甲基作用後之稀釋率來調整。Dilute phenylmagnesium bromide (Grignard reagent) with dry THF, titrate with LiCl and iodine, and adjust to a THF solution of Grignard reagent with a concentration of about 0.5M. Add the obtained THF solution of Grignard reagent to a dry THF solution containing ZnBr 2 (1 equivalent relative to Grignard reagent) at 25°C, stir for 1 hour, perform transmethylation, and obtain 0.25M containing PhZnBr的THF solution. Moreover, the solution concentration is adjusted according to the titration concentration of the corresponding Grignard reagent and the dilution rate after methylation.

例20:含有溴化苯基鋅(PhZnBr)及溴化鋅(ZnBr2 )之THF溶液之製造 將0.5M濃度之溴化苯基鎂(Grignard試藥)之THF溶液於25℃下添加於含有ZnBr2 之乾燥THF溶液中,攪拌1小時,實施轉甲基作用,取得0.25M之含有PhZnBr及ZnBr2 (相對於PhZnBr為0.1當量過量)之THF溶液。且,溶液濃度根據對應之Grignard試藥之滴定濃度與轉甲基作用後之稀釋率來調整。Example 20: Preparation of THF solution containing phenyl zinc bromide (PhZnBr) and zinc bromide (ZnBr 2 ). Add 0.5M phenyl magnesium bromide (Grignard reagent) in THF solution at 25°C. In the dry THF solution of ZnBr 2 , stir for 1 hour to perform transmethylation to obtain a 0.25 M THF solution containing PhZnBr and ZnBr 2 (0.1 equivalent excess with respect to PhZnBr). And, the solution concentration is adjusted according to the titration concentration of the corresponding Grignard reagent and the dilution rate after transmethylation.

例21:化合物(9)(芳基溴化鋅)之製造

Figure 02_image159
Example 21: Production of compound (9) (aryl zinc bromide)
Figure 02_image159

氬環境下,THF酐(2mL)中於0℃下對於氯化鋰酐(65mg、1.53mmol、1.02當量)之溶液添加THF(0.8 mL、1.6mmol、1.06當量)中i-丙基氯化鎂之溶液2.0M。將THF酐(5mL)中之化合物(8)(2-(5-碘-2-甲基苄基)-5-(4-氟苯基)噻吩;612mg、1.5mmol、1當量)於0℃下且在氬下滴落於反應混合液中,將反應液恢復至室溫,攪拌1小時。將所得之反應液在THF酐(5mL)中添加於ZnBr2 (372mg、1.65mmol、1.1當量)之乾燥THF溶液,藉此進行轉甲基作用,得到化合物(9)之溶液,並使用於下述步驟。Under argon atmosphere, add a solution of i-propyl magnesium chloride in THF (0.8 mL, 1.6 mmol, 1.06 equivalent) to a solution of lithium chloride anhydride (65 mg, 1.53 mmol, 1.02 equivalent) in THF anhydride (2 mL) at 0°C 2.0M. Compound (8) (2-(5-iodo-2-methylbenzyl)-5-(4-fluorophenyl)thiophene; 612 mg, 1.5 mmol, 1 equivalent) in THF anhydride (5 mL) was heated at 0°C The mixture was dropped into the reaction mixture under argon, and the reaction solution was returned to room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. The resulting reaction solution was added to a dry THF solution of ZnBr 2 (372 mg, 1.65 mmol, 1.1 equivalents) in THF anhydride (5 mL) to perform transmethylation to obtain a solution of compound (9), which was used in the following Mentioned steps.

例22:化合物(10)((2R,3R,4S,5R)-1,3,4,5-肆(苄基氧基)-6-(3-((5-(4-氟苯基)噻吩-2-基)甲基)-4-甲基苯基)-6-氧基己烷-2-基乙酸酯)之製造

Figure 02_image161
Example 22: Compound (10)((2R,3R,4S,5R)-1,3,4,5-tetra(benzyloxy)-6-(3-((5-(4-fluorophenyl) (Thien-2-yl)methyl)-4-methylphenyl)-6-oxyhexane-2-yl acetate)
Figure 02_image161

將例21所得之化合物(9)之溶液滴落於在THF(5mL)中有化合物(4)(566mg、0.75mmol、0.5當量)之Schlenk管中。將反應液於25℃下攪拌36小時,接著將反應液以水(1mL)進行淬火,將反應混合液以Celite(商標)過濾,並以乙酸乙酯(3×100mL)洗淨。將濾液以水及食鹽水洗淨,以Na2 SO4 酐使其乾燥並減壓餾去。將殘渣以矽層析法(乙酸乙酯/己烷=1/20~3/20)純化,得到化合物(10) (492mg、0.57mmol、76%)。The solution of compound (9) obtained in Example 21 was dropped into a Schlenk tube containing compound (4) (566 mg, 0.75 mmol, 0.5 equivalent) in THF (5 mL). The reaction solution was stirred at 25°C for 36 hours, then the reaction solution was quenched with water (1 mL), the reaction mixture was filtered with Celite (trademark), and washed with ethyl acetate (3×100 mL). The filtrate was washed with water and brine, dried with Na 2 SO 4 anhydride, and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexane=1/20 to 3/20) to obtain compound (10) (492 mg, 0.57 mmol, 76%).

化合物(10)1 H-NMR(400MHz, CDCl3 )δ:7.50(d, J=1.3Hz, 1H), 7.43(dd, J=7.8, 1.6Hz, 1H), 7.41-7.14(m, 21H), 7.07-7.04(m, 2H), 7.00-6.93(m, 3H), 6.60(d, J=3.5Hz, 1H), 4.95-4.84(m, 3H), 4.70-4.59(m, 3H), 4.42(d, J=10.4Hz, 1H), 4.19-4.14(m, 2H), 4.04(d, J=16.0Hz, 1H), 3.91(d, J=10.4Hz, 1H), 3.89-3.74(m, 4H), 3.40(d, J=9.6Hz, 1H), 3.16(s, 3H), 2.34(s, 3H)13 C-NMR(101MHz, CDCl3 )δ:198.51, 170.08, 162.2(d, J=245.3Hz), 142.69, 142.60, 141.79, 138.64, 138.55, 138.06, 137.99, 137.36, 134.54, 130.84(d, J=3.4Hz), 130.68, 130.31, 128.76, 128.53, 128.42, 128.38, 128.29, 128.17, 127.98, 127.91, 127.88, 127.79, 127.58, 127.55, 127.22(d, J=8.0Hz), 126.24, 122.83, 115.82(d, J=21.8Hz), 82.94, 80.68, 79.52, 75.51, 74.64, 73.26, 73.15, 72.72, 68.12, 34.14, 21.21, 19.88 HRMS [M+Na]+ C54 H51 FO7 SNa 計算值885.3237;實測值885.3229.Compound (10) 1 H-NMR(400MHz, CDCl 3 )δ: 7.50(d, J=1.3Hz, 1H), 7.43(dd, J=7.8, 1.6Hz, 1H), 7.41-7.14(m, 21H) , 7.07-7.04(m, 2H), 7.00-6.93(m, 3H), 6.60(d, J=3.5Hz, 1H), 4.95-4.84(m, 3H), 4.70-4.59(m, 3H), 4.42 (d, J=10.4Hz, 1H), 4.19-4.14(m, 2H), 4.04(d, J=16.0Hz, 1H), 3.91(d, J=10.4Hz, 1H), 3.89-3.74(m, 4H), 3.40(d, J=9.6Hz, 1H), 3.16(s, 3H), 2.34(s, 3H) 13 C-NMR(101MHz, CDCl 3 )δ: 198.51, 170.08, 162.2(d, J= 245.3Hz), 142.69, 142.60, 141.79, 138.64, 138.55, 138.06, 137.99, 137.36, 134.54, 130.84(d, J=3.4Hz), 130.68, 130.31, 128.76, 128.53, 128.42, 128.38, 128.29, 128,17, 127.98 127.91, 127.88, 127.79, 127.58, 127.55, 127.22(d, J=8.0Hz), 126.24, 122.83, 115.82(d, J=21.8Hz), 82.94, 80.68, 79.52, 75.51, 74.64, 73.26, 73.15, 72.72, 68.12, 34.14, 21.21, 19.88 HRMS [M+Na] + C 54 H 51 FO 7 SNa calculated value 885.3237; measured value 885.3229.

例23:化合物(11)之製造

Figure 02_image163
Example 23: Production of compound (11)
Figure 02_image163

將以熱烘箱乾燥後之Schlenk管冷卻至室溫,於Schlenk管中置入MeOH(5mL)中之化合物(10)(173 mg、0.2mmol)。在氬環境下於所得之溶液中添加NaOMe (11mg、0.2mmol),於25℃下攪拌反應液6小時。接著將反應液以1N HCl(2mL)水溶液中和。接著,使溶媒減壓餾去,得到粗生成物。將粗生成物以矽層析法(乙酸乙酯/己烷=2/20~8/20)純化,得到作為黃色固體之化合物(11)(142 mg、0.172mmol、86%)。The Schlenk tube dried in a hot oven was cooled to room temperature, and compound (10) (173 mg, 0.2 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) was placed in the Schlenk tube. NaOMe (11 mg, 0.2 mmol) was added to the resulting solution under an argon atmosphere, and the reaction solution was stirred at 25°C for 6 hours. Then the reaction solution was neutralized with 1N HCl (2 mL) aqueous solution. Next, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product. The crude product was purified by silica chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexane=2/20~8/20) to obtain compound (11) (142 mg, 0.172 mmol, 86%) as a yellow solid.

1 H-NMR(400MHz, CDCl3 )δ:7.52(s, 1H), 7.47-7.43(m, 1H), 7.39-7.09(m, 21H), 7.03-6.89(m, 5H), 6.61(d, J=3.5Hz, 1H), 4.89-4.86(m, 3H), 4.68-4.62(m, 2H), 4.53(d, J=12.3Hz, 1H), 4.38(d, J=10.6Hz, 1H), 4.19-4.03(m, 4H), 3.94(d, J=10.5Hz, 1H), 3.87-3.82(m, 2H), 3.71(d, J=11.1Hz, 1H), 3.60(d, J=9.3Hz, 1H), 3.08(s, 1H), 2.33(s, 3H)13 C-NMR(101MHz, CDCl3 )δ:162.18(d, J=246.6Hz), 143.59, 141.58, 140.59, 138.86, 138.75, 138.50, 138.13, 137.77, 136.95, 130.94(d, J=3.3Hz), 130.59, 128.52, 128.50, 128.44, 128.38, 128.28, 128.08, 127.87, 127.82, 127.73, 127.67, 127.57, 127.20(d, J=8.0Hz), 125.94, 124.97, 122.78, 115.77(d, J=21.6Hz), 98.03, 85.55, 83.63, 78.53, 77.48, 77.16, 76.84, 75.84, 75.68, 75.18, 73.52, 72.39, 69.11, 34.48, 19.37 HRMS [M+Na]+ :C52 H49 FO6 SNa 計算值843.3132,實測值843.3123 1 H-NMR(400MHz, CDCl 3 )δ: 7.52(s, 1H), 7.47-7.43(m, 1H), 7.39-7.09(m, 21H), 7.03-6.89(m, 5H), 6.61(d, J=3.5Hz, 1H), 4.89-4.86(m, 3H), 4.68-4.62(m, 2H), 4.53(d, J=12.3Hz, 1H), 4.38(d, J=10.6Hz, 1H), 4.19-4.03(m, 4H), 3.94(d, J=10.5Hz, 1H), 3.87-3.82(m, 2H), 3.71(d, J=11.1Hz, 1H), 3.60(d, J=9.3Hz) , 1H), 3.08(s, 1H), 2.33(s, 3H) 13 C-NMR(101MHz, CDCl 3 )δ: 162.18(d, J=246.6Hz), 143.59, 141.58, 140.59, 138.86, 138.75, 138.50 , 138.13, 137.77, 136.95, 130.94(d, J=3.3Hz), 130.59, 128.52, 128.50, 128.44, 128.38, 128.28, 128.08, 127.87, 127.82, 127.73, 127.67, 127.57, 127.20(d, J=8.0Hz) , 125.94, 124.97, 122.78, 115.77(d, J=21.6Hz), 98.03, 85.55, 83.63, 78.53, 77.48, 77.16, 76.84, 75.84, 75.68, 75.18, 73.52, 72.39, 69.11, 34.48, 19.37 HRMS [M+ Na] + :C 52 H 49 FO 6 SNa Calculated value 843.3132, measured value 843.3123

例24:化合物(12)((2R,3R,4R,5S,6S)-3,4,5-參(苄基氧基)-2-(苄基氧基甲基)-6-(3-((5-(4-氟苯基)噻吩-2-基)甲基)-4-甲基苯基)四氫-2H-吡喃)之製造

Figure 02_image165
Example 24: Compound (12)((2R,3R,4R,5S,6S)-3,4,5-ginseng(benzyloxy)-2-(benzyloxymethyl)-6-(3- ((5-(4-Fluorophenyl)thiophen-2-yl)methyl)-4-methylphenyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran)
Figure 02_image165

於氬環境下,於乙腈/二氯甲烷(3:2)(10mL)中之化合物(11)(150mg、0.18mmol)之溶液中添加Et3 SiH (88μL、0.55mmol),接著將反應液冷卻至-40℃,於反應液中滴落BF3 ・Et2 O(70μL、0.56mmol)。接著,攪拌反應液6小時,於0℃下將NaHCO3 水溶液(20mL)緩慢地添加至反應液,以二氯甲烷(3×40mL)萃取水相。相分離後,丟棄水相,將有機相以食鹽水洗淨,以Na2 SO4 酐使其乾燥,進行過濾且減壓濃縮。將粗生成物以閃矽凝膠管層析法(乙酸乙酯/己烷=2/20~6/20)純化,得到作為無色樹膠狀物之化合物(12)(133mg、0.164mmol、90%),直接使用於下述步驟。 HRMS [M+Na]+ :C52 H49 FO5 SNa 計算值827.3182,實測值827.3176Add Et 3 SiH (88 μL, 0.55 mmol) to a solution of compound (11) (150 mg, 0.18 mmol) in acetonitrile/dichloromethane (3:2) (10 mL) under argon, and then cool the reaction solution At -40°C, drop BF 3 ・Et 2 O (70 μL, 0.56 mmol) in the reaction solution. Next, the reaction solution was stirred for 6 hours, and an aqueous NaHCO 3 solution (20 mL) was slowly added to the reaction solution at 0°C, and the aqueous phase was extracted with dichloromethane (3×40 mL). After phase separation, the aqueous phase was discarded, the organic phase was washed with brine, dried with Na 2 SO 4 anhydride, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel tube chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexane=2/20~6/20) to obtain compound (12) (133 mg, 0.164 mmol, 90%) as a colorless gum ), directly used in the following steps. HRMS [M+Na] + : C 52 H 49 FO 5 SNa Calculated value 827.3182, measured value 827.3176

例25:化合物(13)((2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-(3-((5-(4-氟苯基)噻吩-2-基)甲基-4-甲基苯基)-6-(羥基甲基)四氫-2H-吡喃-3,4,5-三醇;卡格列淨)之製造

Figure 02_image167
Example 25: Compound (13) ((2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-(3-((5-(4-fluorophenyl)thiophen-2-yl)methyl-4-methylbenzene Yl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol; canagliflozin)
Figure 02_image167

於氬環境下,在0℃下於二氯甲烷(5mL)中之化合物(12)之溶液(100mg、0.124mmol)中緩慢地添加碘三甲基甲矽烷(0.110ml、0.744mmol)。添加結束後,將反應液加熱至25℃,攪拌8小時。將反應液濃縮。將所得之粗生成物以矽膠之管柱層析法(MeOH/DCM=1/30~1/20)純化,得到化合物(13)(51mg、93%)。Under an argon environment, iodotrimethylsilane (0.110 ml, 0.744 mmol) was slowly added to a solution (100 mg, 0.124 mmol) of compound (12) in dichloromethane (5 mL) at 0°C. After the addition, the reaction solution was heated to 25°C and stirred for 8 hours. The reaction solution was concentrated. The obtained crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (MeOH/DCM=1/30~1/20) to obtain compound (13) (51 mg, 93%).

1 H-NMR(400MHz, DMSO-d6 )δ:7.61-7.57(m, 2H), 7.27 (d, J=4.4Hz, 1H), 7.22-7.10(m, 5H), 6.79(d, J=3.6Hz, 1H), 4.99(br, 2H, OH), 4.79(br, 1H, OH), 4.45(br, 1H, OH), 4.15(d, J=16Hz, 1H), 4.09(d, J=16Hz, 1H), 3.96(d, J=9.6Hz, 1H), 3.69(d, J=11.2Hz, 1H), 3.46-3.41(m, 1H), 3.29-3.14(m, 4H), 2.26(s, 3H)13 C-NMR(101MHz, DMSO-d6 )δ:161.4(d, J=243Hz), 143.63, 140.22, 138.21, 137.35, 134.93, 130.53(d, J=3.1Hz), 129.65, 129.05, 126.95(d, J=8Hz), 126.34, 126.23, 123.38, 115.86(d, J=21.6Hz), 81.31, 81.17, 78.48, 74.68, 70.44, 61.45, 33.44, 18.79 HRMS[M+Na]+ :C24 H25 FO5 SNa 計算值467.1304;實測值:467.1299 1 H-NMR(400MHz, DMSO-d 6 )δ: 7.61-7.57(m, 2H), 7.27 (d, J=4.4Hz, 1H), 7.22-7.10(m, 5H), 6.79(d, J= 3.6Hz, 1H), 4.99(br, 2H, OH), 4.79(br, 1H, OH), 4.45(br, 1H, OH), 4.15(d, J=16Hz, 1H), 4.09(d, J= 16Hz, 1H), 3.96(d, J=9.6Hz, 1H), 3.69(d, J=11.2Hz, 1H), 3.46-3.41(m, 1H), 3.29-3.14(m, 4H), 2.26(s , 3H) 13 C-NMR(101MHz, DMSO-d 6 )δ: 161.4(d, J=243Hz), 143.63, 140.22, 138.21, 137.35, 134.93, 130.53(d, J=3.1Hz), 129.65, 129.05, 126.95(d, J=8Hz), 126.34, 126.23, 123.38, 115.86(d, J=21.6Hz), 81.31, 81.17, 78.48, 74.68, 70.44, 61.45, 33.44, 18.79 HRMS[M+Na] + :C 24 H 25 FO 5 SNa calculated value 467.1304; measured value: 467.1299

例26:化合物(15)(芳基溴化鋅)之製造

Figure 02_image169
Example 26: Production of compound (15) (aryl zinc bromide)
Figure 02_image169

將以熱烘箱乾燥後之Schlenk管在氬環境下冷卻,置入化合物(14)(4-溴-1-氯-2-(4-乙氧基苄基)苯:0.163g、0.5mmol)及切削狀鎂(0.1g、4.1mmol),接著置入THF酐(5mL)及1,2-二溴乙烷(0.05mL)。將反應液加熱至還流,使反應開始。反應開始後,在氬環境下於反應液中滴落THF酐(10mL)中之追加之化合物(8)(0.49g、1.5mmol),將反應液還流3小時。接著,將反應混合液冷卻至室溫。將馬上所得後之Grignard試藥在25℃下添加於乾燥THF中之ZnBr2 (773mg、3.43mmol、1.1當量)之溶液,攪拌1小時,得到化合物(9),使用於下述步驟。The Schlenk tube dried in a hot oven was cooled under an argon environment, and compound (14) (4-bromo-1-chloro-2-(4-ethoxybenzyl)benzene: 0.163g, 0.5mmol) and Cut magnesium (0.1g, 4.1mmol), then put THF anhydride (5mL) and 1,2-dibromoethane (0.05mL). The reaction liquid is heated to the back flow, and the reaction is started. After the reaction started, the additional compound (8) (0.49 g, 1.5 mmol) in THF anhydride (10 mL) was dropped into the reaction solution under an argon atmosphere, and the reaction solution was left to flow for 3 hours. Next, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. The Grignard reagent immediately obtained was added to a solution of ZnBr 2 (773 mg, 3.43 mmol, 1.1 equivalents) in dry THF at 25° C. and stirred for 1 hour to obtain compound (9), which was used in the following steps.

例27:化合物(10)((2R,3R,4S,5R)-1,3,4,5-肆(苄基氧基)-6-(4-氯-3-(4-乙氧基苄基)苯基)-6-氧基己烷-2-基乙酸酯)之製造

Figure 02_image171
Example 27: Compound (10) ((2R,3R,4S,5R)-1,3,4,5-(benzyloxy)-6-(4-chloro-3-(4-ethoxybenzyl) (Yl)phenyl)-6-oxyhexane-2-yl acetate) production
Figure 02_image171

將化合物(9)之溶液滴落於含有THF(5mL)中之化合物(4)(756mg、1mmol)之溶液之Schlenk管,接著置入10重量%Pd/C(22mg、0.02mmol)。將反應液於40℃下攪拌48小時,以水(1mL)進行淬火,將反應液以Celite(商標)過濾,以乙酸乙酯(3×100mL)洗淨。將濾液以水及食鹽水洗淨,以Na2 SO4 酐使其乾燥,使其減壓餾去。將殘渣以矽層析法(乙酸乙酯/己烷=1/20~3/20)純化,得到化合物(16)((2R,3R,4S,5R)-1,3,4,5-肆(苄基氧基)-6-(4-氯-3-(4-乙氧基苄基)苯基)-6-氧基己烷-2-基乙酸酯;588mg、0.71mmol、71%)。The solution of compound (9) was dropped into a Schlenk tube containing a solution of compound (4) (756 mg, 1 mmol) in THF (5 mL), and then 10 wt% Pd/C (22 mg, 0.02 mmol) was placed. The reaction solution was stirred at 40°C for 48 hours, quenched with water (1 mL), the reaction solution was filtered with Celite (trademark), and washed with ethyl acetate (3×100 mL). The filtrate was washed with water and brine, dried with Na 2 SO 4 anhydride, and distilled off under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexane=1/20~3/20) to obtain compound (16)((2R,3R,4S,5R)-1,3,4,5-400 (Benzyloxy)-6-(4-chloro-3-(4-ethoxybenzyl)phenyl)-6-oxyhexane-2-yl acetate; 588mg, 0.71mmol, 71% ).

化合物(16)1 H-NMR(400MHz, CDCl3 )δ:7.82(d, J=1.3Hz, 1H), 7.68(dd, J=8.3, 1.6Hz, 1H), 7.33-7.12(m, 19H), 6.99(d, J=6.8Hz, 2H), 6.95(d, J=8.5Hz, 2H), 6.71(d, J=8.5Hz, 2H), 5.24(q, J=4.9Hz, 1H), 4.73(d, J=4.5Hz, 1H), 4.62-4.42(m, 7H), 4.31(d, J=10.8Hz, 1H), 4.13-4.09(m, 1H), 4.02-3.99(m, 1H), 3.94-3.88(m, 4H), 3.84(dd, J=10.4, 5.0Hz, 1H), 3.63(dd, J=10.4, 5.5Hz, 1H), 1.97(s, 3H), 1.34(t, J=7.0Hz, 3H)13 C-NMR(101MHz, CDCl3 )δ:198.56, 170.09, 157.66, 139.53, 138.42, 138.00, 137.78, 137.12, 134.76, 131.85, 130.70, 129.98, 129.56, 128.72, 128.57, 128.45, 128.40, 128.38, 128.32, 128.20, 128.07, 127.93, 127.87, 127.83, 127.68, 127.62, 114.65, 83.59, 80.59, 79.21, 77.36, 75.49, 74.60, 73.35, 72.71, 68.15, 63.46, 38.45, 21.21, 14.96 HRMS [M+Na]+ :C51 H51 ClO8 Na 計算值849.3170;實測值849.3165Compound (16) 1 H-NMR(400MHz, CDCl 3 )δ: 7.82(d, J=1.3Hz, 1H), 7.68(dd, J=8.3, 1.6Hz, 1H), 7.33-7.12(m, 19H) , 6.99(d, J=6.8Hz, 2H), 6.95(d, J=8.5Hz, 2H), 6.71(d, J=8.5Hz, 2H), 5.24(q, J=4.9Hz, 1H), 4.73 (d, J=4.5Hz, 1H), 4.62-4.42(m, 7H), 4.31(d, J=10.8Hz, 1H), 4.13-4.09(m, 1H), 4.02-3.99(m, 1H), 3.94-3.88(m, 4H), 3.84(dd, J=10.4, 5.0Hz, 1H), 3.63(dd, J=10.4, 5.5Hz, 1H), 1.97(s, 3H), 1.34(t, J= 7.0Hz, 3H) 13 C-NMR(101MHz, CDCl 3 )δ: 198.56, 170.09, 157.66, 139.53, 138.42, 138.00, 137.78, 137.12, 134.76, 131.85, 130.70, 129.98, 129.56, 128.72, 128.57, 128.45, 128.40 , 128.38, 128.32, 128.20, 128.07, 127.93, 127.87, 127.83, 127.68, 127.62, 114.65, 83.59, 80.59, 79.21, 77.36, 75.49, 74.60, 73.35, 72.71, 68.15, 63.46, 38.45, 21.21, 14.96 HRMS [ Na] + : C 51 H 51 ClO 8 Na calculated value 849.3170; measured value 849.3165

例28:化合物(17)之製造

Figure 02_image173
Example 28: Production of compound (17)
Figure 02_image173

將以熱烘箱乾燥後之Schlenk管冷卻至室溫,置入MeOH(5mL)中之化合物(16)(166mg、0.2mmol)。在氬環境下於其溶液中添加NaOMe(11mg、0.2mmol),於25℃下將反應液攪拌6小時。之後,將反應液以1N HCl (2mL)水溶液中和。使溶媒減壓餾去,得到粗生成物。粗生成物以矽凝膠管層析法(乙酸乙酯/己烷=2/20~8/20)純化,得到作為無色固體之化合物(17)(145mg、0.184 mmol、92%)。The Schlenk tube dried in a hot oven was cooled to room temperature, and compound (16) (166 mg, 0.2 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) was placed. NaOMe (11 mg, 0.2 mmol) was added to the solution under an argon atmosphere, and the reaction solution was stirred at 25°C for 6 hours. After that, the reaction solution was neutralized with 1N HCl (2 mL) aqueous solution. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain a crude product. The crude product was purified by silica gel tube chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexane=2/20-8/20) to obtain compound (17) (145 mg, 0.184 mmol, 92%) as a colorless solid.

1 H-NMR(400MHz, CDCl3 )δ:7.44(d, J=1.9Hz, 1H), 7.37(dd, J=8.3, 2.0Hz, 1H), 7.32-7.12(m, 19H), 7.01(d, J=8.5Hz, 2H), 6.91(d, J=6.7Hz, 2H), 6.71(d, J=8.6Hz, 2H), 4.86(s, 2H), 4.85(d, J=10.1Hz, 1H), 4.63(d, J=10.9Hz, 1H), 4.58(d, J=12.3Hz, 1H), 4.49(d, J=12.3Hz, 1H), 4.42(d, J=10.7Hz, 1H), 4.14-3.85(m, 7H), 3.83-3.74(m, 2H), 3.68-3.65(m, 1H), 3.48(d, J=9.3Hz, 1H), 3.12(s, 1H), 1.35(t, J=7.0Hz, 3H)13 C-NMR(101MHz, CDCl3 )δ:157.53, 141.37, 138.89, 138.72, 138.59, 138.38, 137.43, 134.50, 131.43, 129.82, 129.44, 129.03, 128.53, 128.46, 128.31, 128.07, 127.86, 127.84, 127.79, 127.72, 127.69, 127.64, 125.72, 114.64, 97.77, 84.88, 83.66, 78.46, 75.84, 75.57, 75.17, 73.48, 72.36, 69.00, 63.45, 38.60, 14.98 HRMS [M+Na]+ :C49 H49 ClO7 Na 計算值807.3065;實測值807.3060 1 H-NMR(400MHz, CDCl 3 )δ: 7.44(d, J=1.9Hz, 1H), 7.37(dd, J=8.3, 2.0Hz, 1H), 7.32-7.12(m, 19H), 7.01(d , J=8.5Hz, 2H), 6.91(d, J=6.7Hz, 2H), 6.71(d, J=8.6Hz, 2H), 4.86(s, 2H), 4.85(d, J=10.1Hz, 1H ), 4.63(d, J=10.9Hz, 1H), 4.58(d, J=12.3Hz, 1H), 4.49(d, J=12.3Hz, 1H), 4.42(d, J=10.7Hz, 1H), 4.14-3.85(m, 7H), 3.83-3.74(m, 2H), 3.68-3.65(m, 1H), 3.48(d, J=9.3Hz, 1H), 3.12(s, 1H), 1.35(t, J=7.0Hz, 3H) 13 C-NMR(101MHz, CDCl 3 )δ: 157.53, 141.37, 138.89, 138.72, 138.59, 138.38, 137.43, 134.50, 131.43, 129.82, 129.44, 129.03, 128.53, 128.46, 128.31, 128.07 , 127.86, 127.84, 127.79, 127.72, 127.69, 127.64, 125.72, 114.64, 97.77, 84.88, 83.66, 78.46, 75.84, 75.57, 75.17, 73.48, 72.36, 69.00, 63.45, 38.60, 14.98 H RMS [M+Na] + C 49 H 49 ClO 7 Na calculated value 807.3065; measured value 807.3060

例29:化合物(18)之製造

Figure 02_image175
Example 29: Production of compound (18)
Figure 02_image175

於氬環境下,於乙腈/二氯甲烷(3:2)(10mL)中於化合物(17)(142mg、0.18mmol)之溶液中添加Et3 SiH (88μL、0.55mmol),接著將反應液冷卻至-30℃,滴落BF3 ・Et2 O(70μL、0.56mmol)。滴落結束後,將反應液攪拌4小時,於0℃下緩慢地添加NaHCO3 水溶液(20mL),以二氯甲烷(3×40mL)將水相萃取。相分離後,丟棄水相,將有機相以食鹽水洗淨,以Na2 SO4 酐使其乾燥,進行過濾且減壓濃縮。將粗生成物以閃矽凝膠管層析法(乙酸乙酯/己烷=2/20~6/20)純化,得到作為無色樹膠狀物之化合物(18)(105mg、0.137mmol、76%),直接使用於下述步驟。 HRMS [M+Na]+ :C49 H49 ClO6 Na 計算值791.3115;實測值791.3109Under an argon environment, add Et 3 SiH (88 μL, 0.55 mmol) to a solution of compound (17) (142 mg, 0.18 mmol) in acetonitrile/dichloromethane (3:2) (10 mL), and then cool the reaction solution To -30°C, drop BF 3 ・Et 2 O (70 μL, 0.56 mmol). After the dripping, the reaction solution was stirred for 4 hours, NaHCO 3 aqueous solution (20 mL) was slowly added at 0° C., and the aqueous phase was extracted with dichloromethane (3×40 mL). After phase separation, the aqueous phase was discarded, the organic phase was washed with brine, dried with Na 2 SO 4 anhydride, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash silica gel tube chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexane=2/20~6/20) to obtain compound (18) (105 mg, 0.137 mmol, 76%) as a colorless gum ), directly used in the following steps. HRMS [M+Na] + : C 49 H 49 ClO 6 Na calculated value 791.3115; actual value 791.3109

例30:化合物(19)((2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-(4-氯-3-(4-乙氧基苄基)苯基)-6-(羥基甲基)四氫-2H-吡喃-3,4,5-三醇:達格列淨)之製造

Figure 02_image177
Example 30: Compound (19) ((2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-2-(4-chloro-3-(4-ethoxybenzyl)phenyl)-6-(hydroxymethyl)tetra Hydrogen-2H-pyran-3,4,5-triol: dapagliflozin) manufacturing
Figure 02_image177

於氬環境下,於EtOAc(4mL)中之化合物(18)之溶液(100mg、0.13mmol)中添加5重量%Pd/C(1.5mg、0.014mmol、基於金屬為11mol%),將氫化燒瓶以氬取代。將氬環境取代成氫環境,將反應液於30℃下攪拌24小時。接著將反應液以Celite過濾,以EtOAc(3×40mL)洗淨,在減壓下將所有濾液之揮發物減壓餾去並濃縮,得到粗生成物。接著將粗生成物以PTLC層析法(己烷/EtOAc/MeOH、10:10:1)純化,得到化合物(19)(42mg、79%)。Under an argon environment, 5 wt% Pd/C (1.5 mg, 0.014 mmol, 11 mol% based on metal) was added to a solution (100 mg, 0.13 mmol) of compound (18) in EtOAc (4 mL), and the hydrogenation flask was Replace with argon. The argon environment was replaced with a hydrogen environment, and the reaction solution was stirred at 30°C for 24 hours. Next, the reaction solution was filtered with Celite, washed with EtOAc (3×40 mL), all the volatiles of the filtrate were distilled off under reduced pressure and concentrated to obtain a crude product. Next, the crude product was purified by PTLC chromatography (hexane/EtOAc/MeOH, 10:10:1) to obtain compound (19) (42 mg, 79%).

化合物(19)1 H-NMR(400MHz, 甲醇-d4 )δ:7.35-7.22(m, 3H), 7.09 (d, J=8.4Hz, 2H), 6.79(d, J=8.5Hz, 2H), 4.09(d, J=9.5Hz, 1H), 4.03-3.95(m, 3H), 3.87(d, J=12.6Hz, 1H), 3.69(dd, J=11.9, 4.8Hz, 1H), 3.48-3.26(m, 5H), 1.35(t, J=7.0Hz, 3H)13 C-NMR(101MHz, MeOD)δ:158.81, 139.97, 139.89, 134.45, 132.91, 131.91, 130.80, 130.11, 128.19, 115.47, 82.86, 82.16, 79.73, 76.42, 71.86, 64.46, 63.10, 39.21, 15.18 HRMS [M+Na]+ :C21 H25 ClO6 Na 計算值431.1237;實測值431.1231Compound (19) 1 H-NMR (400MHz, methanol-d 4 )δ: 7.35-7.22(m, 3H), 7.09 (d, J=8.4Hz, 2H), 6.79(d, J=8.5Hz, 2H) , 4.09(d, J=9.5Hz, 1H), 4.03-3.95(m, 3H), 3.87(d, J=12.6Hz, 1H), 3.69(dd, J=11.9, 4.8Hz, 1H), 3.48- 3.26(m, 5H), 1.35(t, J=7.0Hz, 3H) 13 C-NMR(101MHz, MeOD)δ: 158.81, 139.97, 139.89, 134.45, 132.91, 131.91, 130.80, 130.11, 128.19, 115.47, 82.86 , 82.16, 79.73, 76.42, 71.86, 64.46, 63.10, 39.21, 15.18 HRMS [M+Na] + : C 21 H 25 ClO 6 Na calculated value 431.1237; measured value 431.1231

Claims (21)

一種製造下述式(I)表示之化合物(I)之方法,
Figure 03_image001
[式中, R1 及R2 各自獨立表示羥基保護基, R3 及R4 各自獨立表示羥基保護基或氫原子,Ar表示含有芳香族烴環基或芳香族雜環基作為與式中之氧雜環鍵結之官能基之有機基,前述芳香族烴環基及前述芳香族雜環基各自亦可具有1個以上之取代基], 其係包含在選自鎳觸媒及鈀觸媒中1種以上之過渡金屬觸媒,或具有前述1種以上之過渡金屬觸媒與擔持前述1種以上之過渡金屬觸媒之擔體之擔持觸媒之存在下,使下述式(II)表示之化合物(II),與選自下述式(III-I)表示之化合物(III-I)及下述式(III-II)表示之化合物(III-II)所成群中至少1種有機鋅化合物反應,得到下述式(IV)表示之化合物(IV)之步驟,及 自前述化合物(IV)去除R5 表示之羥基保護基,得到前述化合物(I)之步驟,
Figure 03_image003
[式中, R1 ~R4 與前述同義, R5 表示羥基保護基(惟,與R1 表示之羥基保護基相同之羥基保護基及與R2 表示之羥基保護基相同之羥基保護基除外), Q表示包含脂肪族烴基、芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基或芳香族雜環基作為與式中之硫原子鍵結之官能基之有機基,前述脂肪族烴基、前述芳香族烴環基、前述脂肪族雜環基及前述芳香族雜環基各自亦可具有1個以上之取代基]
Figure 03_image005
[式中,Ar與前述同義,X表示鹵原子]
Figure 03_image007
[式中,Ar與前述同義]
Figure 03_image009
[式中,R1 ~R5 及Ar與前述同義]。
A method for producing compound (I) represented by the following formula (I),
Figure 03_image001
[In the formula, R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydroxy protecting group, R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydroxy protecting group or a hydrogen atom, and Ar represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group or an aromatic heterocyclic group as the The organic group of the functional group to which the oxygen heterocycle is bonded, the aforementioned aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and the aforementioned aromatic heterocyclic group may each have more than one substituent], which is contained in a nickel catalyst and a palladium catalyst In the presence of one or more transition metal catalysts, or a supporting catalyst having one or more transition metal catalysts and a support supporting one or more transition metal catalysts, the following formula ( The compound (II) represented by II) is at least selected from the group consisting of the compound (III-I) represented by the following formula (III-I) and the compound (III-II) represented by the following formula (III-II) The step of reacting an organozinc compound to obtain the compound (IV) represented by the following formula (IV), and the step of removing the hydroxyl protecting group represented by R 5 from the aforementioned compound (IV) to obtain the aforementioned compound (I),
Figure 03_image003
[In the formula, R 1 to R 4 have the same meaning as above, and R 5 represents a hydroxy protecting group (except for the same hydroxy protecting group as R 1 and the same hydroxy protecting group as R 2 ), Q represents an organic group containing an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, an aliphatic heterocyclic group or an aromatic heterocyclic group as a functional group bonded to the sulfur atom in the formula, the aforementioned aliphatic hydrocarbon group, the aforementioned aromatic The hydrocarbon ring group, the aforementioned aliphatic heterocyclic group and the aforementioned aromatic heterocyclic group may each have one or more substituents]
Figure 03_image005
[In the formula, Ar has the same meaning as above, and X represents a halogen atom]
Figure 03_image007
[In the formula, Ar is synonymous with the aforementioned]
Figure 03_image009
[In the formula, R 1 to R 5 and Ar have the same meaning as above].
如請求項1之方法,其中,前述化合物(II)與前述至少1種有機鋅化合物之反應在0~80℃下進行。The method of claim 1, wherein the reaction between the aforementioned compound (II) and the aforementioned at least one organozinc compound is carried out at 0 to 80°C. 如請求項1或2之方法,其中,前述擔持觸媒具有選自活性碳、氧化鋁、硫酸鋇、碳酸鈣、羥磷石灰及水滑石所成群中至少1種擔體,與擔持於前述擔體上之鈀觸媒。The method of claim 1 or 2, wherein the supporting catalyst has at least one support selected from the group consisting of activated carbon, alumina, barium sulfate, calcium carbonate, hydroxyphosphate lime, and hydrotalcite, and the supporting catalyst Palladium catalyst on the aforementioned support. 如請求項1~3中任一項之方法,其中,前述至少1種有機鋅化合物包含前述化合物(III-I),且前述化合物(III-I)為下述式表示之史蘭克平衡狀態,
Figure 03_image011
[式中,Ar及X與前述同義]。
The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the aforementioned at least one organozinc compound comprises the aforementioned compound (III-I), and the aforementioned compound (III-I) is in the Schlenk equilibrium state represented by the following formula ,
Figure 03_image011
[In the formula, Ar and X are synonymous with the foregoing].
如請求項1~4中任一項之方法,其中R3 及R4 表示羥基保護基。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein R 3 and R 4 represent a hydroxyl protecting group. 如請求項1~5中任一項之方法,其中,R5 表示之羥基保護基與R1 ~R4 表示之羥基保護基相異。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the hydroxy protecting group represented by R 5 is different from the hydroxy protecting group represented by R 1 to R 4 . 如請求項1~6中任一項之方法,其中,R1 ~R5 表示之羥基保護基各自獨立選自酯型保護基、芳基烷基型保護基、烷基型保護基、芳基烷基氧基烷基型保護基、烷基氧基烷基型保護基、甲矽烷型保護基及氧基羰基型保護基所成群。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the hydroxyl protecting groups represented by R 1 to R 5 are each independently selected from ester-type protecting groups, arylalkyl-type protecting groups, alkyl-type protecting groups, and aryl groups Alkyloxyalkyl type protecting group, alkyloxyalkyl type protecting group, silyl type protecting group and oxycarbonyl type protecting group are grouped. 如請求項1~7中任一項之方法,其中,Q表示之有機基包含烷基、烯基、炔基或芳基作為與式中之硫原子鍵結之官能基,前述烷基、前述烯基、前述炔基及前述芳基各自亦可具有1個以上之取代基。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the organic group represented by Q includes an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, alkynyl group or an aryl group as a functional group bonded to the sulfur atom in the formula, the aforementioned alkyl group, the aforementioned The alkenyl group, the aforementioned alkynyl group, and the aforementioned aryl group may each have one or more substituents. 如請求項1~8中任一項之方法,其中,Q表示之有機基中包含之前述脂肪族烴基、前述芳香族烴環基、前述脂肪族雜環基或前述芳香族雜環基所亦可具有之前述1個以上之取代基各自獨立選自鹵原子、亦可經保護之羥基、亦可經保護之巰基、亦可經保護之胺基、亦可經保護之甲醯基、亦可經保護之羧基及亦可經保護之碸基所成群。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the aliphatic hydrocarbon group, the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, the aliphatic heterocyclic group or the aromatic heterocyclic group contained in the organic group represented by Q is also The aforementioned one or more substituents that may be possessed are each independently selected from halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups that may also be protected, sulfhydryl groups that may also be protected, amino groups that may also be protected, methylamino groups that may also be protected, or The protected carboxyl group and the protected carboxyl group are grouped together. 如請求項1~9中任一項之方法,其中,Ar表示之有機基為包含碳數6~14之芳香族烴環基或碳數3~12之芳香族雜環基作為與式中之氧雜環鍵結之官能基之有機基,前述碳數6~14之芳香族烴環基及碳數3~12之芳香族雜環基各自亦可具有1個以上之取代基。Such as the method of any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the organic group represented by Ar contains an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group with 6 to 14 carbons or an aromatic heterocyclic group with 3 to 12 carbons as the The organic group of the functional group to which the oxygen heterocycle is bonded, the aforementioned aromatic hydrocarbon ring group with 6 to 14 carbon atoms and the aromatic heterocyclic group with 3 to 12 carbon atoms may each have one or more substituents. 如請求項1~10中任一項之方法,其中,Ar表示之有機基為下述式(V)表示,
Figure 03_image013
[式中, Ra 各自獨立表示選自鹵原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、芳基烷基、芳基烯基、芳基炔基、烷基氧基、烯基氧基、炔基氧基、芳基氧基、芳基烷基氧基、芳基烯基氧基及芳基炔基氧基所成群之官能基,前述烷基、前述烯基、前述炔基、前述芳基、前述芳基烷基、前述芳基烯基、前述芳基炔基、前述烷基氧基、前述烯基氧基、前述炔基氧基、前述芳基氧基、前述芳基烷基氧基、前述芳基烯基氧基及前述芳基炔基氧基各自亦可具有1個以上之取代基, n為0~4之整數, Ar’表示芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環或芳香族雜環基,前述芳香族烴環基、前述脂肪族雜環基及前述芳香族雜環基各自亦可具有1個以上之取代基]。
Such as the method of any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the organic group represented by Ar is represented by the following formula (V),
Figure 03_image013
[In the formula, R a each independently represents selected from halogen atoms, alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, alkynyl groups, aryl groups, arylalkyl groups, arylalkenyl groups, arylalkynyl groups, alkyloxy groups, alkenyloxy groups , Alkynyloxy, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylalkenyloxy, and arylalkynyloxy group of functional groups, the aforementioned alkyl group, the aforementioned alkenyl group, the aforementioned alkynyl group, The aforementioned aryl group, the aforementioned arylalkyl group, the aforementioned arylalkenyl group, the aforementioned arylalkynyl group, the aforementioned alkyloxy group, the aforementioned alkenyloxy group, the aforementioned alkynyloxy group, the aforementioned aryloxy group, the aforementioned arylalkyl group Each of the oxy group, the aforementioned arylalkenyloxy group and the aforementioned arylalkynyloxy group may have one or more substituents, n is an integer from 0 to 4, and Ar' represents an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, an aliphatic hetero The ring or aromatic heterocyclic group, the aforementioned aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, the aforementioned aliphatic heterocyclic group, and the aforementioned aromatic heterocyclic group may each have one or more substituents].
如請求項11之方法,其中,Ra 表示之官能基各自獨立選自烷基及鹵原子,前述烷基亦可具有1個以上之取代基。The method according to claim 11, wherein the functional groups represented by Ra are each independently selected from an alkyl group and a halogen atom, and the aforementioned alkyl group may have one or more substituents. 如請求項11或12之方法,其中,Ar表示之有機基為下述式(Va)表示,
Figure 03_image015
[式中, Ra 與前述同義, Ar’表示選自下述式(Va-I)、(Va-II)及(Va-III)所成群之官能基,
Figure 03_image017
[式中,Rb 各自獨立表示選自脂肪族烴基、芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基及芳香族雜環基所成群之官能基,前述脂肪族烴基、前述芳香族烴環基、前述脂肪族雜環基及前述芳香族雜環各自亦可具有1個以上之取代基,p表示0~5之整數]]。
Such as the method of claim 11 or 12, wherein the organic group represented by Ar is represented by the following formula (Va),
Figure 03_image015
[In the formula, R a is synonymous with the foregoing, and Ar' represents a functional group selected from the group of the following formulas (Va-I), (Va-II) and (Va-III),
Figure 03_image017
[In the formula, R b each independently represents a functional group selected from the group consisting of aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups, aliphatic heterocyclic groups and aromatic heterocyclic groups, the aforementioned aliphatic hydrocarbon groups and the aforementioned aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups , The aliphatic heterocyclic group and the aromatic heterocyclic ring may each have one or more substituents, and p represents an integer of 0 to 5]].
如請求項13之方法,其中,Rb 表示之官能基各自獨立選自碳數1~20之烷基、碳數2~20之烯基、碳數2~20之炔基、碳數6~14之芳香族烴環基、碳數2~12之脂肪族雜環基及碳數3~12之芳香族雜環基所成群,前述烷基、前述烯基、前述炔基、前述芳香族烴環基、前述脂肪族雜環基及前述芳香族雜環基各自亦可具有1個以上之取代基。Such as the method of claim 13, wherein the functional groups represented by R b are each independently selected from alkyl groups with 1 to 20 carbons, alkenyl groups with 2 to 20 carbons, alkynyl groups with 2 to 20 carbons, and 6 to carbon atoms. A group of 14 aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups, aliphatic heterocyclic groups with 2 to 12 carbons, and aromatic heterocyclic groups with 3 to 12 carbons, the aforementioned alkyl group, the aforementioned alkenyl group, the aforementioned alkynyl group, and the aforementioned aromatic The hydrocarbon ring group, the aliphatic heterocyclic group, and the aromatic heterocyclic group may each have one or more substituents. 如請求項1~14中任一項之方法,其中,Ar表示之有機基中包含之前述芳香族烴環基或前述芳香族雜環基所亦可具有之前述1個以上之取代基各自獨立選自鹵原子、亦可經保護之羥基、亦可經保護之巰基、亦可經保護之胺基、亦可經保護之甲醯基、亦可經保護之羧基、亦可經保護之碸基、烷基、烯基及炔基所成群。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 14, wherein the aforementioned aromatic hydrocarbon ring group or the aforementioned aromatic heterocyclic group contained in the organic group represented by Ar may have one or more substituents independently Selected from halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups that can also be protected, sulfhydryl groups that can also be protected, amine groups that can also be protected, methanoyl groups that can also be protected, carboxyl groups that can also be protected, and sulfhydryl groups that can also be protected , Alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl groups. 如請求項1~15中任一項之方法,其中,進一步包含使下述式(VI)表示之化合物(VI)與下述式(VII)表示之化合物(VII)反應,得到下述式(VIII)表示之化合物(VIII)之步驟,及將前述化合物(VIII)中之羥基以R5 保護,得到前述化合物(II)之步驟,
Figure 03_image019
[式中,R1 ~R4 與前述同義]
Figure 03_image021
[式中,Q與前述同義]
Figure 03_image023
[式中,R1 ~R4 與前述同義]。
The method according to any one of claims 1 to 15, which further comprises reacting the compound (VI) represented by the following formula (VI) with the compound (VII) represented by the following formula (VII) to obtain the following formula ( VIII) the step of compound (VIII), and the step of protecting the hydroxyl group in the aforementioned compound (VIII) with R 5 to obtain the aforementioned compound (II),
Figure 03_image019
[In the formula, R 1 ~R 4 have the same meaning as above]
Figure 03_image021
[In the formula, Q is synonymous with the aforementioned]
Figure 03_image023
[In the formula, R 1 to R 4 have the same meaning as above].
如請求項16之方法,其中,前述化合物(VI)與前述化合物(VII)之反應在-30~40℃下進行。The method of claim 16, wherein the reaction of the aforementioned compound (VI) and the aforementioned compound (VII) is carried out at -30 to 40°C. 如請求項16或17之方法,其中,前述化合物(VI)與前述化合物(VII)之反應係在下述式(IX)表示之化合物(IX)之存在下進行,
Figure 03_image025
[式中, Rc 及Rd 各自獨立表示選自鹵原子、脂肪族烴基、芳香族烴環基、脂肪族雜環基及芳香族雜環基所成群之官能基,前述脂肪族烴基、前述芳香族烴環基、前述脂肪族雜環基及前述芳香族雜環基各自亦可具有1個以上之取代基, q表示0~3之整數, r表示0~3之整數,惟,q+r=3]。
The method of claim 16 or 17, wherein the reaction of the aforementioned compound (VI) and the aforementioned compound (VII) is carried out in the presence of the compound (IX) represented by the following formula (IX),
Figure 03_image025
[In the formula, R c and Rd each independently represent a functional group selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups, aliphatic heterocyclic groups and aromatic heterocyclic groups, the aforementioned aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, The aforementioned aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, the aforementioned aliphatic heterocyclic group and the aforementioned aromatic heterocyclic group may each have one or more substituents, q represents an integer of 0 to 3, r represents an integer of 0 to 3, but q +r=3].
如請求項18之方法,其中,Rc 及Rd 表示之官能基各自獨立選自烷基、芳基及芳基烷基所成群,前述烷基、前述芳基及前述芳基烷基各自亦可具有1個以上之取代基。The method of claim 18, wherein the functional groups represented by R c and R d are each independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, aryl, and arylalkyl, and the aforementioned alkyl group, the aforementioned aryl group and the aforementioned arylalkyl group are each independently It may have more than one substituent. 一種用來製造下述式(XI)表示之化合物(XI)之試藥,其係包含下述式(II)表示之化合物(II),
Figure 03_image027
[式中,Ar與前述同義,R1 ’~R4 ’各自獨立表示氫原子或羥基保護基]
Figure 03_image029
[式中,R1 ~R5 及Q與前述同義]。
A reagent for producing compound (XI) represented by the following formula (XI), which contains compound (II) represented by the following formula (II),
Figure 03_image027
[In the formula, Ar has the same meaning as above, and R 1 '~R 4 'each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a hydroxyl protecting group]
Figure 03_image029
[In the formula, R 1 to R 5 and Q have the same meaning as above].
一種下述式(II)表示之化合物(II)之使用,其係作為下述式化合物(XI)表示之化合物(XI)之製造中間產物,
Figure 03_image031
[式中,Ar及R1 ’~R4 ’與前述同義]
Figure 03_image033
[式中,R1 ~R5 及Q與前述同義]。
A use of compound (II) represented by the following formula (II) as an intermediate in the manufacture of compound (XI) represented by the following formula (XI),
Figure 03_image031
[In the formula, Ar and R 1 '~R 4 'have the same meaning as above]
Figure 03_image033
[In the formula, R 1 to R 5 and Q have the same meaning as above].
TW108145955A 2018-12-17 2019-12-16 Method for producing c-aryl hydroxy glycoxide derivatives TW202039428A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018-235903 2018-12-17
JP2018235903 2018-12-17
JP2019-034357 2019-02-27
JP2019034357 2019-02-27

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202039428A true TW202039428A (en) 2020-11-01

Family

ID=71101382

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW108145955A TW202039428A (en) 2018-12-17 2019-12-16 Method for producing c-aryl hydroxy glycoxide derivatives

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TW202039428A (en)
WO (1) WO2020129899A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023080243A1 (en) * 2021-11-08 2023-05-11 株式会社トクヤマ Method for producing c-arylglucoside derivative

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9056850B2 (en) * 2008-10-17 2015-06-16 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Process for the preparation of compounds useful as inhibitors of SGLT
JP5646706B2 (en) * 2013-07-24 2014-12-24 壽製薬株式会社 Method for producing C-glycoside derivative
WO2016098016A1 (en) * 2014-12-17 2016-06-23 Dr. Reddy’S Laboratories Limited Process for the preparation of sglt2 inhibitors

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2020129899A1 (en) 2020-06-25

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CA2702898C (en) Inhibitors of c-fms kinase
TWI776156B (en) 3-aryl-4-amido-bicyclic [4,5,0] hydroxamic acids as hdac inhibitors
CN107428721B (en) Benzopiperidine derivative, preparation method and medical application thereof
WO2016202161A1 (en) Piperidine derivative and preparation method and pharmaceutical use thereof
CA2883545A1 (en) Imidazoline derivatives, preparation methods thereof, and their applications in medicine
KR20080104052A (en) Novel dual action receptors antagonists (dara) at the at1 and eta receptors
TW202144339A (en) Fused ring compound and application thereof in medicine
CN108137588B (en) Tricyclic fused pyridin-2-one derivatives and their use as BRD4 inhibitors
KR20180128404A (en) Naphthyridine as an integrin antagonist
CN105001213A (en) C-aryl glycoside derivative, pharmaceutical composition, preparation method and application thereof
JP2018526419A (en) Heterocyclic limited tricyclic sulfonamides as anticancer agents
KR20220128428A (en) Azabicyclic substituted oxaspiro derivatives, methods for their preparation and medical use
JP2023501799A (en) ROCK INHIBITOR AND PRODUCTION METHOD AND USE THEREOF
TW201011043A (en) Crystal of spiroketal derivatives and process for preparation of spiroketal derivatives
JP2019529364A (en) Fused ring compounds as PDE4 inhibitors
CN115991706A (en) PIM kinase inhibitors
TW202039428A (en) Method for producing c-aryl hydroxy glycoxide derivatives
TW202039412A (en) Method for preparing ketone compound
JP6533794B2 (en) Taxane compounds, process for their preparation and their use
CA3191456A1 (en) Novel compounds having inhibitory activity on prostaglandin e2 receptor and uses thereof
WO2019196918A1 (en) Five-membered heterocyclo-pyrimidine compound, pharmaceutical composition and use thereof
WO2024046454A1 (en) Heteroaryl-substituted pyridopyrrolidone derivative, and pharmaceutical composition and use thereof
CN111433201A (en) Benzazepine derivatives, process for their preparation and their use in medicine
WO2020129900A1 (en) Method for producing c-arylhydroxy glycoxide derivative
CN110105275B (en) Amide derivatives, preparation method and medical application thereof